350
E-Class Sedan and Wagon Operator's Manual Order no. 6515 3655 13 Part no. 212 584 75 02 Edition A-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-Class Sedan and Wagon Operator's Manual

E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    3

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

E-ClassSedan and WagonOperator's Manual

Order no. 6515 3655 13 Part no. 212 584 75 02 Edition A-2016

É2125847502VËÍ2125847502

E-Clas

sSedan

andW

agon

Opera

tor'sMa

nual

Page 2: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Publication detailsInternet

Further information about Mercedes-Benzvehicles and about Daimler AG can be foundon the following websites:http://www.mbusa.com (USA only)http://www.mercedes-benz.ca (Canadaonly)

Editorial office

©Daimler AG: not to be reprinted, translatedor otherwise reproduced, in whole or in part,without written permission from Daimler AG.

Vehicle manufacturer

Daimler AGMercedesstraße 13770327 StuttgartGermany

SymbolsRegistered trademarks:RBluetooth® is a registered trademark ofBluetooth SIG Inc.RDTS is a registered trademark of DTS, Inc.RDolby and MLP are registered trademarksof DOLBY Laboratories.RBabySmart™, ESP® and PRE-SAFE® areregistered trademarks of Daimler AG.RHomeLink® is a registered trademark ofJohnson Controls.RiPod® and iTunes® are registered trade-marks of Apple Inc.RLogic7® is a registered trademark of Har-man International Industries.RMicrosoft® and Windows media® are reg-istered trademarks of Microsoft Corpora-tion.RSIRIUS is a registered trademark of SiriusXM Radio Inc.RHD Radio is a registered trademark of iBiq-uity Digital Corporation.RGracenote® is a registered trademark ofGracenote, Inc.RZAGATSurvey® and related brands are reg-istered trademarks of ZagatSurvey, LLC.

In this Operator's Manual you will find the fol-lowing symbols:

G WARNINGWarning notes make you aware of dangerswhich could pose a threat to your health orlife, or to the health and life of others.

H Environmental noteEnvironmental notes provide you with infor-mation on environmentally aware actions ordisposal.

! Notes on material damage alert you todangers that could lead to damage to yourvehicle.

i Practical tips or further information thatcould be helpful to you.

X This symbol indicates an instructionthat must be followed.

X Several of these symbols in succes-sion indicate an instruction with sev-eral steps.

(Ypage)

This symbol tells you where you canfind more information about a topic.

YY This symbol indicates a warning or aninstruction that is continued on thenext page.

Dis‐play

This text indicates a message in themultifunction/COMAND/Audio dis-play.

~ This symbol tells you that you can findfurther information in the DigitalOperator's Manual.

As at 27.06.2014

Page 3: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Welcome to the world of Mercedes-BenzWe urge you to read this Operator's Manualcarefully and familiarize yourself with thevehicle before driving. For your own safetyand a longer vehicle life, follow the instruc-tions and warning notices in this manual.Ignoring them could result in damage to thevehicle or personal injury to you or others.Vehicle damage caused by failure to followinstructions is not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Limited Warranty.This Operator's Manual provides informationon the most important functions of your vehi-cle.Additional information on convenience func-tions can be found in COMAND in your DigitalOperator's Manual.The equipment or product designation of yourvehicle may vary depending on:RmodelRorderRcountry specificationRavailabilityMercedes-Benz therefore reserves the rightto introduce changes in the following areas:RdesignRequipmentRtechnical featuresThe equipment in your vehicle may thereforediffer from that shown in the descriptions andillustrations.The following are integral components of thevehicle:RDigital Operator's ManualROperator's ManualRMaintenance BookletREquipment-dependent supplementsKeep these documents in the vehicle at alltimes. If you sell the vehicle, always pass alldocuments on to the new owner.You can also use the E‑Class Guide smart-phone app:

Apple® iOS

Android™

Please note that the Mercedes-Benz GuidesApp may not yet be available in your country.The technical documentation team atDaimler AG wishes you safe and pleasantmotoring.Mercedes-Benz USA, LLCMercedes-Benz Canada, Inc.A Daimler Company

2125847502 É2125847502VËÍ

Page 4: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual
Page 5: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Index ....................................................... 4

Digital Operator's Manual .................. 25

Introduction ......................................... 27

At a glance ........................................... 35

Safety ................................................... 47

Opening and closing ........................... 89

Seats, steering wheel and mirrors .. 113

Lights and windshield wipers .......... 119

Climate control ................................. 129

Driving and parking .......................... 135

On-board computer and displays .... 187

Audio 20/COMAND .......................... 213

Stowage and features ...................... 237

Maintenance and care ...................... 261

Roadside Assistance ........................ 269

Wheels and tires ............................... 287

Technical data ................................... 333

Contents 3

Page 6: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

1, 2, 3 ...4ETS (Electronic Traction System)

see ETS/4ETS (Electronic Trac-tion System)

4MATIC (permanent all-wheeldrive)

Function/notes ............................. 16812 V socket

see Sockets115 V socket ...................................... 251360° camera

Cleaning ......................................... 268Function/notes ............................. 173

AABS (Anti-lock Braking System)

Display message ............................ 192Function/notes ................................ 75Warning lamp ................................. 205

Access data of the mobile phonenetwork provider

Making entries ............................... 234Selecting ........................................ 233

AccidentAutomaticmeasures after an acci-dent ................................................. 67

Activating/deactivating coolingwith air dehumidification ................. 133Active Blind Spot Assist

Activating/deactivating (on-board computer) ............................ 190Display message ............................ 191Function/information .................... 180

Active Driving Assistance package .. 180Active Lane Keeping Assist

Activating/deactivating (on-board computer) ............................ 190Display message ............................ 191Function/information .................... 183

Active multicontour seat .................. 116Active Parking Assist

Display message ............................ 191Function/notes ............................. 170Important safety notes .................. 170

ADAPTIVE BRAKE ................................. 84

Adaptive Brake AssistFunction/notes ................................ 80

Adaptive Damping System (ADS) ..... 167Adaptive Highbeam Assist

Display message ............................ 191Function/notes ............................. 122Switching on/off ........................... 123

Address booksee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 214

Air bagsDeployment ..................................... 63Display message ............................ 198Front air bag (driver, frontpassenger) ....................................... 56Important safety notes .................... 54Introduction ..................................... 54Knee bag .......................................... 56Occupant Classification System(OCS) ............................................... 58PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indica-tor lamp ........................................... 49Pelvis air bag ................................... 57Side impact air bag .......................... 56Window curtain air bag .................... 57

Air-conditioning systemsee Climate control

AIRMATICFunction/notes ............................. 166

AlarmATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system) ......... 87Switching off (ATA) .......................... 87Switching the function on/off(ATA) ................................................ 87

Alarm systemsee ATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system)

Ambient lightingSetting the brightness (on-boardcomputer) ...................................... 190Setting the color (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 190

AMG adaptive sport suspensionsystem ................................................ 167AMG menu (on-board computer) ..... 190Animals in the vehicle ......................... 75Anti-lock braking system

see ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)

4 Index

Page 7: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Anti-Theft Alarm systemsee ATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system)

Ashtray ............................................... 251Assistance display (on-board com-puter) .................................................. 190Assistance menu (on-board com-puter) .................................................. 190ASSYST PLUS

Displaying a service message ........ 266Hiding a service message .............. 266Notes ............................................. 266Resetting the service interval dis-play ................................................ 266Service message ............................ 266Special service requirements ......... 266

ATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system)Activating/deactivating ................... 87Function ........................................... 87Switching off the alarm .................... 87

ATTENTION ASSISTActivating/deactivating ................. 190Display message ............................ 191Function/notes ............................. 175

Audio 20Components .................................. 216Controller ...................................... 222Display ........................................... 217Functions ....................................... 216

Authorized Mercedes-Benz Centersee Qualified specialist workshop

Authorized workshopsee Qualified specialist workshop

AUTO lightsDisplay message ............................ 191

Automatic car wash (care) ............... 267Automatic engine start (ECOstart/stop function) .................................... 141Automatic engine switch-off (ECOstart/stop function) .......................... 141Automatic headlamp mode .............. 121Automatic transmission

Accelerator pedal position ............. 144Automatic drive program ............... 144Changing gear ............................... 144DIRECT SELECT lever ..................... 142Display message ............................ 191Drive program display .................... 143

Driving tips .................................... 144Emergency running mode .............. 144Engaging drive position .................. 143Engaging neutral ............................ 143Engaging park position (AMGvehi-cles) ............................................... 142Engaging park position automati-cally ............................................... 143Engaging reverse gear ................... 143Engaging the park position ............ 143Kickdown ....................................... 144Manual drive program .................... 144Manual drive program (AMG vehi-cles) ............................................... 144Overview ........................................ 142Problem (malfunction) ................... 144Program selector button ................ 144Pulling away ................................... 140Selector lever ................................ 142Starting the engine ........................ 140Steering wheel paddle shifters ...... 144Transmission position display ........ 142Transmission position display(DIRECT SELECT lever) ................... 143Transmission positions .................. 144

Automatic transmission emer-gency mode ....................................... 144

BBack button ....................................... 222BAS (Brake Assist System) ................. 76BAS PLUS (Brake Assist SystemPLUS) with Cross-Traffic Assist

Function/notes ................................ 76Important safety notes .................... 77

Battery (SmartKey)Checking .......................................... 93Replacing ......................................... 93

Battery (vehicle)Charging ........................................ 278Important safety notes .................. 275Jump starting ................................. 279

Beltsee Seat belts

Blind Spot AssistActivating/deactivating ................. 190

Index 5

Page 8: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Activating/deactivating (on-board computer) ............................ 190Notes/function .............................. 178see Active Blind Spot Assist

BlueTECAdding DEF .................................... 149

BlueTEC (DEF) .................................... 341Bluetooth®

Connecting another mobilephone ............................................ 231Entering the passcode ................... 229Searching for a mobile phone ........ 229see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 214Telephony ...................................... 227

Box (trunk) ......................................... 245Brake Assist

see BAS (Brake Assist System)Brake fluid

Display message ............................ 194Notes ............................................. 342

Brake force distributionsee EBD (electronic brake forcedistribution)

Brake lampsDisplay message ............................ 191

BrakesABS .................................................. 75Adaptive Brake Assist ...................... 80BAS .................................................. 76BAS PLUS with Cross-TrafficAssist ............................................... 76Brake fluid (notes) ......................... 342Display message ............................ 192High-performance brake system .... 154HOLD function ............................... 165Important safety notes .................. 154Maintenance .................................. 154Parking brake ................................ 152Riding tips ...................................... 154Warning lamp ................................. 204

Breakdownsee Flat tire

Brightness control (instrumentcluster lighting) ................................... 37Bulbs

see Replacing bulbs

Buttons and controller ...................... 222

CCalifornia

Important notice for retail cus-tomers and lessees .......................... 29

Calling up a malfunctionsee Display messages

Carsee Vehicle

Car keysee SmartKey

Care360° camera ................................. 268Car wash ........................................ 267Carpets .......................................... 268Display ........................................... 268Exterior lights ................................ 268Gear or selector lever .................... 268Interior ........................................... 268Matte finish ................................... 268Notes ............................................. 266Paint .............................................. 268Plastic trim .................................... 268Power washer ................................ 268Rear view camera .......................... 268Roof lining ...................................... 268Seat belt ........................................ 268Seat cover ..................................... 268Sensors ......................................... 268Tail pipes ....................................... 268Trim pieces .................................... 268Washing by hand ........................... 268Wheels ........................................... 268Windows ........................................ 268Wiper blades .................................. 268Wooden trim .................................. 268

Cargo compartmentOpening/closing (from outside,HANDS-FREE ACCESS) .................... 99

Cargo compartment coverImportant safety notes .................. 243

Cargo compartment enlargement ... 241Cargo compartment floor ................. 248Cargo net

Attaching ....................................... 245Important safety information ......... 244

6 Index

Page 9: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Cargo tie down rings ......................... 242CD

see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 214

CD player (on-board computer) ........ 190Center console

Lower section .................................. 42Lower section (AMG vehicles) .......... 43Upper section .................................. 41

Central lockingAutomatic locking (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 190Locking/unlocking (SmartKey) ........ 90

Changing bulbsHigh-beam headlamps ................... 124Turn signals (front) ......................... 125

ChildRestraint system .............................. 69

Child seatForward-facing restraint system ...... 73LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child seatanchors ............................................ 70On the front-passenger seat ............ 73Rearward-facing restraint system .... 73Top Tether ....................................... 71

Child-proof locksImportant safety notes .................... 73Rear doors ....................................... 74

ChildrenSpecial seat belt retractor ............... 69

Cigarette lighter ................................ 251Cleaning

Mirror turn signal ........................... 268Clear button ....................................... 222Climate control

Automatic climate control (3-zone) .............................................. 132Controlling automatically ............... 133Cooling with air dehumidification .. 133Defrosting the windows ................. 133Defrosting the windshield .............. 133Dual-zone automatic climate con-trol ................................................. 131General notes ................................ 130Indicator lamp ................................ 133Maximum cooling .......................... 133Overview of systems ...................... 130

Problem with the rear windowdefroster ........................................ 133Problems with cooling with airdehumidification ............................ 133Rear control panel ......................... 132Refrigerant ..................................... 344Refrigerant filling capacity ............. 344Setting the air distribution ............. 133Setting the air vents ...................... 133Setting the airflow ......................... 133Setting the climate mode ............... 133Setting the temperature ................ 133Switching air-recirculation modeon/off ............................................ 133Switching on/off ........................... 133Switching residual heat on/off ...... 133Switching the rear windowdefroster on/off ............................ 133Switching the ZONE function on/off .................................................. 133

Coat hooks ......................................... 245Cockpit

Overview .......................................... 36see Instrument cluster

Collapsible spare wheelInflating ......................................... 331see Emergency spare wheel

COLLISION PREVENTION ASSISTPLUS

Display message ............................ 191Operation/notes .............................. 78

COMANDComponents .................................. 216Control panel ................................. 219Controller ...................................... 222Display ........................................... 217Functions ....................................... 216

Combination switch .......................... 121Combined cargo cover and net ........ 243Connecting a USB device

see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 214

Consumption statistics (on-boardcomputer) .......................................... 190Control panel ..................................... 221Controller ........................................... 222Convenience box ............................... 245

Index 7

Page 10: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Coolant (engine)Checking the level ......................... 265Display message ............................ 199Filling capacity ............................... 343Important safety notes .................. 342Temperature (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 190Temperature gauge ........................ 188Warning lamp ................................. 209

Coolingsee Climate control

Copyright ............................................. 34Cornering light function

Display message ............................ 191Function/notes ............................. 121

Crash-responsive emergency light-ing ....................................................... 123Cruise control

Activation conditions ..................... 156Cruise control lever ....................... 156Deactivating ................................... 156Display message ............................ 191Driving system ............................... 155Function/notes ............................. 155Important safety notes .................. 155Selecting ........................................ 156Setting a speed .............................. 156Storing and maintaining currentspeed ............................................. 156

Cup holderCenter console .............................. 251Important safety notes .................. 251Rear compartment ......................... 251

Customer Assistance Center(CAC) ..................................................... 32Customer Relations Department ....... 32

DDashboard

see Instrument clusterData

see Technical dataDaytime running lamps

Display message ............................ 191Switching on/off (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 190Switching on/off (switch) .............. 121

Declarations of conformity ................. 31DEF

Adding ........................................... 149Filling capacity ............................... 341Important safety notes .................. 341

Delayed switch-offExterior lighting (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 190Interior lighting .............................. 190

Diagnostics connection ...................... 31Diesel .................................................. 339Digital Operator's Manual

Help ................................................. 25Introduction ..................................... 25

Digital speedometer ......................... 190DIRECT SELECT lever

Automatic transmission ................. 142Display (cleaning instructions) ........ 268Display messages

ASSYST PLUS ................................ 266Calling up (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 191Driving systems ............................. 191Engine ............................................ 199General notes ................................ 191Hiding (on-board computer) ........... 191KEYLESS-GO .................................. 191Lights ............................................. 191Safety systems .............................. 192SmartKey ....................................... 191Tires ............................................... 200Vehicle ........................................... 201

Distance recorder ............................. 190see Odometersee Trip odometer

Distance warning (warning lamp) .... 210Distance warning function

Function/notes ................................ 79DISTRONIC PLUS

Activating ....................................... 158Activation conditions ..................... 158Deactivating ................................... 161Display message ............................ 191Displays in the multifunction dis-play ................................................ 161Function/notes ............................. 156Important safety notes .................. 157

8 Index

Page 11: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Setting the specified minimumdistance ......................................... 161Stopping ........................................ 160

DoorsAutomatic locking (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 190Automatic locking (switch) ............... 95Central locking/unlocking(SmartKey) ....................................... 90Control panel ................................... 45Display message ............................ 191Emergency locking ........................... 96Emergency unlocking ....................... 96Important safety notes .................... 95Opening (from inside) ...................... 95

Drinking and driving ......................... 153Drive program

Automatic ...................................... 144Display ........................................... 142Display (DIRECT SELECT lever) ...... 143Manual ........................................... 144Manual (AMG vehicles) .................. 144SETUP (on-board computer) .......... 190

Drive program selector ..................... 144Driver's door

see DoorsDriving abroad

Mercedes-Benz Service ................. 266Driving on flooded roads .................. 155Driving safety systems

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) ....... 75ADAPTIVE BRAKE ............................. 84Adaptive Brake Assist ...................... 80BAS (Brake Assist System) .............. 76BAS PLUS with Cross-TrafficAssist ............................................... 76COLLISION PREVENTION ASSISTPLUS ................................................ 78Distance warning function ............... 79EBD (electronic brake force distri-bution) ............................................. 84ESP® (Electronic Stability Pro-gram) ............................................... 80ETS/4ETS (Electronic TractionSystem) ........................................... 81Important safety information ........... 75Overview .......................................... 75

PRE-SAFE® Brake ............................. 84STEER CONTROL ............................. 86

Driving systems360°camera .................................. 173Active Blind Spot Assist ................. 180Active Driving Assistance pack-age ................................................. 180Active Lane Keeping Assist ............ 183Active Parking Assist ..................... 170AIRMATIC ...................................... 166AMG adaptive sport suspensionsystem ........................................... 167ATTENTION ASSIST ........................ 175Blind Spot Assist ............................ 178Cruise control ................................ 155Display message ............................ 191DISTRONIC PLUS ........................... 156DISTRONIC PLUS with SteeringAssist and Stop&Go Pilot ............... 163HOLD function ............................... 165Lane Keeping Assist ...................... 179Lane Tracking package .................. 177PARKTRONIC ................................. 168RACE START (AMG vehicles) .......... 166Rear view camera .......................... 171Traffic Sign Assist .......................... 176

Driving tipsAMG ceramic brakes ..................... 154Automatic transmission ................. 144Brakes ........................................... 154Break-in period .............................. 136Downhill gradient ........................... 154Drinking and driving ....................... 153Driving in winter ............................. 155Driving on flooded roads ................ 155Driving on wet roads ...................... 155Exhaust check ............................... 154Fuel ................................................ 153General .......................................... 153Hydroplaning ................................. 155Icy road surfaces ........................... 155Limited braking efficiency on sal-ted roads ....................................... 154Snow chains .................................. 291Wet road surface ........................... 154

DVD videoOperating (on-board computer) ..... 190

Index 9

Page 12: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 214

EE10

see FuelEASY-ENTRY feature

Activating/deactivating ................. 190Function/notes ............................. 117

EASY-EXIT featureFunction/notes ............................. 117Switching on/off ........................... 190

EASY-PACK cargo compartmentmanagement system ........................ 246EASY-PACK folding floor

Important safety notes .................. 248EASY-PACK folding luggage-com-partment floor

Opening and closing ...................... 249EASY-PACK load-securing kit

Components and storage .............. 246Inserting the brackets into theloading rail ..................................... 247

EASY-PACK rear sill protector .......... 249EASY-PACK trunk box ....................... 245EBD (electronic brake force distri-bution)

Display message ............................ 194Function/notes ................................ 84

ECO displayFunction/notes ............................. 154

ECO start/stop functionAutomatic engine start .................. 141Automatic engine switch-off .......... 141Deactivating/activating ................. 141General information ....................... 141Important safety notes .................. 141Introduction ................................... 141

Electronic Stability Programsee ESP® (Electronic Stability Program)

EmergencyAutomaticmeasures after an acci-dent ................................................. 67

Emergency releaseDriver's door .................................... 96Fuel filler flap ................................. 147Trunk ............................................. 103

Vehicle ............................................. 96Emergency spare wheel

General notes ................................ 329Important safety notes .................. 329Removing ....................................... 329Storage location ............................ 329Stowing .......................................... 330Technical data ............................... 332

Emergency Tensioning DevicesActivation ......................................... 63

Emergency unlockingTailgate .......................................... 103

Emissions controlService and warranty information .... 28

EngineCheck Engine warning lamp ........... 202Display message ............................ 199ECO start/stop function ................ 141Engine number ............................... 337Irregular running ............................ 142Jump-starting ................................. 279Starting problems .......................... 142Starting the engine with theSmartKey ....................................... 140Starting with KEYLESS-GO ............. 140Switching off .................................. 152Tow-starting (vehicle) ..................... 284

Engine electronicsProblem (malfunction) ................... 142

Engine oilAdding ........................................... 264Checking the oil level ..................... 263Checking the oil level using thedipstick .......................................... 264Display message ............................ 191Filling capacity ............................... 342Notes about oil grades ................... 341Notes on oil level/consumption .... 263Temperature (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 190

Entering an addresssee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 214

ESP® (Electronic Stability Pro-gram)

Activating/deactivating (exceptAMG vehicles) .................................. 81

10 Index

Page 13: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Activating/deactivating (on-board computer, except AMGvehicles) ........................................ 190AMG menu (on-board computer) ... 190Characteristics ................................. 81Deactivating/activating (buttonin AMG vehicles) .............................. 82Deactivating/activating (exceptAMG vehicles) ................................ 190Display message ............................ 192ETS/4ETS ........................................ 81Function/notes ................................ 80General notes .................................. 80Important safety information ........... 81Trailer stabilization ........................... 84Warning lamp ................................. 206

ETS/4ETS (Electronic Traction Sys-tem) ...................................................... 81Exhaust check ................................... 154Exhaust tail pipe (cleaning instruc-tions) .................................................. 268Exterior lighting

Setting options .............................. 120see Lights

Exterior mirrorsAdjusting ....................................... 117Dipping (automatic) ....................... 117Folding in when locking (on-boardcomputer) ...................................... 190Folding in/out (automatically) ....... 117Folding in/out (electrically) ........... 117Setting ........................................... 117Storing settings (memory func-tion) ............................................... 117Storing the parking position .......... 117

Eyeglasses compartment ................. 239

FFavorites

Adding ........................................... 223Deleting ......................................... 224Displaying and calling up ............... 223Moving ........................................... 224Overview ........................................ 223Renaming ....................................... 224

Filler capsee Fuel filler flap

Flat tireMOExtended tires .......................... 272Preparing the vehicle ..................... 271TIREFIT kit ...................................... 273see Emergency spare wheel

Floormats ........................................... 259Frequencies

Mobile phone ................................. 334Two-way radio ................................ 334

Front fog lampsDisplay message ............................ 191

FuelAdditives ........................................ 339Consumption statistics .................. 190Displaying the current consump-tion ................................................ 190Displaying the range ...................... 190Driving tips .................................... 153Flexible fuel vehicles ...................... 340Fuel gauge ....................................... 37Grade (gasoline) ............................ 338Important safety notes .................. 337Premium-grade unleaded gaso-line ................................................. 338Problem (malfunction) ................... 149Quality (diesel) ............................... 339Refueling ........................................ 145Tank content/reserve fuel ............. 338

Fuel filler flapEmergency release ........................ 147Opening ......................................... 146

Fuel levelCalling up the range (on-boardcomputer) ...................................... 190

Fuel tankCapacity ........................................ 338Problem (malfunction) ................... 149

Fuse allocation chart (vehicle toolkit) ...................................................... 270Fuses

Allocation chart ............................. 284Before changing ............................. 284Fuse box in the cargo compart-ment .............................................. 285Fuse box in the engine compart-ment .............................................. 285Fuse box in the trunk ..................... 285Important safety notes .................. 284

Index 11

Page 14: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

GGarage door opener

Clearing the memory ..................... 259General notes ................................ 256Important safety notes .................. 257Opening/closing the garage door .. 259Programming (button in the rear-view mirror) ................................... 257Synchronizing the rolling code ....... 257

Gear indicator (on-board com-puter) .................................................. 190Gear or selector lever (cleaningguidelines) ......................................... 268Genuine parts ...................................... 27Glove box ........................................... 239Google™ Local Search

see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 214

HHANDS-FREE ACCESS .......................... 99Hazard warning lamps ...................... 120Head bags

Display message ............................ 196Head restraints

Adjusting ....................................... 116Adjusting (rear) .............................. 116see NECK-PRO head restraintssee NECK-PRO luxury head restraints

HeadlampsFogging up ..................................... 120see Automatic headlamp mode

Heatingsee Climate control

High-beam headlampsAdaptive Highbeam Assist ............. 122Changing bulbs .............................. 124Display message ............................ 191Switching on/off ........................... 121

Hill start assist .................................. 141HOLD function

Activating ....................................... 165Deactivating ................................... 166Function/notes ............................. 165

Home addresssee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 214

HoodClosing ........................................... 263Display message ............................ 201Important safety notes .................. 262Opening ......................................... 262

Hydroplaning ..................................... 155

IIgnition lock

see Key positionsImmobilizer .......................................... 87Indicator and warning lamps

COLLISION PREVENTION ASSISTPLUS .............................................. 210

Indicator lampssee Warning and indicator lamps

Indicatorssee Turn signals

Insect protection on the radiator .... 263Instrument cluster

Overview .......................................... 37Settings ......................................... 190Warning and indicator lamps ........... 38

Instrument cluster lighting .............. 190Interior lighting

Automatic control .......................... 123Delayed switch-off (on-boardcomputer) ...................................... 190Emergency lighting ........................ 123Manual control ............................... 123Overview ........................................ 123Reading lamp ................................. 123Setting the brightness of theambient lighting (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 190Setting the brightness of the dis-play/switch (on-board computer) .. 190Setting the color of the ambientlighting (on-board computer) ......... 190

InternetSelecting/setting access data ....... 232Setting up an Internet connection .. 232

12 Index

Page 15: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

iPod®see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 214

JJack

Storage location ............................ 270Using ............................................. 310

Jump starting (engine) ...................... 279

KKey positions

KEYLESS-GO .................................. 138SmartKey ....................................... 137

KEYLESS-GODeactivation ..................................... 91Display message ............................ 191Locking ............................................ 91Removing the Start/Stop button ... 139Start/Stop button .......................... 138Starting the engine ........................ 140Unlocking ......................................... 91

KickdownDriving tips .................................... 144Manual drive program .................... 145

Knee bag .............................................. 56

LLamps

see Warning and indicator lampsLane Keeping Assist

Activating/deactivating ................. 190Function/information .................... 179

Lane Tracking package ..................... 177Lap time (RACETIMER) ...................... 190LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child seatanchors ................................................ 70License plate lamp (display mes-sage) ................................................... 191Light function, active

Display message ............................ 191Light sensor (display message) ....... 191Lights

Activating/deactivating the inte-rior lighting delayed switch-off ....... 190Adaptive Highbeam Assist ............. 122

Automatic headlamp mode ............ 121Cornering light function ................. 121Hazard warning lamps ................... 120High beam flasher .......................... 121High-beam headlamps ................... 121Light switch ................................... 120Low-beam headlamps .................... 121Parking lamps ................................ 121Rear fog lamp ................................ 121Setting the brightness of theambient lighting (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 190Setting the brightness of the dis-play/switch (on-board computer) .. 190Setting the color of the ambientlighting (on-board computer) ......... 190Standing lamps .............................. 121Switching the daytime runninglamps on/off (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 190Switching the daytime runninglamps on/off (switch) .................... 121Switching the exterior lightingdelayed switch-off on/off (on-board computer) ............................ 190Switching the surround lightingon/off (on-board com-puter) ............................................. 190Turn signals ................................... 121see Replacing bulbs

List of access dataNew provider ................................. 233

List of mobile phone network pro-viders

With the selected provider ............. 233Loading guidelines ............................ 238Locking

see Central lockingLocking (doors)

Automatic ........................................ 95Emergency locking ........................... 96From inside (central locking but-ton) .................................................. 95

Locking centrallysee Central locking

Locking verification signal (on-board computer) ............................... 190

Index 13

Page 16: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Low-beam headlampsDisplay message ............................ 191Switching on/off ........................... 121

Luggage holder (EASY-PACK load-securing kit) ....................................... 247Lumbar support

Adjusting the 4-way lumbar sup-port ................................................ 116

MM+S tires ............................................ 290Malfunction message

see Display messagesMatte finish (cleaning instruc-tions) .................................................. 268mbrace

Call priority .................................... 256Display message ............................ 191Downloading destinations(COMAND) ..................................... 252Downloading routes ....................... 252Emergency call .............................. 253General notes ................................ 252Geo fencing ................................... 252Locating a stolen vehicle ............... 252MB info call button ........................ 255Remote vehicle locking .................. 252Roadside Assistance button .......... 254Search & Send ............................... 252Self-test ......................................... 252Speed alert .................................... 252System .......................................... 252Triggering the vehicle alarm ........... 252Vehicle remote malfunction diag-nosis .............................................. 252Vehicle remote unlocking .............. 252

Mechanical keyFunction/notes ................................ 92Inserting .......................................... 92Locking vehicle ................................ 96Removing ......................................... 92Unlocking the driver's door .............. 96

Media Interfacesee Separate operating instructions

Memory card (audio) ......................... 190Memory function ............................... 117

Mercedes-Benz Intelligent Drive360°camera .................................. 173ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) .......... 75Active Blind Spot Assist ................. 180Active Lane Keeping Assist ............ 183Active Parking Assist ..................... 170ATTENTION ASSIST ........................ 175BAS (Brake Assist) ........................... 76BAS PLUS (Brake Assist PLUS)with Cross-Traffic Assist .................. 76Blind Spot Assist ............................ 178COLLISION PREVENTION ASSISTPLUS ................................................ 78Cruise control ................................ 155DISTRONIC PLUS ........................... 156DISTRONIC PLUS with SteeringAssist and Stop&Go Pilot ............... 163ESP® (Electronic Stability Pro-gram) ............................................... 80General notes ................................ 155Lane Keeping Assist ...................... 179PARKTRONIC ................................. 168PRE-SAFE® (anticipatory occu-pant protection) ............................... 66PRE-SAFE® Brake ............................. 84PRE-SAFE® PLUS (anticipatoryoccupant protection PLUS) .............. 67Rear view camera .......................... 171Traffic Sign Assist .......................... 176

Message memory (on-board com-puter) .................................................. 191Messages

see Display messagesMirrors

see Exterior mirrorssee Rear-view mirrorsee Vanity mirror (in the sun visor)

Mobile phoneAuthorizing .................................... 229Connecting (Bluetooth® inter-face) .............................................. 227Connecting another mobilephone ............................................ 231De-authorizing ............................... 231Enabling for Internet access .......... 233Frequencies ................................... 334Installation ..................................... 334

14 Index

Page 17: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Menu (on-board computer) ............ 190Transmission output (maximum) .... 334

Modifying the programming(SmartKey) ........................................... 92MOExtended tires .............................. 272Mounting wheels

Lowering the vehicle ...................... 313Mounting a new wheel ................... 313Preparing the vehicle ..................... 309Raising the vehicle ......................... 310Removing a wheel .......................... 312Securing the vehicle against roll-ing away ........................................ 310

MP3Operation ....................................... 190see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 214see separate operating instructions

Multifunction displayFunction/notes ............................. 188Permanent display ......................... 190

Multifunction steering wheelOperating the on-board computer .. 189Overview .......................................... 39

Music filessee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 214

NNavigation

Menu (on-board computer) ............ 190see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 214Showing/hiding the menu ............. 225Switching to ................................... 225see separate operating instructions

NECK-PRO head restraintsOperation ......................................... 65Resetting triggered .......................... 65

NECK-PRO luxury head restraintsImportant safety notes .................... 65Operation ......................................... 65Resetting when triggered ................. 66

Notes on breaking-in a new vehi-cle ....................................................... 136

OOccupant Classification System(OCS)

Conditions ....................................... 58Faults ............................................... 62Operation ......................................... 58System self-test ............................... 60

Occupant safetyAutomaticmeasures after an acci-dent ................................................. 67Children in the vehicle ..................... 68Important safety notes .................... 49Introduction to the restraint sys-tem .................................................. 48Occupant Classification System(OCS) ............................................... 58PASSENGER AIR BAG indicatorlamps ............................................... 49Pets in the vehicle ........................... 75PRE-SAFE® (anticipatory occu-pant protection) ............................... 66PRE-SAFE® PLUS (anticipatoryoccupant protection PLUS) .............. 67Restraint system warning lamp ........ 49

OCSConditions ....................................... 58Faults ............................................... 62Operation ......................................... 58System self-test ............................... 60

Odometer ........................................... 190Oil

see Engine oilOn-board computer

AMG menu ..................................... 190Assistance menu ........................... 190Audio menu ................................... 190Convenience submenu .................. 190Display messages .......................... 191Displaying a service message ........ 266DISTRONIC PLUS ........................... 161Factory settings submenu ............. 190Important safety notes .................. 188Instrument cluster submenu .......... 190Lighting submenu .......................... 190Menu overview .............................. 190Message memory .......................... 191Navigation menu ............................ 190

Index 15

Page 18: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Operation ....................................... 189RACETIMER ................................... 190Service menu ................................. 190Settings menu ............................... 190Standard display ............................ 190Telephone menu ............................ 190Trip menu ...................................... 190Vehicle submenu ........................... 190Video DVD operation ..................... 190

Online and Internet functionsEnabling a mobile phone for Inter-net access ..................................... 233Manually setting the access dataof the mobile phone network pro-vider .............................................. 233Selecting the access data of themobile phone network provider ..... 233Setting up an Internet connection .. 232

Operating safetyDeclaration of conformity ................ 31Important safety notes .................... 30

Operating systemsee On-board computer

OperationDigital Operator's Manual ................ 25

Operator's ManualVehicle equipment ........................... 28

Outside temperature display ........... 188Overhead control panel ...................... 44Override feature

Rear side windows ........................... 74

PPaint code number ............................ 336Paintwork (cleaning instructions) ... 268Panic alarm .......................................... 48Panorama roof with power tilt/sliding panel

Important safety notes .................. 106Opening/closing ............................ 108Opening/closing the roller sun-blind ............................................... 109Problem (malfunction) ................... 111Resetting ....................................... 109

ParkingImportant safety notes .................. 151Parking brake ................................ 152

Position of exterior mirror, front-passenger side ............................... 117Rear view camera .......................... 171see PARKTRONIC

Parking aidActive Parking Assist ..................... 170see Exterior mirrorssee PARKTRONIC

Parking assistancesee PARKTRONIC

Parking brakeDisplay message ............................ 191Notes/function .............................. 152

PARKTRONICDeactivating/activating ................. 170Driving system ............................... 168Function/notes ............................. 168Important safety notes .................. 168Problem (malfunction) ................... 170Range of the sensors ..................... 169Warning display ............................. 170

PASSENGER AIR BAGDisplay message ............................ 198Problems (malfunction) .................. 198

PASSENGER AIR BAG OFFIndicator lamp .................................. 49

Pets in the vehicle ............................... 75Phone book

see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 214

Phone callDialing ........................................... 232

Plastic hooks ..................................... 242Plastic trim (cleaning instruc-tions) .................................................. 268Power washers .................................. 268Power windows

see Side windowsPRE-SAFE® (anticipatory occupantprotection)

Display message ............................ 191Operation ......................................... 66

PRE-SAFE® BrakeActivating/deactivating ................. 190Display message ............................ 191Function/notes ................................ 84Important safety notes .................... 85

16 Index

Page 19: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Warning lamp ................................. 210PRE-SAFE® PLUS (anticipatoryoccupant protection PLUS)

Operation ......................................... 67Program selector button .................. 144Protection against theft

ATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system) ......... 87Immobilizer ...................................... 87

Protection of the environmentGeneral notes .................................. 27

Pulling awayAutomatic transmission ................. 140General notes ................................ 140

QQR code

Mercedes-Benz Guide App ................. 1Rescue card ..................................... 33

Qualified specialist workshop ........... 31

RRACE START (AMG vehicles) ............. 166RACETIMER (on-board computer) .... 190Radiator cover ................................... 263Radio

Displaying radio text ...................... 236Overview ........................................ 235Selecting a station ......................... 190Setting the waveband .................... 235Switching on .................................. 234see separate operating instructions

Radio modesee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 214

Radio-wave reception/transmis-sion in the vehicle

Declaration of conformity ................ 31Reading lamp ..................................... 123Rear fog lamp

Display message ............................ 191Switching on/off ........................... 121

Rear seatsFolding the backrest forwards/back ............................................... 240

Rear sill protector ............................. 249

Rear view cameraCleaning instructions ..................... 268Displays in the Audio display ......... 173Displays in the COMAND display ... 173Function/notes ............................. 171Switching on/off ........................... 172

Rear window blind ............................ 251Rear window defroster

Problem (malfunction) ................... 133Switching on/off ........................... 133

Rear window wiperReplacing the wiper blade .............. 126Switching on/off ........................... 125

Rear-view mirrorAnti-glare (manual) ........................ 117Dipping (automatic) ....................... 117

Refrigerant (air-conditioning sys-tem)

Important safety notes .................. 344Refueling

Fuel gauge ....................................... 37Important safety notes .................. 145Refueling process .......................... 146see Fuel

Remote controlGarage door opener ....................... 256Programming (garage dooropener) .......................................... 257

Replacing bulbsImportant safety notes .................. 123Overview of bulb types .................. 124

Reporting safety defects .................... 32Rescue card ......................................... 33Reserve (fuel tank)

see FuelReserve fuel

Display message ............................ 191Warning lamp ................................. 202see Fuel

Residual heat (climate control) ........ 133Restraint system

Display message ............................ 195Introduction ..................................... 48Warning lamp ................................. 208Warning lamp (function) ................... 49

Reverse gearEngaging (automatic transmis-sion) ............................................... 142

Index 17

Page 20: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Reversing featurePanorama sliding sunroof .............. 107Roller sunblinds ............................. 109Side windows ................................. 104Sliding sunroof ............................... 107Trunk lid/tailgate ............................. 97

Reversing lamps (display mes-sage) ................................................... 191Roadside Assistance (breakdown) .... 29Roller sunblind

Panorama roof with power tilt/sliding panel .................................. 108Rear side windows ......................... 251Rear window .................................. 251

Roof lining and carpets (cleaningguidelines) ......................................... 268Roof load (maximum) ........................ 344Route (navigation)

see Route guidance (navigation)Route guidance

see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 214

Route guidance (navigation) ............ 190

SSafety

Children in the vehicle ..................... 68Safety system

see Driving safety systemsSD memory card

see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 214

Search & Sendsee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 214

Seat beltsAdjusting the driver's and front-passenger seat belt ......................... 53Adjusting the height ......................... 52center rear-compartment seat ......... 53Cleaning ......................................... 268Correct usage .................................. 51Fastening ......................................... 52Important safety guidelines ............. 50Introduction ..................................... 50Releasing ......................................... 53

Switching belt adjustment on/off(on-board computer) ...................... 190Warning lamp ................................. 202Warning lamp (function) ................... 54

SeatsActive multicontour seat ................ 116Adjusting (electrically) ................... 116Adjusting the 4‑way lumbar sup-port ................................................ 116Adjusting the head restraint .......... 116Cleaning the cover ......................... 268Correct driver's seat position ........ 114Folding the backrest (rear com-partment) forwards/back .............. 241Important safety notes .................. 115Seat heating problem .................... 117Storing settings (memory func-tion) ............................................... 117Switching seat heating on/off ....... 116Switching seat ventilation on/off .. 116

Securing cargo .................................. 242Selecting stations

Radio ............................................. 235Sensors (cleaning instructions) ....... 268Service menu (on-board com-puter) .................................................. 190Service products

Brake fluid ..................................... 342Coolant (engine) ............................ 342DEF special additives ..................... 341Engine oil ....................................... 341Fuel ................................................ 337Important safety notes .................. 337Refrigerant (air-conditioning sys-tem) ............................................... 344Washer fluid ................................... 343

Setting access dataOnline and Internet ........................ 233

Setting the air distribution ............... 133Setting the airflow ............................ 133Setting the date/time format

see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 214

Setting the languagesee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 214

18 Index

Page 21: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Setting the timesee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 214

SettingsFactory (on-board computer) ......... 190On-board computer ....................... 190

SETUP (on-board computer) ............. 190Side impact air bag ............................. 56Side marker lamp (display mes-sage) ................................................... 191Side windows

Cleaning ......................................... 268Important safety information ......... 104Opening/closing (all) ..................... 105Opening/closing (front) ................. 105Problem (malfunction) ................... 106Resetting ....................................... 105

SIRIUS servicessee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 214

Sliding sunroofImportant safety notes .................. 106Opening/closing ............................ 107Problem (malfunction) ................... 111Resetting ....................................... 108see Panorama roof with powertilt/sliding panel

SmartKeyChanging the battery ....................... 93Changing the programming ............. 92Checking the battery ....................... 93Display message ............................ 191Door central locking/unlocking ....... 90Important safety notes .................... 90Loss ................................................. 94Mechanical key ................................ 92Overview .......................................... 90Positions (ignition lock) ................. 137Problem (malfunction) ..................... 94Starting the engine ........................ 140

SMSsee also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 214

Snow chains ...................................... 291Sockets

Center console .............................. 251General notes ................................ 251Luggage compartment ................... 251

Rear compartment ......................... 251Spare wheel

Stowing .......................................... 330Special seat belt retractor .................. 69Specialist workshop ............................ 31Speed, controlling

see Cruise controlSpeedometer

In the Instrument cluster ................. 37Segments ...................................... 188Selecting the unit of measure-ment .............................................. 190see Instrument cluster

SPORT handling modeActivating/deactivating (AMGvehicles) .......................................... 82Warning lamp ................................. 207

Standing lampsDisplay message ............................ 191Switching on/off ........................... 121

Start/stop functionsee ECO start/stop function

Starting (engine) ................................ 139STEER CONTROL .................................. 86Steering (display message) .............. 201Steering Assist and Stop&Go Pilot(DISTRONIC PLUS)

Activating/deactivating ................. 190Display message ............................ 191

Steering assistant STEER CON-TROL

see STEER CONTROLSteering wheel

Adjusting (electrically) ................... 117Button overview ............................... 39Buttons (on-board computer) ......... 189Important safety notes .................. 117Paddle shifters ............................... 144Steering wheel heating .................. 117Storing settings (memory func-tion) ............................................... 117

Steering wheel (cleaning instruc-tions) .................................................. 268Steering wheel heating

Switching on/off ........................... 117Steering wheel paddle shifters ........ 144Stopwatch (RACETIMER) ................... 190

Index 19

Page 22: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Stowage areas ................................... 238Stowage compartments

Armrest (under) ............................. 239Center console .............................. 239Cup holders ................................... 251Display message) ........................... 191Eyeglasses compartment ............... 239Glove box ....................................... 239Important safety information ......... 239Rear ............................................... 239Stowage net ................................... 239Under driver's seat/front-passenger seat .............................. 239

Stowage net ....................................... 239Stowage well beneath the trunkfloor .................................................... 248Summer tires ..................................... 290Sun visor ............................................ 251Surround lighting (on-board com-puter) .................................................. 190Suspension tuning

AIRMATIC ...................................... 167SETUP (on-board computer) .......... 190

Switching air-recirculation modeon/off ................................................. 133

TTachometer ........................................ 188Tail lamps

Display message ............................ 191Tailgate

Display message ............................ 201Emergency unlocking ..................... 103Important safety notes .................... 96Limiting the opening angle ............. 102Opening dimensions ...................... 344Opening/closing (automaticallyfrom inside) ................................... 101Opening/closing (automaticallyfrom outside) ................................... 98Opening/closing (from outside) ....... 97

Tanksee Fuel tank

Tank contentFuel gauge ....................................... 37

Technical dataCapacities ...................................... 337

Emergency spare wheel ................. 332Information .................................... 334Tires/wheels ................................. 314Vehicle data ................................... 344

TelephoneAccepting a call ..................... 190, 231Authorizing a mobile phone (con-necting) ......................................... 229Connecting a mobile phone (gen-eral information) ............................ 227De-authorizing (disconnecting) amobile phone ................................. 231Ending an active call ...................... 232Entering phone numbers ................ 232Establishing the connection fromthe mobile phone ........................... 230Making a call ................................. 232Menu (on-board computer) ............ 190Number from the phone book ........ 190Reconnecting a mobile phoneautomatically ................................. 231Redialing ........................................ 190Rejecting a call .............................. 232Rejecting/ending a call ................. 190see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 214Switching between mobilephones ........................................... 231Using the telephone ....................... 231

Telephone numberEntering ......................................... 232

Telescopic rod (EASY-PACK load-securing kit) ....................................... 248Temperature

Coolant .......................................... 188Coolant (on-board computer) ......... 190Engine oil (on-board computer) ...... 190Outside temperature ...................... 188Setting (climate control) ................ 133

Through-loading feature ................... 239Timing (RACETIMER) ......................... 190Tire pressure

Calling up (on-board computer) ..... 294Checking manually ........................ 294Display message ............................ 200Maximum ....................................... 294Not reached (TIREFIT) .................... 274Notes ............................................. 292

20 Index

Page 23: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Reached (TIREFIT) .......................... 274Recommended ............................... 291

Tire pressure monitorChecking the tire pressure elec-tronically ........................................ 296Function/notes ............................. 294General notes ................................ 294Important safety notes .................. 295Radio type approval for the tirepressure monitor ........................... 297Restarting ...................................... 297Warning lamp ................................. 211Warning message .......................... 296

Tire-change tool kit ........................... 270TIREFIT kit .......................................... 273Tires

Aspect ratio (definition) ................. 308Average weight of the vehicleoccupants (definition) .................... 307Bar (definition) ............................... 306Changing a wheel .......................... 309Characteristics .............................. 306Checking ........................................ 289Curb weight (definition) ................. 308Definition of terms ......................... 306Direction of rotation ...................... 309Display message ............................ 200Distribution of the vehicle occu-pants (definition) ............................ 309DOT (Department of Transporta-tion) (definition) ............................. 307DOT, Tire Identification Number(TIN) ............................................... 306GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)(definition) ..................................... 307General notes ................................ 314GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) (def-inition) ........................................... 307GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ing) (definition) .............................. 307Important safety notes .................. 288Increased vehicle weight due tooptional equipment (definition) ...... 307Information on driving .................... 288Kilopascal (kPa) (definition) ........... 307Labeling (overview) ........................ 303Load bearing index (definition) ...... 308Load index ..................................... 305

Load index (definition) ................... 307Maximum load on a tire (defini-tion) ............................................... 308Maximum loaded vehicle weight(definition) ..................................... 307Maximum permissible tire pres-sure (definition) ............................. 308Maximum tire load ......................... 305Maximum tire load (definition) ....... 308MOExtended tires .......................... 290Optional equipment weight (defi-nition) ............................................ 308PSI (pounds per square inch) (def-inition) ........................................... 308Replacing ....................................... 309Service life ..................................... 290Sidewall (definition) ....................... 308Speed rating (definition) ................ 307Storing ........................................... 309Structure and characteristics(definition) ..................................... 306Temperature .................................. 302TIN (Tire Identification Number)(definition) ..................................... 308Tire bead (definition) ...................... 308Tire pressure (definition) ................ 308Tire pressures (recommended) ...... 307Tire size (data) ............................... 314Tire size designation, load-bearingcapacity, speed rating .................... 303Tire tread ....................................... 289Tire tread (definition) ..................... 308Total load limit (definition) ............. 309Traction ......................................... 302Traction (definition) ....................... 308Tread wear ..................................... 302Uniform Tire Quality GradingStandards ...................................... 301Uniform Tire Quality GradingStandards (definition) .................... 307Wear indicator (definition) ............. 308Wheel and tire combination ........... 316Wheel rim (definition) .................... 307see Flat tire

Top Tether ............................................ 71Tow-starting

Emergency engine starting ............ 284Important safety notes .................. 281

Index 21

Page 24: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Towing a trailerCleaning the trailer tow hitch ......... 268ESP® (Electronic Stability Pro-gram) ............................................... 84

Towing awayImportant safety guidelines ........... 281Installing the towing eye ................ 282Removing the towing eye ............... 283With both axles on the ground ....... 283With the rear axle raised ................ 283

Towing eye ......................................... 270Traffic reports

see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 214

Traffic Sign AssistActivating/deactivating the warn-ing function .................................... 190Function/notes ............................. 176Important safety notes .................. 177Instrument cluster display ............. 177

Transfer case ..................................... 145Transmission

see Automatic transmissionTransmission position display ......... 143Transmission position display(DIRECT SELECT lever) ...................... 143Transporting the vehicle .................. 283Trim pieces (cleaning instruc-tions) .................................................. 268Trip computer (on-board com-puter) .................................................. 190Trip odometer

Calling up ....................................... 190Resetting (on-board computer) ...... 190

TrunkEmergency release ........................ 103Important safety notes .................... 96Locking separately ......................... 102Opening/closing (automaticallyfrom inside) ................................... 101Opening/closing (automaticallyfrom outside) ................................... 98Opening/closing (from outside,HANDS-FREE ACCESS) .................... 99Opening/closing (manually fromoutside) ............................................ 97

Trunk lidDisplay message ............................ 191Opening dimensions ...................... 344

Trunk load (maximum) ...................... 344Turn signals

Changing bulbs (front) ................... 125Display message ............................ 191Switching on/off ........................... 121

Two-way radioFrequencies ................................... 334Installation ..................................... 334Transmission output (maximum) .... 334

Type identification platesee Vehicle identification plate

UUnlocking

Emergency unlocking ....................... 96From inside the vehicle (centralunlocking button) ............................. 95

VVanity mirror (in the sun visor) ........ 252Vehicle

Correct use ...................................... 32Data acquisition ............................... 33Display message ............................ 201Equipment ....................................... 28Individual settings .......................... 190Limited Warranty ............................. 32Loading .......................................... 298Locking (in an emergency) ............... 96Locking (SmartKey) .......................... 90Lowering ........................................ 313Maintenance .................................... 29Parking for a long period ................ 153Pulling away ................................... 140Raising ........................................... 310Reporting problems ......................... 32Securing from rolling away ............ 310Towing away .................................. 281Transporting .................................. 283Unlocking (in an emergency) ........... 96Unlocking (SmartKey) ...................... 90Vehicle data ................................... 344

Vehicle data ....................................... 344

22 Index

Page 25: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Vehicle dimensions ........................... 344Vehicle emergency locking ................ 96Vehicle identification number

see VINVehicle identification plate .............. 336Vehicle level

AIRMATIC ...................................... 166Vehicle maintenance

see ASSYST PLUSVehicle tool kit .................................. 270Video

see also Digital Operator's Man-ual .................................................. 214

Video (DVD) ........................................ 190VIN

Seat ............................................... 336Type plate ...................................... 336

Voice Control Systemsee Separate operating instructions

WWarning and indicator lamps

ABS ................................................ 205Brakes ........................................... 204Check Engine ................................. 202Coolant .......................................... 209Distance warning ........................... 210ESP® .............................................. 206ESP® OFF ....................................... 207Fuel tank ........................................ 202General notes ................................ 202Overview .......................................... 38PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ............... 49Reserve fuel ................................... 202Restraint system ............................ 208Seat belt ........................................ 202SPORT handling mode ................... 207Tire pressure monitor .................... 211

Warranty .............................................. 28Washer fluid

Display message ............................ 191Wheel and tire combination

see TiresWheel bolt tightening torque ........... 313Wheel chock ...................................... 310Wheels

Changing a wheel .......................... 309

Checking ........................................ 289Cleaning ......................................... 268Emergency spare wheel ................. 329General notes ................................ 314Important safety notes .................. 288Information on driving .................... 288Interchanging/changing ................ 309Mounting a new wheel ................... 313Mounting a wheel .......................... 309Removing a wheel .......................... 312Storing ........................................... 309Tightening torque ........................... 313Wheel size/tire size ....................... 314

Window curtain air bagOperation ......................................... 57

Windowssee Side windows

WindshieldDefrosting ...................................... 133

Windshield washer fluidsee Windshield washer system

Windshield washer systemAdding washer fluid ....................... 266Important safety notes .................. 343

Windshield wipersProblem (malfunction) ................... 127Rear window wiper ........................ 125Replacing the wiper blades ............ 125Switching on/off ........................... 125

Winter drivingImportant safety notes .................. 290Slippery road surfaces ................... 155Snow chains .................................. 291

Winter operationRadiator cover ............................... 263

Winter tiresM+S tires ....................................... 290

Wiper bladesCleaning ......................................... 268Important safety notes .................. 125Replacing (rear window) ................ 126Replacing (windshield) ................... 126

Wooden trim (cleaning instruc-tions) .................................................. 268Workshop

see Qualified specialist workshop

Index 23

Page 26: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

ZZONE function

Switching on/off ........................... 133

24 Index

Page 27: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Introduction

The printedOperator'sManual provides infor-mation about the safe operation of your vehi-cle. The Digital Operator's Manual addition-ally describes further functions and equip-ment installed in your vehicle. The vehiclefunctions and functions of Audio 20 orCOMAND are described in the Digital Opera-tor's Manual. You can call up the Digital Oper-ator's Manual via Audio 20 or COMAND.

i You will not incur any costs when callingup the Digital Operator's Manual. The Dig-ital Operator's Manual works without con-necting to the Internet.

There are three ways to access the topics ofthe Digital Operator's Manual:RVisual searchThe visual search allows you to explore yourvehicle "virtually". Starting from either thevehicle exterior view or interior view, youcan access many of the different topicscovered by the Digital Operator's Manual.To access the vehicle interior section,select the "Vehicle interior" view.RKeyword searchThe keyword search allows you to searchfor a keyword by entering characters. Fur-ther information can be found in the DigitalOperator's Manual in the "Audio 20" or"COMAND" section under the "Characterentry (telephony)" keyword.RContentsYou can select individual sections in thecontents.

i The Digital Operator's Manual is deacti-vated for safety reasons while driving.

Operation

Calling up the Digital Operator's Man-ualX Press theØ button in the center con-sole.The overview relating to the vehicleappears.

X Select the "Operator's Manual" menu itemby turning3 or pressing7 the con-troller.

X Confirm7 themessage about thewarningand safety notes.The basic menu for the Digital Operator'sManual appears.

Operating the Digital Operator's Man-ual

General notesPlease observe the information about theoperation of the controller (Y page 222).

Content pagesThe content pages can be accessed bymeansof a visual search, a keyword search or usingthe contents.

X To scroll forwards/backwards: turn3 the controller.

X To display in full-screen or animation:slide8 the controller to the left:.

Digital Operator's Manual 25

Page 28: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

X To select information texts or savebookmarks: slide9 the controller tothe right;.

X To select a link: slide6 the controllerdownwards=.

X To exit a content page: select the%symbol?.

X To call up the basic menu of the DigitalOperator's Manual: selectÞ symbolA.

X To switch functions to Audio 20 orCOMAND using the buttons on the cen-ter console:press the$,%,ÕorØ button.The selected menu appears. The DigitalOperator's Manual remains open in thebackground.

26 Digital Operator's Manual

Page 29: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Protection of the environment

General notes

H Environmental noteDaimler's declared policy is one of compre-hensive environmental protection.The objectives are for the natural resourcesthat form the basis of our existence on thisplanet to be used sparingly and in a mannerthat takes the requirements of both natureand humanity into account.You too can help to protect the environmentby operating your vehicle in an environmen-tally responsible manner.Fuel consumption and the rate of engine,transmission, brake and tire wear are affectedby these factors:Roperating conditions of your vehicleRyour personal driving styleYou can influence both factors. You shouldbear the following in mind:Operating conditions:Ravoid short trips as these increase fuel con-sumption.Ralways make sure that the tire pressuresare correct.Rdo not carry any unnecessary weight.Rremove roof racks once you no longer needthem.Ra regularly serviced vehicle will contributeto environmental protection. You shouldtherefore adhere to the service intervals.Ralways have service work carried out at aqualified specialist workshop.

Personal driving style:Rdo not depress the accelerator pedal whenstarting the engine.Rdo notwarmup the enginewhen the vehicleis stationary.Rdrive carefully and maintain a safe distancefrom the vehicle in front.Ravoid frequent, sudden acceleration andbraking.

Rchange gear in good time and use each gearonly up toÔ of its maximum engine speed.Rswitch off the engine in stationary traffic.Rkeep an eye on the vehicle's fuel consump-tion.

Environmental concerns and recom-mendationsWherever the operating instructions requireyou to dispose of materials, first try to regen-erate or re-use them. Observe the relevantenvironmental rules and regulations whendisposing of materials. In this way you willhelp to protect the environment.

Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts

H Environmental noteDaimler AG also supplies reconditionedmajorassemblies and parts which are of the samequality as new parts. They are covered by thesame Limited Warranty entitlements as newparts.

! Air bags and Emergency Tensioning Devi-ces, as well as control units and sensors forthese restraint systems, may be installed inthe following areas of your vehicle:RdoorsRdoor pillarsRdoor sillsRseatsRcockpitRinstrument clusterRcenter consoleDo not install accessories such as audiosystems in these areas. Do not carry outrepairs or welding. You could impair theoperating efficiency of the restraint sys-tems.Have aftermarket accessories installed at aqualified specialist workshop.

Introduction 27

Z

Page 30: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

You could jeopardize the operating safety ofyour vehicle if you use parts, tires and wheelsas well as accessories relevant to safetywhich have not been approved by Mercedes.This could lead to malfunctions in safety-rel-evant systems, e.g. the brake system. Useonly genuine Mercedes-Benz parts or parts ofequal quality. Only use tires, wheels andaccessories that have been specificallyapproved for your vehicle.Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts are subject tostrict quality control. Every part has been spe-cifically developed, manufactured or selectedfor and adapted to Mercedes-Benz vehicles.Only genuine Mercedes-Benz parts shouldtherefore be used.More than 300,000 different genuineMercedes-Benz parts are available forMercedes-Benz models.All authorized Mercedes-Benz Centers main-tain a supply of genuineMercedes-Benz partsfor necessary service and repair work. In addi-tion, strategically located parts delivery cen-ters provide quick and reliable parts service.Always specify the vehicle identification num-ber (VIN) when ordering genuine Mercedes-Benz parts (Y page 336).

Operator's Manual

Vehicle equipmentThis Operator's Manual describes all modelsand all standard and optional equipment ofyour vehicle available at the time of going toprint. Country-specific differences are possi-ble. Bear in mind that your vehicle may notfeature all functions described here. This alsoapplies to safety-relevant systems and func-tions. The equipment in your vehicle maytherefore differ from that shown in thedescriptions and illustrations.The original purchase agreement lists all sys-tems installed in your vehicle.Should you have any questions concerningequipment and operation, please consult anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

The Operator's Manual and MaintenanceBooklet are important documents and shouldbe kept in the vehicle.

Service and vehicle operation

WarrantyThe implied warranty for your vehicle appliesin accordance with the warranty terms andconditions in the Service and Warranty Infor-mation booklet.Your authorized Mercedes-Benz Center willreplace and repair all factory-installed parts inaccordancewith the followingwarranty termsand conditions:RNew Vehicle Limited WarrantyREmission System WarrantyREmission Performance WarrantyRCalifornia, Connecticut, Maine, Massachu-setts, New York, Pennsylvania, RhodeIsland and Vermont Emission Control Sys-tem WarrantyRState warranty enforcement laws (lemonlaws)

Replacement parts and accessories are cov-ered by the Mercedes-Benz Parts and Acces-sories warranties. These are available at anyauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

i Should you lose your Service and War-ranty Information booklet, have an author-ized Mercedes-Benz Center arrange for areplacement. The new Service and War-ranty Information booklet will be posted toyou.

28 Introduction

Page 31: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Information for customers in Califor-niaUnder California law you may be entitled to areplacement of your vehicle or a refund of thepurchase price or lease price, if after a rea-sonable number of repair attemptsMercedes-Benz USA, LLC and/or its author-ized repair or service facilities fail to fix one ormore substantial defects or malfunctions inthe vehicle that are covered by its expresswarranty. During the period of 18 monthsfrom original delivery of the vehicle or theaccumulation of 18,000miles (approximately29,000 km) on the odometer of the vehicle,whichever occurs first, a reasonable numberof repair attempts is presumed for a retailbuyer or lessee if one or more of the followingoccurs:(1) the same substantial defect or malfunc-

tion results in a condition that is likely tocause death or serious bodily injury if thevehicle is driven, that defect or malfunc-tion has been subject to repair two ormore times, and you have directly noti-fied Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC in writingof the need for its repair,

(2) the same substantial defect or malfunc-tion of a less serious nature than cate-gory (1) has been subject to repair four ormore times and you have directly notifiedus in writing of the need for its repair, or

(3) the vehicle is out of service by reason ofrepair of the same or different substantialdefects or malfunctions for a cumulativetotal of more than 30 calendar days.

Please send your written notice to:Mercedes-Benz USA, LLCCustomer Assistance CenterOne Mercedes DriveMontvale, NJ 07645-0350

MaintenanceThe Service and Warranty Booklet describesall the necessary maintenance work whichshould be done at regular intervals.Always have the Service and Warranty Book-let with you when you bring the vehicle to anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center. The ser-vice advisor will record every service for youin the Service and Warranty Booklet.

Roadside AssistanceThe Mercedes-Benz Roadside AssistanceProgramoffers technical help in the event of abreakdown. Calls to the toll-free RoadsideAssistance Hotline are answered by ouragents 24 hours a day, 365 days a year.1-800-FOR-MERCedes(1-800-367-6372)(USA)1-800-387-0100 (Canada)For additional information, refer to theMercedes-Benz Roadside Assistance Pro-gram brochure (USA) or the "Roadside Assis-tance" section in the Service and Warrantybooklet (Canada). You will find both in yourvehicle literature portfolio.

Change of address or change of own-ershipIn the event of a change of address, pleasesend us the "Notification of Address Change"in the Service and Guarantee booklet or sim-ply call the Mercedes-Benz Customer Assis-tance Center (USA) at the hotline number1-800-FOR-MERCedes(1-800-367-6372) orCustomer Service Center (Canada) at1-800-387-0100. This will assist us in con-tacting you in a timely manner should theneed arise.If you sell your Mercedes, please leave theentire literature in the vehicle so that it isavailable to the next owner.If you have purchased a used car, please sendus the "Notification of Used Car Purchase" in

Introduction 29

Z

Page 32: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

the Service and Guarantee booklet or simplycall the Mercedes-Benz Customer AssistanceCenter (USA) at the hotline number1-800-FOR-MERCedes(1-800-367-6372) orCustomer Service (Canada) at1-800-387-0100.

Vehicle operation outside the USAand CanadaIf you plan to operate your vehicle in foreigncountries, please be aware that:Rservice facilities or replacement parts maynot be readily available.Runleaded fuel for vehicles with a catalyticconvertermay not be available. Leaded fuelmay cause damage to the catalytic con-verter.Rthe fuel may have a considerably loweroctane rating. Unsuitable fuel can causeengine damage.

Some Mercedes-Benz models are availablefor delivery in Europe through our EuropeanDelivery Program. For details, consult anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center or write toone of the following addresses.In the USAMercedes-Benz USA, LLCEuropean Delivery DepartmentOne Mercedes DriveMontvale, NJ 07645-0350In CanadaMercedes-Benz Canada, Inc.European Delivery Department98 Vanderhoof AvenueToronto, Ontario M4G 4C9

Operating safety

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf you do not have the prescribed service/maintenance work or any required repairs

carried out, this can result in malfunctions orsystem failures. There is a risk of an accident.Always have the prescribed service/mainte-nance work as well as any required repairscarried out at a qualified specialist workshop.

G WARNINGFlammable material such as leaves, grass ortwigsmay ignite if they come into contactwithhot parts of the exhaust system. There is a riskof fire.When driving off road or on unpaved roads,check the vehicle's underside regularly. Inparticular, remove parts of plants or otherflammable materials which have becometrapped. In the case of damage, contact aqualified specialist workshop.

G WARNINGModifications to electronic components, theirsoftware as well as wiring can impair theirfunction and/or the function of other net-worked components. In particular, systemsrelevant to safety could also be affected. As aresult, these may no longer function as inten-ded and/or jeopardize the operating safety ofthe vehicle. There is an increased risk of anaccident and injury.Never tamper with the wiring as well as elec-tronic components or their software. Youshould have all work to electrical and elec-tronic equipment carried out at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

! There is a risk of damage to the vehicle if:Rthe vehicle becomes stuck, e.g. on a highcurb or an unpaved roadRyou drive too fast over an obstacle, e.g. acurb or a hole in the roadRa heavy object strikes the undercarriageor parts of the chassis

In situations like this, the body, the under-carriage, chassis parts, wheels or tirescould be damaged without the damagebeing visible. Components damaged in thisway can unexpectedly fail or, in the case of

30 Introduction

Page 33: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

an accident, no longer withstand the strainthey are designed to.If the underbody paneling is damaged,combustible materials such as leaves,grass or twigs can gather between theunderbody and the underbody paneling. Ifthese materials come in contact with hotparts of the exhaust system, they can catchfire.In such situations, have the vehiclechecked and repaired immediately at aqualified specialist workshop. If on con-tinuing your journey you notice that drivingsafety is impaired, pull over and stop thevehicle immediately, paying attention toroad and traffic conditions. In such cases,consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Declarations of conformity

Vehicle components which receiveand/or transmit radio wavesUSA: "The wireless devices of this vehiclecomply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Oper-ation is subject to the following two condi-tions: 1) These devices may not cause harm-ful interference, and 2) These devices mustaccept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesired oper-ation. Changes ormodifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible for com-pliance could void the user’s authority tooperate the equipment."Canada: "The wireless devices of this vehiclecomply with Industry Canada license-exemptRSS standard(s). Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) These devicesmay not cause interference, and (2) Thesedevicesmust accept any interference, includ-ing interference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device."

Diagnostics connectionThe diagnostics connection is only intendedfor the connection of diagnostic equipment ata qualified specialist workshop.

G WARNINGIf you connect equipment to the diagnosticsconnection in the vehicle, it may affect theoperation of the vehicle systems. As a result,the operating safety of the vehicle could beaffected. There is a risk of an accident.Do not connect any equipment to a diagnos-tics connection in the vehicle.

G WARNINGObjects in the driver's footwell can restrict thepedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal.The operating and road safety of the vehicle isjeopardized. There is a risk of an accident.Make sure that all objects in the vehicle arestowed correctly, and that they cannot enterthe driver's footwell. Install the floormatssecurely and as specified in order to ensuresufficient clearance for the pedals. Do not useloose floormats and do not place floormats ontop of one another.

! If the engine is switched off and equip-ment on the diagnostics connection isused, the starter battery may discharge.

Connecting equipment to the diagnosticsconnection can lead to emissions monitoringinformation being reset, for example. Thismay lead to the vehicle failing to meet therequirements of the next emissions test dur-ing the main inspection.

Qualified specialist workshopAn authorized Mercedes-Benz Center is aqualified specialist workshop. It has the nec-essary specialist knowledge, tools and quali-fications to correctly carry out the workrequired on your vehicle. This is especially thecase for work relevant to safety.

Introduction 31

Z

Page 34: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Observe the notes in the Maintenance Book-let.Always have the following work carried out atan authorized Mercedes-Benz Center:Rwork relevant to safetyRservice and maintenance workRrepair workRalterations, installation work and modifica-tionsRwork on electronic components

Correct useIf you remove any warning stickers, you orothers could fail to recognize certain dangers.Leave warning stickers in position.Observe the following information when driv-ing your vehicle:Rthe safety notes in this manualRthe vehicle technical dataRtraffic rules and regulationsRlaws and safety standards pertaining tomotor vehicles

Problems with your vehicleIf you should experience a problem with yourvehicle, particularly one that you believe mayaffect its safe operation, we urge you to con-tact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Centerimmediately to have the problem diagnosedand rectified. If the problem is not resolved toyour satisfaction, please discuss the problemagain with a Mercedes-Benz Center or con-tact us at one of the following addresses.In the USACustomer Assistance CenterMercedes-Benz USA, LLCOne Mercedes DriveMontvale, NJ 07645-0350In CanadaCustomer Relations DepartmentMercedes-Benz Canada, Inc.

98 Vanderhoof AvenueToronto, Ontario M4G 4C9

Reporting safety defectsUSA only:The following text is published as required ofmanufacturers under Title 49, Code of U.S.Federal Regulations, Part 575 pursuant to the"National Traffic andMotor Vehicle Safety Actof 1966".If you believe that your vehicle has a defectwhich could cause a crash or could causeinjury or death, you should immediatelyinform the National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) in addition to notify-ing Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC.If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it mayopen an investigation, and if it finds that asafety defect exists in a group of vehicles, itmay order a recall and remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannot become involved inindividual problems between you, yourdealer, or Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC.To contact NHTSA, you may call the VehicleSafety Hotline toll-free at1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); goto http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:Administrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street,SW., Washington, DC 20590.You can also obtain other information aboutmotor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov

Limited Warranty! Follow the instructions in this manualabout the proper operation of your vehicleas well as about possible vehicle damage.Damage to your vehicle that arises fromculpable contraventions against theseinstructions is not covered either by theMercedes-Benz Limited Warranty or by theNew or Used-Vehicle Warranty.

32 Introduction

Page 35: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

QR codes for the rescue card

The QR codes are secured in the fuel filler flapand on the opposite side on the B-pillar. In theevent of an accident, rescue services can usethe QR code to quickly find the appropriaterescue card for your vehicle. The current res-cue card contains the most important infor-mation about your vehicle in a compact form,e.g. the routing of the electric cables.You can findmore information under https://portal.aftersales.i.daimler.com/public/content/asportal/en/communication/informationen_fuer/QRCode.html.

Data stored in the vehicle

Data recordingThis vehicle is capable of recording diagnosticinformation relating to vehicle operation,mal-functions, and user settings. This may includeinformation about the performance or statusof various systems, including but not limitedto, engine, throttle, steering or brake sys-tems, that is stored and can be read out withsuitable devices, particularly when the vehi-cle is serviced. The data obtained is used toproperly diagnose and service your vehicle orto further optimize and develop vehicle func-tions.

COMAND/mbrace (Canada: TELEAID)If the vehicle is equipped with COMAND ormbrace, additional data about the vehicle’soperation, the use of the vehicle in certainsituations, and the location of the vehiclemaybe compiled through COMAND or thembracesystem.For additional information please refer to theCOMAND User Manual and/or the mbraceTerms and Conditions.

Event data recordersThis vehicle is equipped with an event datarecorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDRis to record data that will assist in under-standing how a vehicle’s systems performedin certain crash or near crash-like situations,such as during air bag deployment or whenhitting a road obstacle. The EDR is designedto record data related to vehicle dynamicsand safety systems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less.The EDR in this vehicle is designed to recordsuch data as:Rhow various systems in your vehicle areoperatingRwhether or not the driver and passengerseat belts are fastenedRhow far (if at all) the driver is depressing theaccelerator and/or brake pedal andRhow fast the vehicle is travelingThis data can help provide a better under-standing of the circumstances in whichcrashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data isrecorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivialcrash situation occurs; no data is recorded bythe EDR under normal driving conditions andno personal data (e.g., name, gender, age,and crash location) are recorded. However,other parties, such as law enforcement, cancombine the EDR data with the type of per-sonal identification data routinely acquiredduring a crash investigation.To read data recorded by an EDR, specialequipment is required, and access to the vehi-cle or the EDR is needed. In addition to thevehicle manufacturer, other parties that havethe special equipment, such as law enforce-ment, can read the information by accessingthe vehicle or the EDR.EDR data may be used in civil and criminalmatters as a tool in accident reconstruction,accident claims, and vehicle safety. Since theCrash Data Retrieval CDR tool that is used toextract data from the EDR is commerciallyavailable, Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC

Introduction 33

Z

Page 36: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

("MBUSA") expressly disclaims any and all lia-bility arising from the extraction of this infor-mation by unauthorized Mercedes-Benz per-sonnel.MBUSA will not share EDR data with otherswithout the consent of the vehicle owners or,if the vehicle is leased, without the consent ofthe lessee. Exceptions to this representationinclude responses to subpoenas by lawenforcement; by federal, state or local gov-ernment; in connection with or arising out oflitigation involving MBUSA or its subsidiariesand affiliates; or, as required by law.Warning: The EDR is a component of theRestraint System Module. Tampering with,altering, modifying or removing the EDR com-ponent may result in a malfunction of theRestraint System Module and other systems.State laws or regulations regarding EDRs thatconflict with federal regulation are pre-emp-ted. This means that in the event of such con-flict, the federal regulation governs. As ofFebruary 2013, 13 states have enacted lawsrelating to EDRs.

Information on copyright

General informationInformation on license for free and open-source software used in your vehicle and itselectronic components is available on the fol-lowing website:http://www.mercedes-benz.com/opensource

34 Introduction

Page 37: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Cockpit ................................................. 36Instrument cluster .............................. 37Multifunction steering wheel ............. 39Center console .................................... 41Overhead control panel ...................... 44Door control panel .............................. 45

35

Ataglance

Page 38: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Cockpit

Function Page

: Steering wheel paddleshifters ~

; Combination switch 121

= Instrument cluster 37

? Horn ~

A DIRECT SELECT lever 142

B PARKTRONIC warning dis-play 168

C Overhead control panel 44

D Climate control systems 130

E Ignition lock 137Start/Stop button 138

Function Page

F Adjusts the steering wheelelectrically 117Steering wheel heating ~

G Cruise control lever ~

H Parking brake ~

I Diagnostics connection 31

J Opens the hood 262

K Releases the parking brake ~

L Light switch 120

36 CockpitAt

aglance

Page 39: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Instrument cluster

Displays

Function Page

: Fuel gageFuel filler flap location indi-cator8: the fuel fillercap is on the right-handside.

; Coolant temperature ~

Function Page

= Speedometer with seg-ments ~

? Multifunction display ~

A Tachometer ~

Information on displaying the outside tem-perature in the multifunction display can befound under "Outside temperature display"(Y page 188).

i Set the instrument cluster lighting via theon-board computer, see the Digital opera-tor's manual.

Instrument cluster 37

Ataglance

Page 40: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Warning and indicator lamps

Function Page

: ÷ ESP® 206M SPORT handlingmode in AMG vehicles 207

; · Distance warning 210

= å ESP® OFF 206

? $ Brakes (USA only) 204

A #! Turn signals ~

B J Brakes (Canada only) 204

C ! ABS 205

D 6 Restraint system 48

E ; Check Engine ~

F h Tire pressure monitor 211

Function Page

G ü Seat belt 202

H % Diesel engine: pre-glow ~

÷ ESP® in AMG vehicles 207

I ? Coolant 209

J K High-beam head-lamps ~

K L Low-beam head-lamps ~

L T Parking lamps ~

M R This lamphas no func-tion

N 8 Reserve fuel ~

38 Instrument clusterAt

aglance

Page 41: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Multifunction steering wheel

Function Page

: Multifunction display ~

; Audio 20 or COMAND dis-play ~

= ?

Vehicles with Audio 20:switches on voice-operatedcontrol for navigation (seemanufacturer's operatinginstructions)Vehicles with COMAND:switches on the Voice Con-trol System (see the sepa-rate operating instructions)

Function Page

? ~

Rejects or ends a call ~

Exits the telephone book/redial memory6

Makes or accepts a callSwitches to the redialmem-oryWX

Adjusts the volume8

Mute

A =;

Selects a menu ~

9:

Selects a submenu orscrolls through lists ~

a

Confirms a selection ~

Hides display messages ~

Multifunction steering wheel 39

Ataglance

Page 42: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Function Page

B %

Back 189Vehicles with Audio 20:switches off voice-operatedcontrol of the navigation

Function Page(see the manufacturer'sOperating Instructions)Vehicles with COMAND:switches off the Voice Con-trol System (see the sepa-rate Operating Instruc-tions)

40 Multifunction steering wheelAt

aglance

Page 43: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Center console

Center console, upper section

Function Page

: Audio system or COMAND ~

; c Seat heating 116

= s Seat ventilation ~

? c PARKTRONIC 168

A ¤ ECO start/stop func-tion (AMG vehicles) ~

B £ Hazard warninglamps 120

Function Page

C 4 5 Indicator lamp 58

D ATA indicator lamp 87

E Ü Retracts the rear seathead restraints (Wagon) ~

F u Sedan: rear windowroller sunblind ~

Center console 41

Ataglance

Page 44: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Center console, lower section

Function Page

G Stowage compartment ~

Ashtray ~

Cigarette lighter ~

Cup holder ~

H e Adjusts the suspen-sion setting ~

I É Sets the vehicle level ~

Function Page

J Stowage compartmentwithMedia Interface ~

K Ú Selects the drive pro-gram ~

L COMAND controller

42 Center consoleAt

aglance

Page 45: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Center console, lower section (AMG vehicles)

Function Page

G Ashtray ~

Cigarette lighter ~

H Engages park position P 152

I Selector lever 142

J Cup holder ~

K Stowage compartmentwithMedia Interface ~

L Audio or COMAND control-ler ~

Function Page

M ß Calls up or saves thesuspension setting ~

N à Adjusts the suspen-sion setting ~

O å ESP® 82

P Drive program selector ~

Center console 43

Ataglance

Page 46: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Overhead control panel

Function Page

: u Switches the rearinterior lighting on/off ~

; | Switches the auto-matic interior lighting con-trol on/off ~

= p Switches the right-hand reading lamp on/off ~

? 3 Opens/closes thesliding sunroof 1073 Opens/closes thepanorama roof with powertilt/sliding panel with rollersunblinds 108

A ï MB Info call button(mbrace system) 255

B G SOS button (mbracesystem) 253

Function Page

C Rear-view mirror ~

D Buttons for the garage dooropener 257

E Microphone for mbrace(emergency call system),telephone and Voice Con-trol System (see the sepa-rate operating instructions)

F F Roadside Assistancecall button (mbrace sys-tem) 254

G p Switches the left-hand reading lamp on/off ~

H c Switches the frontinterior lighting on/off ~

44 Overhead control panelAt

aglance

Page 47: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Door control panel

Function Page

: r45=Stores settings for the seat,exterior mirrors and steer-ing wheel ~

; Adjusts the seats electri-cally ~

= %& Unlocks/locksthe vehicle ~

? Opens the door ~

A 7Zö\Adjusts and folds the exte-rior mirrors in/out electri-cally ~

Function Page

B W Opens/closes theside windows ~

C n Activates/deacti-vates the override featurefor the side windows in therear compartment ~

D p Opens/closes thetrunk lid/tailgate 101

Door control panel 45

Ataglance

Page 48: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

46

Page 49: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Useful information .............................. 48Panic alarm .......................................... 48Occupant safety .................................. 48Children in the vehicle ........................ 68Pets in the vehicle ............................... 75Driving safety systems ....................... 75Protection against theft ..................... 87

47

Safety

Page 50: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Useful information

i This Operator's Manual describes allmodels and all standard andoptional equip-ment of your vehicle available at the time ofpublication of the Operator's Manual.Country-specific differences are possible.Please note that your vehicle may not beequipped with all features described. Thisalso applies to safety-related systems andfunctions.

i Read the information on qualified special-ist workshops (Y page 31).

Panic alarm

X To activate: press the! button: forapproximately one second.A visual and audible alarm is triggered if thealarm system is armed.

X To deactivate: press the! button:again.

orX Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock.or, on vehicles with KEYLESS‑GO:X Press the Start/Stop button.The SmartKey must be in the vehicle.

Occupant safety

Restraint system: introductionThe restraint system can reduce the risk ofvehicle occupants coming into contact withparts of the vehicle's interior in the event ofan accident. The restraint system can alsoreduce the forces to which vehicle occupantsare subjected during an accident.The restraint system comprises:RSeat belt systemRAir bagsRChild restraint systemRChild seat securing systemsThe components of the restraint systemworkin conjunction with each other. They can onlydeploy their protective function if, at all times,all vehicle occupants:Rhave fastened their seat belts correctly(Y page 51)Rhave adjusted their seat and head restraintproperly (Y page 115).

As the driver, you also have to make sure thatthe steering wheel is adjusted correctly.Observe the information relating to the cor-rect driver's seat position (Y page 114).You also have tomake sure that an air bag caninflate properly if deployed (Y page 54).An air bag supplements a correctly worn seatbelt. As an additional safety device, the airbag increases the level of protection for vehi-cle occupants in the event of an accident. Forexample, if, in the event of an accident, theprotection offered by the seat belt is suffi-cient, the air bags are not deployed. When anaccident occurs, only the air bags thatincrease protection in that particular accidentsituation are deployed. However, seat beltsand air bags generally do not protect againstobjects penetrating the vehicle from the out-side.Information on restraint system operationcan be found under "Triggering of the Emer-gency Tensioning Devices and air bags"(Y page 63).

48 Occupant safetySafety

Page 51: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

For more information about children travelingwith you in the vehicle and on child restraintsystems, see "Children in the vehicle"(Y page 68).

Important safety notes

G WARNINGModifications to the restraint system maycause it to no longer work as intended. Therestraint system may then not perform itsintended protective function andmay fail in anaccident or trigger unexpectedly, for example.This poses an increased risk of injury or evenfatal injury.Never modify parts of the restraint system.Never tamper with the wiring, the electroniccomponents or their software.If it is necessary tomodify an air bag system toaccommodate a person with disabilities, con-tact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center fordetails. USA only: for further information con-tact our Customer Assistance Center at1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1‑800‑367‑6372).

Restraint system warning lampThe functions of the restraint system arechecked after the ignition is switched on andat regular intervals while the engine is run-ning. Therefore, malfunctions can be detec-ted in good time.The 6 restraint system warning lamp inthe instrument cluster lights upwhen the igni-tion is switched on. It goes out no later than afew seconds after the vehicle is started. Thecomponents of the restraint system are inoperational readiness.A malfunction has occurred if the 6restraint system warning lamp:Rdoes not light up after the ignition isswitched onRdoes not go out after a few seconds withthe engine runningRlights up again while the engine is running

G WARNINGIf restraint system is malfunctioning, restraintsystem components may be triggered unin-tentionally or might not be triggered at all inthe event of an accident with a high rate ofvehicle deceleration. This can affect the Emer-gency Tensioning Device or air bag, for exam-ple. This poses an increased risk of injury oreven fatal injury.Have the restraint system checked andrepaired in a qualified specialist workshop assoon as possible.

PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp

PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp:is part of the Occupant Classification System(OCS).The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lampinforms you about the status of the front-passenger front air bag.If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp:Ris lit: the front-passenger front air bag isdeactivated. It will then not be deployed inthe event of an accident.Rdoes not light up: the front-passengerfront air bag is enabled. If, in the event of anaccident, all deployment criteria are met,the front-passenger front air bag isdeployed.

Occupant safety 49

Safety

Z

Page 52: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Depending on the person in the front-passenger seat, the front-passenger front airbag must either be deactivated or enabled;see the following points. You must make sureof this both before and during a journey.RChildren in a child restraint system:whether the front-passenger front air bag isenabled or deactivated depends on theinstalled child restraint system, and the ageand size of the child. Therefore, be sure toobserve the notes on the "Occupant Clas-sification System (OCS)" (Y page 58) andon "Children in the vehicle" (Y page 68).There youwill also find instructions on rear-ward and forward-facing child restraint sys-tems on the front-passenger seat.RAll other persons: depending on the clas-sification of the person in the front-passenger seat, the front-passenger frontair bag is enabled or deactivated(Y page 58). Be sure to observe the noteson "Seat belts“ (Y page 50) and "Air bags"(Y page 54). There you can also find infor-mation on the correct seat position.

Seat belts

IntroductionSeat belts are the most effective means ofrestricting the movement of vehicle occu-pants in the event of an accident or the vehi-cle rolling over. This reduces the risk of vehi-cle occupants coming into contact with partsof the vehicle interior or being ejected fromthe vehicle. Furthermore, the seat belt helpsto keep the vehicle occupant in the best posi-tion in relation to the air bag.The seat belt system comprises:RSeat beltsREmergency Tensioning Devices for thefront seat belts and the outer seat belts inthe rearRSeat belt force limiters for the front seatbelts and the outer seat belts in the rear

If the seat belt is pulled out of the belt outletquickly or with a jerky movement, the beltretractor locks. The belt strap cannot beextracted any further.The Emergency Tensioning Device tightensthe seat belt in an accident, pulling the beltclose against the body. However it does notpull the vehicle occupant back in the directionof the backrest.The Emergency Tensioning Device does notcorrect an incorrect seat position or the rout-ing of an incorrectly fastened seat belt.When triggered, a seat belt force limiter helpsto reduce the force exerted by the seat belt onthe vehicle occupant.The seat belt force limiters for the front seatsare synchronized with the front air bags,which absorb part of the deceleration force.This can reduce the force exerted on the vehi-cle occupants during an accident.

! If the front-passenger seat is unoccupied,do not insert the belt tongue into the buckleof the front-passenger seat. This may oth-erwise lead to the triggering of the Emer-gency Tensioning Device in the event of anaccident, which will then need to bereplaced.

Important safety notesThe use of seat belts and child restraint sys-tems is required by law in:Rall 50 statesRthe U.S. territoriesRthe District of ColumbiaRall Canadian provincesEven where this is not required by law, allvehicle occupants should correctly fastentheir seat belts before starting the journey.

G WARNINGIf the seat belt is incorrectly fastened, it can-not protect as intended. Furthermore, anincorrectly fastened seat belt can cause addi-tional injury, for example, in an accident, dur-ing braking or when abruptly changing direc-

50 Occupant safetySafety

Page 53: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

tion. This poses an increased risk of injury oreven fatal injury.Make sure that all vehicle occupants areseated properly with a correctly fastened seatbelt.

G WARNINGThe seat belt does not offer the intended levelof protection if you have not moved the back-rest to an almost vertical position. When brak-ing or in the event of an accident, you couldslide underneath the seat belt and sustainabdomen or neck injuries, for example. Thisposes an increased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.Adjust the seat properly before beginningyour journey. Always ensure that the backrestis in an almost vertical position and that theshoulder section of your seat belt is routedacross the center of your shoulder.

G WARNINGPersons under 5 ft (1.50 m) in height cannotfasten the seat belt correctly without an addi-tional suitable restraint system. If the seatbelt is incorrectly fastened, it cannot protectas intended. Furthermore, an incorrectly fas-tened seat belt can cause additional injury, forexample, in an accident, during braking or anabrupt change of direction. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatal injury.For this reason, always secure persons under5 ft (1.50 m) in height in suitable restraintsystems.

If a child younger than twelve years old andunder 5 ft (1.50 m) in height is traveling in thevehicle:Ralways secure the child in a child restraintsystem suitable for this Mercedes-Benzvehicle. The child restraint system must beappropriate to the age, weight and size ofthe childRalways observe the instructions and safetynotes in the "Children in the vehicle" sec-tion of this Operator's Manual

(Y page 68) in addition to the childrestraint system manufacturer's installa-tion instructionsRbe sure to observe the instructions andsafety notes on the "Occupant classifica-tion system (OCS)" (Y page 58)

G WARNINGThe seat belts may not perform their intendedprotective function if:Rthey are damaged, modified, extremelydirty, bleach or dyedRthe seat belt buckle is damaged orextremely dirtyRthe Emergency Tensioning Devices, beltanchorages or inertia reels have beenmodi-fied

Seat belts may sustain non-visible damage inan accident, e.g. due to glass splinters. Modi-fied or damaged seat belts may tear or fail,e.g. in an accident. Modified Emergency Ten-sioning Devices could accidentally trigger orfail to deploy when necessary. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatal injury.Never modify the seat belts, Emergency Ten-sioning Devices, belt anchorages or inertiareels. Make sure that the seat belts areundamaged, not worn out and clean. Follow-ing an accident, have the seat belts checkedimmediately at a qualified specialist work-shop.

Only use seat belts that have been approvedfor your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz. Any suchmodifications could invalidate the vehicle'sgeneral operating permit.

Proper use of the seat beltsObserve the safety notes on the seat belt(Y page 50).All vehicle occupants must be wearing theseat belt correctly before beginning the jour-ney. Also make sure that all vehicle occu-pants are always wearing the seat belt cor-rectly while the vehicle is in motion.

Occupant safety 51

Safety

Z

Page 54: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

When fastening the seat belt, always makesure that:Rthe seat belt tongue is only inserted to thebelt buckle belonging to that seat.Rthe seat belt is tight across your body.Avoid wearing bulky clothing, e.g. a wintercoat.Rthe seat belt is not twisted.Only then can the forces which occur bedistributed over the area of the belt.Rthe shoulder section of the belt is alwaysrouted across the center of your shoulder.The shoulder section of the belt must notcome into contact with your neck or berouted under your arm. Where possible,adjust the seat belt to the appropriateheight.Rthe lap belt passes tightly and as low downas possible across your lap.The lap belt must always be routed acrossyour hip joints and not across your abdo-men. This applies particularly to pregnantwomen. If necessary, push the lap beltdown to your hip joint and pull it tight usingthe shoulder section of the belt.Rthe seat belt is not routed across sharp,pointed or fragile objects.If you have such items located on or in yourclothing, e.g. pens, keys or eyeglasses,store these in a suitable place.Ronly one person is using a seat belt at atime.Infants and children must never travel sit-ting on the lap of a vehicle occupant. In theevent of an accident, they could be crushedbetween the vehicle occupant and seatbelt.Robjects are never secured with a seat belt ifthe seat belt is also being used by one of thevehicle's occupants.

Seat belts are only intended to secure andrestrain vehicle occupants. Always observethe "Loading guidelines" for securing objects,luggage or loads (Y page 238).

Fastening and adjusting the seat beltsObserve the safety notes on the seat belt(Y page 50) and the notes on correct use ofseat belts (Y page 51).If the center rear seat belt is being used, alsoobserve the information about the seat beltfor the center rear seat (Y page 53).

X Adjust the seat (Y page 114).The seat backrest must be in an almostvertical position.

X Pull the seat belt smoothly from belt outlet= and engage belt tongue; into beltbuckle:.The seat belt on the driver’s seat and thefront-passenger seat may be tightenedautomatically, see "Belt adjustment"(Y page 53).

X If necessary, pull upwards on the shouldersection of the seat belt to tighten the beltacross your body.

52 Occupant safetySafety

Page 55: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Wagon: you can also adjust the belt height onthe outer rear bench seats.The shoulder section of the seat belt mustalways be routed across the center of theshoulder. Adjust the belt outlet if necessary.X To raise: slide the belt outlet upwards.The belt outlet will engage in various posi-tions.

X To lower: hold belt outlet release? andslide belt outlet downwards.

X Let go of belt outlet release? in thedesired position and make sure that thebelt outlet engages.

All seat belts in the vehicle with the exceptionof the driver's seat belt and the seat belt onthe folding bench seat in the cargo compart-ment are equipped with a special seat beltretractor, to which a child restraint systemcan be secured. Further information can befound under "Special seat belt retractor"(Y page 69).

Seat belt for the center rear seatIf the left-hand rear seat backrest is foldeddown and back up again, the rear center seatbelt may lock. The seat belt can then not bepulled out.X To release the rear center seat belt: pullthe seat belt out approximately 1 in(25 mm) at the belt outlet on the backrestand then release it again.The seat belt is retracted and released.

Releasing seat belts

! Make sure that the seat belt is fully rolledup. Otherwise, the seat belt or belt tonguewill be trapped in the door or in the seatmechanism. This could damage the door,the door trim panel and the seat belt. Dam-aged seat belts can no longer fulfill theirprotective function and must be replaced.Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

X Press release button:, hold belttongue; firmly and guide it back towardsbelt outlet=.

Seat belt adjustmentThe seat-belt adjustment is an integral part ofthe PRE-SAFE® convenience function. Thisfunction adjusts the driver's and front-passenger seat belt to the upper body of theoccupants.The belt strap is tightened slightly when:Rthe belt tongue is engaged in the buckleandRthe ignition is switched onThe seat-belt adjustment will apply a certainretraction force if any slack is detectedbetween the vehicle occupant and the seatbelt. Do not hold on to the seat belt tightlywhile it is adjusting.

Occupant safety 53

Safety

Z

Page 56: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

You can switch the seat-belt adjustment onand off in the on-board computer.

Belt warning for the driver and frontpassengerThe7 seat belt warning lamp in the instru-ment cluster is a reminder that all vehicleoccupants must wear their seat belts. It maylight up continuously or flash. In addition,there may be a warning tone.Regardless of whether the driver's seat belthas already been fastened, the7 seat beltwarning lamp lights up for six seconds eachtime the engine is started. If, aftersix seconds, the driver or front-passengerseat belt has not been fastened and the doorsare closed, the 7 seat belt warning lamplights up. As soon as the driver's and front-passenger seat belts are fastened or a frontdoor is opened again, the 7 seat beltwarning lamp goes out.If the driver's seat belt is not fastened afterthe engine is started, an additional warningtone will sound. This warning tone stops aftersix seconds or when the driver's seat belt isfastened.If the vehicle's speed exceeds 15 mph(25 km/h) once and the driver's and front-passenger seat belts are not fastened, awarning tone sounds. A warning tone alsosounds with increasing intensity for60 seconds or until the driver or frontpassenger have fastened their seat belts.If the driver or front passenger unfasten theirseat belts during the journey, the seat beltwarning is activated again.

i For more information on the 7 seatbelt warning lamp, see "Warning and indi-cator lamps in the instrument cluster, seatbelts" (Y page 202).

Air bags

IntroductionThe installation point of an air bag can be rec-ognized by the AIR BAG symbol.An air bag complements the correctly fas-tened seat belt. It is no substitute for the seatbelt. The air bag provides additional protec-tion in applicable accident situations.Not all air bags are deployed in an accident.The different air bag systems function inde-pendently from one another (Y page 63).However, no system available today can com-pletely eliminate injuries and fatalities.It is also not possible to rule out a risk of injurycaused by an air bag due to the high speed atwhich the air bag must be deployed.

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf you do not sit in the correct seat position,the air bag cannot protect as intended andcould even cause additional injury whendeployed. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.To avoid hazardous situations, always makesure that all of the vehicle's occupants:Rhave fastened their seat belts correctly,including pregnant womenRare sitting correctly andmaintain the great-est possible distance to the air bagsRfollow the following instructionsAlways make sure that there are no objectsbetween the air bag and the vehicle's occu-pants.

RAdjust the seats properly before beginningyour journey. Always make sure that theseat is in an almost upright position. Thecenter of the head restraint must supportthe head at about eye level.RMove the driver's and front-passengerseats as far back as possible. The driver'sseat position must allow the vehicle to bedriven safely.

54 Occupant safetySafety

Page 57: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

ROnly hold the steering wheel on the out-side. This allows the air bag to be fullydeployed.RAlways lean against the backrest while driv-ing. Do not lean forwards or lean againstthe door or side window. You may other-wise be in the deployment area of the airbags.RAlways keep your feet in the footwell infront of the seat. Do not put your feet on thedashboard, for example. Your feet may oth-erwise be in the deployment area of the airbag.RFor this reason, always secure persons lessthan 5 ft (1.50 m) tall in suitable restraintsystems. Up to this height, the seat beltcannot be worn correctly.

If a child is traveling in your vehicle, alsoobserve the following notes:RAlways secure children under twelve yearsof age and less than 5 ft (1.50 m) tall insuitable child restraint systems.RChild restraint systems should be installedon the rear seats.ROnly secure a child in a rearward-facingchild restraint system on the front-passenger seat when the front-passengerfront air bag is deactivated. If thePASSENGER AIR BAGOFF indicator lamp ispermanently lit, the front-passenger frontair bag is deactivated (Y page 49).RAlways observe the instructions and safetynotes on the "Occupant Classification Sys-tem (OCS)" (Y page 58) and on "Childrenin the vehicle" (Y page 68) in addition tothe child restraint system manufacturer'sinstallation instructions.

Objects in the vehicle interior may pre-vent an air bag from functioning correctly.Before starting your journey and to avoid risksresulting from the speed of the air bag as itdeploys, make sure that:Rthere are no people, animals or objectsbetween the vehicle occupants and an airbag.Rthere are no objects between the seat, doorand B-pillar.Rno hard objects, e.g. coat hangers, hang onthe grab handles or coat hooks.Rno accessories, such as cup holders, areattached to the vehicle within the deploy-ment area of an air bag, e.g. to doors, sidewindows, rear side trim or side walls.Rno heavy, sharp-edged or fragile objectsare in the pockets of your clothing. Storesuch objects in a suitable place.

G WARNINGIf you modify the air bag cover or affix objectssuch as stickers to it, the air bag can no longerfunction correctly. There is an increased riskof injury.Never modify an air bag cover or affix objectsto it.

G WARNINGSensors to control the air bags are located inthe doors. Modifications or work not per-formed correctly to the doors or door panel-ing, as well as damaged doors, can lead to thefunction of the sensors being impaired. The airbags might therefore not function properlyany more. Consequently, the air bags cannotprotect vehicle occupants as they aredesigned to do. There is an increased risk ofinjury.Never modify the doors or parts of the doors.Always have work on the doors or door pan-eling carried out at a qualified specialist work-shop.

Occupant safety 55

Safety

Z

Page 58: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Front air bags

Driver's air bag: deploys in front of thesteering wheel. Front-passenger front airbag; deploys in front of and above the glovebox.When deployed, the front air bags offer addi-tional head and thorax protection for theoccupants in the front seats.The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lampinforms you about the status of the front-passenger front air bag (Y page 49).The front-passenger front air bag will onlydeploy if:Rthe system, based on the OCS weight sen-sor readings, detects that the front-passenger seat is occupied (Y page 58)Rthe PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp is not lit (Y page 58)Rthe restraint system control unit predicts ahigh accident severity

Driver's knee bag

Driver's knee bag: deploys under the steer-ing column. The driver's knee bag is triggeredtogether with the front air bag.The driver's knee bag offers additional thigh,knee and lower leg protection for the occu-pant in the driver's seat.

Side impact air bags

G WARNINGUnsuitable seat covers could restrict or evenprevent the deployment of the air bags inte-grated into the seats. Consequently, the airbags cannot protect vehicle occupants asthey are designed to do. In addition, the func-tion of the Occupant Classification System(OCS) could be restricted. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatal injury.You should only use seat covers that havebeen approved for the respective seat byMercedes-Benz.

Example: Sedan

Front side impact air bags: and rear sideimpact air bags; deploy next to the outerbolster of the seat backrest.When deployed, the side impact air bag offersadditional thorax protection. However, it doesnot protect the:RheadRneckRarmsIn the event of a side impact, the side impactair bag is deployed on the side on which theimpact occurs.

56 Occupant safetySafety

Page 59: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

The side impact air bag on the front-passenger side (front) deploys under the fol-lowing conditions:Rthe OCS system detects that the front-passenger seat is occupied orRthe belt tongue is engaged in the beltbuckle of the front-passenger seat

If the belt tongue is engaged in the beltbuckle, the side impact air bag on the front-passenger side deploys if an appropriate acci-dent situation occurs. In this case, deploy-ment is independent of whether the front-passenger seat is occupied or not.

Pelvis air bags

G WARNINGUnsuitable seat covers could restrict or evenprevent the deployment of the air bags inte-grated into the seats. Consequently, the airbags cannot protect vehicle occupants asthey are designed to do. In addition, the func-tion of the Occupant Classification System(OCS) could be restricted. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatal injury.You should only use seat covers that havebeen approved for the respective seat byMercedes-Benz.

Pelvis air bags: deploy below next to theouter seat cushions.When activated, the pelvis air bag enhancesthe level of protection of the vehicle occu-pants on the side of the vehicle on which theimpact occurs.

The pelvis air bag is deployed on the side ofthe impact.The pelvis air bag on the front-passenger sidedoes not deploy under the following condi-tions:ROCS has detected that the front-passengerseat is unoccupied.Rthe front-passenger seat belt is not fas-tened.

If the belt tongue is engaged in the beltbuckle, the pelvis air bag on the front-passenger side deploys if an appropriate acci-dent situation occurs. In this case, deploy-ment is independent of whether the front-passenger seat is occupied or not.

Window curtain air bags

Example: Sedan

Window curtain air bags: are integratedinto the side of the roof frame and deployed inthe area from the A-pillar to the C-pillar.When deployed, the window curtain air bagenhances the level of protection for the head.However, it does not protect the chest orarms.In the event of a side impact, the window cur-tain air bag is deployed on the side on whichthe impact occurs.If the system determines that they can offeradditional protection to that provided by theseat belt, a window curtain air bag may bedeployed in other accident situations(Y page 63).

Occupant safety 57

Safety

Z

Page 60: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Occupant Classification System(OCS)

IntroductionThe Occupant Classification System (OCS)categorizes the person in the front-passengerseat. Depending on that result, the front-passenger front air bag is either enabled ordeactivated.The system does not deactivate:Rthe side impact air bagRthe pelvis air bagRthe window curtain air bagRthe Emergency Tensioning Devices

PrerequisitesTo be classified correctly, the front passengermust sit:Rwith the seat belt fastened correctlyRin an almost upright position with theirback against the seat backrestRwith their feet resting on the floor, if possi-ble

If the front passenger does not observe theseconditions, OCS may produce a false classi-fication, e.g. because the front passenger:Rtransfers their weight by supporting them-selves on a vehicle armrestRsits in such a way that their weight is raisedfrom the seat cushion

If it is absolutely necessary to install a childrestraint system on the front-passenger seat,be sure to observe the correct positioning ofthe child restraint system. Never placeobjects under or behind the child restraintsystem, e.g. cushions. The entire base of thechild restraint systemmust always rest on theseat cushion of the front-passenger seat. Thebackrest of the forward-facing child restraintsystemmust lie as flat as possible against thebackrest of the front-passenger seat.The child restraint systemmust not touch theroof or be subjected to a load by the headrestraint. Adjust the angle of the seat back-

rest and the head restraint position accord-ingly.Only then can OCS be guaranteed to functioncorrectly. Always observe the child restraintsystem manufacturer's installation instruc-tions.

Occupant Classification System opera-tion (OCS)

PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp:shows you whether the front-passenger frontair bag is deactivated.X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in theignition lock or on vehicles with KEYLESS-GO, press the Start/Stop button once ortwice.The system carries out self-diagnostics.

The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lampmust light up for approximately six seconds.The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lampthen displays the status of the front-passenger front air bag. If the status of thefront-passenger front air bag changes whilethe vehicle is in motion, an air bag displaymessage may appear in the instrument clus-ter (Y page 198). When the front-passengerseat is occupied, always pay attention to thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp. Beaware of the status of the front-passengerfront air bag both before and during the jour-ney.

58 Occupant safetySafety

Page 61: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp:Ris lit: the front-passenger front air bag isdeactivated. It will then not be deployed inthe event of an accident.Rdoes not light up: the front-passengerfront air bag is enabled. If, in the event of anaccident, all deployment criteria are met,the front-passenger front air bag isdeployed.

G WARNINGIf the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp is lit, the front-passenger front air bag isdisabled. It will not be deployed in the event ofan accident and cannot perform its intendedprotective function. A person in the front-passenger seat could then, for example, comeinto contact with the vehicle's interior, espe-cially if the person is sitting too close to thedashboard. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.When the front-passenger seat is occupied,always ensure that:Rthe classification of the person in the front-passenger seat is correct and the front-passenger front air bag is enabled or disa-bled in accordance with the person in thefront-passenger seatRthe front-passenger seat has been movedback as far back as possible.Rthe person is seated correctly.Make sure, both before and during the jour-ney, that the status of the front-passengerfront air bag is correct.

G WARNINGIf you secure a child in a child restraint systemon the front-passenger seat and thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp isoff, the front-passenger front air bag candeploy in the event of an accident. The childcould be struck by the air bag. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatal injury.

Make sure that the front-passenger front airbag has been disabled. The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit.

G WARNINGIf you secure a child in a forward-facing childrestraint system on the front-passenger seatand you position the front-passenger seat tooclose to the dashboard, the child could, in theevent of an accident:Rcome into contact with the vehicle's inte-rior if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi-cator lamp is lit, for exampleRbe struck by the air bag if the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is off

This poses an increased risk of injury or evenfatal injury.Move the front-passenger seat as far back aspossible. Always make sure that the shoulderbelt strap is correctly routed from the vehiclebelt sash guide to the shoulder belt guide onthe child restraint system. The shoulder beltstrap must be routed forwards and down-wards from the vehicle belt sash guide. If nec-essary, adjust the vehicle belt sash guide andthe front-passenger seat accordingly. Alwaysobserve the child restraint system manufac-turer's installation instructions.

If OCS determines that:Rthe front-passenger seat is unoccupied, thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamplights up after the system self-test andremains lit. This indicates that the front-passenger front air bag is deactivated.Rthe front-passenger seat is occupied by achild of up to twelve months old, in a stand-ard child restraint system, the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up afterthe system self-test and remains lit. Thisindicates that the front-passenger front airbag is deactivated.But even in the case of a twelve-month-oldchild, in a standard child restraint system,the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp can go out after the system self-test.

Occupant safety 59

Safety

Z

Page 62: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

This indicates that the front-passengerfront air bag is activated. The result of theclassification is dependent on, amongother factors, the child restraint systemand the child's stature. It is recommendedthat you install the child restraint systemona suitable rear seat.Rthe front-passenger seat is occupied by aperson of smaller stature (e.g. a teenageror small adult), the PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF indicator lamp lights up and remains litafter the system self-test depending on theresult of the classification or, alternatively,goes out.- If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF indicatorlamp is off, move the front-passengerseat as far back as possible. Alterna-tively, a person of smaller stature can siton a rear seat.

- If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF indicatorlamp is lit, a person of smaller statureshould not use the front-passenger seat.

Rthe front-passenger seat is occupied by anadult or a person of a stature correspond-ing to that of an adult, the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp goes out after thesystem self-test. This indicates that thefront-passenger front air bag is activated.

If children are traveling in the vehicle, be sureto observe the notes on "Children in the vehi-cle" (Y page 68).When OCS is malfunctioning, the red 6restraint system warning lamp in the instru-ment cluster and the PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF indicator lamp light up simultaneously.The front-passenger front air bag is deactiva-ted in this case and does not deploy during anaccident. Have the system checked by quali-fied technicians as soon as possible. Consultan authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. Thefront-passenger seat should only be repairedat an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.If the front-passenger seat, the seat cover orthe seat cushion is damaged, have the nec-essary repair work carried out at an author-ized Mercedes-Benz Center.

For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recom-mends that you only use seat accessoriesthat have been approved by Mercedes-Benz.If the driver's air bag deploys, this does notmean that the front-passenger front air bagwill also deploy. The Occupant ClassificationSystem (OCS) categorizes the occupant in thefront-passenger seat. Depending on thatresult, the front-passenger front air bag iseither enabled or deactivated.

System self-test

G DANGERIf the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp does not light up during the system self-test, then the system is malfunctioning. Thefront-passenger front air bag might be trig-gered unintentionally or might not be trig-gered at all in the event of an accident withhigh deceleration. This poses an increasedrisk of injury or even fatal injury.In this case the front-passenger seat may notbe used. Do not install a child restraint systemon the front-passenger seat. Have the Occu-pant Classification System (OCS) checkedand repaired immediately at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

G DANGERIf the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp remains lit after the system self-test, thefront-passenger front air bag is disabled. It willnot be deployed in the event of an accident. Inthis case, the front-passenger front air bagcannot perform its intended protective func-tion, e.g. when a person is seated in the front-passenger seat.That person could, for example, come intocontact with the vehicle's interior, especiallyif the person is sitting too close to the dash-board. This poses an increased risk of injury oreven fatal injury.

60 Occupant safetySafety

Page 63: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

When the front-passenger seat is occupied,always ensure that:Rthe classification of the person in the front-passenger seat is correct and the front-passenger front air bag is enabled or disa-bled in accordance with the person in thefront-passenger seatRthe person is seated properly with a cor-rectly fastened seatbeltRthe front-passenger seat has been movedback as far back as possible

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp remains lit when it should not, the front-passenger seat may not be used. Do notinstall a child restraint system on the front-passenger seat. Have the Occupant Classifi-cation System (OCS) checked and repairedimmediately at a qualified specialist work-shop.

G WARNINGObjects between the seat surface and thechild restraint system could affect OCS oper-ation. This could result in the front-passengerair bag not functioning as intended during anaccident. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.Do not place any objects between the seatsurface and the child restraint system. Theentire base of the child restraint system mustalways rest on the seat cushion of the front-passenger seat. The backrest of the forward-facing child restraint system must, as far aspossible, be resting on the backrest of thefront-passenger seat. Always comply with thechild restraint system manufacturer's instal-lation instructions.

After the system self-test, the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF indicator lamp displays the sta-tus of the front-passenger front air bag(Y page 58).For more information about the OCS, see"Problems with the Occupant ClassificationSystem" (Y page 62).

Occupant safety 61

Safety

Z

Page 64: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Problems with the Occupant Classification System (OCS)Be sure to observe the notes on "System self-test" (Y page 60).

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicatorlamp lights up andremains lit, eventhough the front-passenger seat is occu-pied by an adult or aperson of a stature cor-responding to that of anadult.

The classification of the person on the front-passenger seat isincorrect.X Make sure the conditions for a correct classification of the per-son on the front-passenger seat are met (Y page 58).

X If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit, thefront-passenger seat may not be used.

X Have OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.

The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicatorlamp does not light upand/or does not stayon.The front-passengerseat is:RunoccupiedRoccupied by theweight of a child upto 12 months old in achild restraint sys-tem

OCS is malfunctioning.X Make sure there is nothing between the seat cushion and thechild seat.

X Make sure that the entire base of the child restraint system restson the seat cushion of the front-passenger seat. The backrest ofthe forward-facing child restraint systemmust lie as flat as pos-sible against the backrest of the front-passenger seat. If nec-essary, adjust the position of the front-passenger seat.

X When installing the child restraint system, make sure that theseat belt is tight. Do not pull the seat belt tight using the front-passenger seat adjustment. This could result in the seat belt andthe child restraint system being pulled too tightly.

X Check for correct installation of the child restraint system.Make sure that the head restraint does not apply a load to thechild restraint system. If necessary, adjust the head restraintaccordingly.

X Make sure that no objects are applying additional weight ontothe seat.

X If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains off, donot install a child restraint system on the front-passenger seat.It is recommended that you install the child restraint system ona suitable rear seat.

X Have OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.

62 Occupant safetySafety

Page 65: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Deployment of Emergency TensioningDevices and air bags

Important safety notes

G WARNINGThe air bag parts are hot after an air bag hasbeen deployed. There is a risk of injury.Do not touch the air bag parts. Have adeployed air bag replaced at a qualified spe-cialist workshop as soon as possible.

G WARNINGA deployed air bag no longer offers any pro-tection and cannot provide the intended pro-tection in an accident. There is an increasedrisk of injury.Have the vehicle towed to a qualified special-ist workshop in order to have a deployed airbag replaced.

It is important for your safety and that of yourpassenger to have deployed air bags replacedand to have any malfunctioning air bagsrepaired. This will help to make sure the airbags continue to perform their protectivefunction for the vehicle occupants in theevent of a crash.

G WARNINGPyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning Devicesthat have been deployed are no longer opera-tional and are unable to perform their inten-ded protective function. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatal injury.Therefore, have pyrotechnic Emergency Ten-sioning Devices which have been triggeredimmediately replaced at a qualified specialistworkshop.

An electric motor is used by PRE-SAFE® totrigger the tightening of the seat belt in haz-ardous situations. This procedure is reversi-ble.If Emergency Tensioning Devices are trig-gered or air bags are deployed, you will hear abang, and a small amount of powder may also

be released. The 6 restraint system warn-ing lamp lights up.Only in rare cases will the bang affect yourhearing. The powder that is released gener-ally does not constitute a health hazard, but itmay cause short-term breathing difficulties inpeople with asthma or other respiratory prob-lems. To avoid this, youmay wish to get out ofthe vehicle or open the windows as soon as itis safe to do so.Air bags and pyrotechnic Emergency Tension-ing Devices (ETDs) contain perchlorate mate-rial, which may require special handling andregard for the environment. National guide-lines must be observed during disposal. InCalifornia, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/HazardousWaste/Perchlorate/index.cfm.

Method of operationDuring the first stage of a collision, therestraint system control unit evaluates impor-tant physical data relating to vehicle deceler-ation or acceleration, such as:RdurationRdirectionRintensityBased on the evaluation of this data, therestraint system control unit triggers theEmergency Tensioning Devices during a fron-tal or rear collision.An Emergency Tensioning Device can only betriggered, if:Rthe ignition is switched onRthe components of the restraint system areoperational; see "Restraint system warninglamp" (Y page 49)Rthe belt tongue is engaged in the buckle onthe respective front-passenger seat

The Emergency Tensioning Devices in therear compartment are triggered independ-ently of the lock status of the seat belts.If the restraint system control unit detects amore severe accident, further components of

Occupant safety 63

Safety

Z

Page 66: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

the restraint system are activated independ-ently of each other in certain frontal collisionsituations:RFront air bags and driver's knee bagRWindow curtain air bag, if the system deter-mines that deployment can offer additionalprotection to that provided by the seat belt

The front-passenger front air bag is activatedor deactivated depending on the person onthe front-passenger seat. The front-passenger front air bag can only deploy in anaccident if the PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF indi-cator lamp is off. Observe the information onthe PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp(Y page 49).Your vehicle has two-stage front air bags.During the first deployment stage, the frontair bag is filled with propellant gas to reducethe risk of injuries. The front air bag is fullydeployed with the maximum amount of pro-pellant gas if a second deployment thresholdis reached within a few milliseconds.The activation threshold of the EmergencyTensioning Devices and the air bag are deter-mined by evaluating the rate of vehicle decel-eration or acceleration which occurs at vari-ous points in the vehicle. This process is pre-emptive in nature. Deployment should takeplace in good time at the start of the collision.The rate of vehicle deceleration or accelera-tion and the direction of the force are essen-tially determined by:Rthe distribution of forces during the colli-sionRthe collision angleRthe deformation characteristics of the vehi-cleRthe characteristics of the object with whichthe vehicle has collided

Factorswhich can only be seen andmeasuredafter a collision has occurred do not play adecisive role in the deployment of an air bag.Nor do they provide an indication of air bagdeployment.

The vehicle can be deformed considerably,without an air bag being deployed. This is thecase if only parts which are relatively easilydeformed are affected and the rate of decel-eration is not high. Conversely, air bags maybe deployed even though the vehicle suffersonly minor deformation. This is the case if, forexample, very rigid vehicle parts such as lon-gitudinal bodymembers are hit, and sufficientdeceleration occurs as a result.If the restraint system control unit detects aside impact or if the vehicle rolls over, theapplicable components of the restraint sys-tem are activated independently of eachother depending on the apparent type of acci-dent.RSide impact air bags and pelvis air bag onthe side of impact, independently of theEmergency Tensioning Device and the useof the seat belt on the driver's seat andouter seats in the second row- the OCS system detects that the front-passenger seat is occupied or

- the belt tongue is engaged in the beltbuckle of the front-passenger seat

RWindow curtain air bag on the side ofimpact, independently of the use of theseat belt and independently of whether thefront-passenger seat is occupiedREmergency Tensioning Device, if the sys-tem determines that deployment can offeradditional protection in this situationRWindow curtain air bags on the driver's andfront-passenger side in certain situationswhen the vehicle rolls over, if the systemdetermines that deployment can offer addi-tional protection to that provided by theseat belt

i Not all air bags are deployed in an acci-dent. The different air bag systems workindependently of each other.

64 Occupant safetySafety

Page 67: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

How the air bag system works is deter-mined by the severity of the accident detec-ted, especially the vehicle deceleration oracceleration and the apparent type of acci-dent:Rfrontal collisionRside impactRrollover

NECK-PRO head restraints/NECK-PRO luxury head restraints

Important safety notes

G WARNINGThe function of the head restraint may beimpaired if you:Rattach objects such as coat hangers to thehead restraints, for exampleRuse head restraint coversIf you do so, the head restraints cannot fulfilltheir intended protective function in the eventof an accident. In addition, objects attachedto the head restraints could endanger othervehicle occupants. There is an increased riskof injury.Do not attach any objects to the headrestraints and do not use head restraint cov-ers.

Method of operationNECK-PROhead restraints/NECK-PRO luxuryhead restraints offer additional protectionagainst head and neck injuries. In the event ofa rear collision of a certain severity, theNECK-PRO head restraints/NECK-PRO luxury headrestraints on the driver's and front-passengerseats are moved forwards and upwards. Thisprovides better head support.If the NECK-PRO head restraints/NECK-PROluxury head restraints have been triggered inan accident, reset the NECK-PRO headrestraints/NECK-PRO luxury head restraintson the driver's seat and the front-passengerseat (Y page 65). Otherwise, the additional

protection will not be available in the event ofanother rear-end collision. You can see that aNECK-PRO head restraint/NECK-PRO luxuryhead restraint has been triggered if it is tiltedforward and can no longer be adjusted.Mercedes-Benz recommends that you havethe functionality of the NECK-PRO headrestraints/NECK-PRO luxury head restraintschecked at a qualified specialist workshopafter a rear-end collision.

Resetting a triggered NECK-PRO headrestraint/NECK-PRO luxury headrestraint

NECK-PRO head restraints

Do not insert your finger between the cushionof the head restraint and the cover. Pay par-ticular attention while resetting the NECK-PRO head restraints.X Tilt the top of the NECK-PRO head restraintcushion forwards in the direction ofarrow:.

X Push the NECK-PRO head restraint cushiondown as far as it will go in the direction ofarrow;.

X With your hand flat, firmly push the NECK-PRO head restraint cushion backwards inthe direction of arrow= until it engages.

X Repeat this procedure for the secondNECK-PRO head restraint.

i Resetting the NECK-PRO head restraintsrequires a lot of strength. If you have diffi-culty resetting the NECK-PRO head

Occupant safety 65

Safety

Z

Page 68: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

restraints, have this work carried out at aqualified specialist workshop.

NECK-PRO luxury head restraints

Do not insert your finger between the cushionof the head restraint and the cover. Pay par-ticular attention while resetting the NECK-PRO luxury head restraints.X Remove resetting tool: from the vehicledocument wallet.

X Slide resetting tool: into guide;between the NECK-PRO luxury headrestraint and the rear cover of the headrestraint.

X Push resetting tool: downwards until youhear the head restraint deployment mech-anism engage.

X Pull out resetting tool:.X With your hand flat, firmly push the NECK-PRO luxury head restraint cushion back-wards in the direction of arrow= until itengages.

X Repeat this procedure for the secondNECK-PRO luxury head restraint.

X Put resetting tool: back into the vehicledocument wallet.

i If you have difficulty resetting the NECK-PRO luxury head restraints, have this workcarried out at a qualified specialist work-shop.

PRE-SAFE® (anticipatory occupantprotection system)

Introduction

In certain hazardous situations, PRE-SAFE®takes pre-emptive measures to protect thevehicle occupants.

Important safety notes

! Make sure that there are no objects in thefootwell or behind the seats. There is a dan-ger that the seats and/or objects could bedamaged when PRE-SAFE® is activated.

Although your vehicle is equipped with PRE-SAFE®, the possibility of injury in the event ofan accident cannot be ruled out. Alwaysadapt your driving style to suit the prevailingroad and weather conditions and maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in front. Drivecarefully.

Function

PRE-SAFE® intervenes:Rin emergency braking situations, e.g. whenBAS is activatedRin critical driving situations, e.g. when phys-ical limits are exceeded and the vehicleundersteers or oversteers severelyRon vehicles with the Driving Assistancepackage: if BAS PLUS intervenes power-fully or the radar sensor system detects animminent danger of collision in certain sit-uations

PRE-SAFE® takes the following measuresdepending on the hazardous situation detec-ted:Rthe front seat belts are pre-tensioned.Rthe front-passenger seat is adjusted if it isin an unfavorable position.Rif the vehicle skids, the sliding sunroof andthe side windows are closed so that only asmall gap remains. The panorama roof with

66 Occupant safetySafety

Page 69: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

power tilt/sliding panel is completelyclosed.Rthe air pressure in the side bolsters of theseat backrests of the front active multicon-tour seats is raised.

If the hazardous situation passes withoutresulting in an accident, PRE-SAFE® slackensthe belt pre-tensioning. On vehicles withactive multicontour seats, the air pressure inthe side bolsters is reduced again. All settingsmade by PRE-SAFE® can then be reversed.If the seat belt pre-tensioning is not reduced:X Move the seat backrest or seat backslightly when the vehicle is stationary.The seat belt pre-tensioning is reduced andthe locking mechanism is released.

The seat-belt adjustment is an integral part ofthe PRE-SAFE® convenience function. Youwill find information on the convenience func-tion under "Belt adjustment" (Y page 53).

PRE-SAFE® PLUS (anticipatory occu-pant protection system PLUS)

Introduction

PRE-SAFE® PLUS is only available in vehicleswith the Driving Assistance package.Using the radar sensor system, PRE-SAFE®PLUS is able to detect that a head-on or rear-end collision is imminent. In certain hazard-ous situations, PRE-SAFE® PLUS takes pre-emptive measures to protect the vehicleoccupants.

Important safety notes

The intervention of PRE-SAFE® PLUS cannotprevent an imminent collision.The driver is not warned about the interven-tion of PRE-SAFE® PLUS.PRE-SAFE® PLUS does not intervene if thevehicle is backing up.

PRE-SAFE® PLUS does not perform brakingactions while the vehicle is in motion or whenParking Guidance is active.

Function

PRE-SAFE® PLUS intervenes in certain situa-tions if the radar sensor system detects animminent head-on or rear-end collision.PRE-SAFE® PLUS takes the following meas-ures depending on the hazardous situationdetected:Rif the radar sensor system detects that ahead-on collision is imminent, the seatbelts are pre-tensioned.Rif the radar sensor system detects that arear-end collision is imminent:- the brake pressure is increased if thedriver applies the brakes when the vehi-cle is stationary.

- the seat belts are pre-tensioned.The PRE-SAFE® PLUS braking application iscanceled:Rif the accelerator pedal is depressed whena gear is engagedRif the risk of a collision passes or is no lon-ger detectedRif DISTRONIC PLUS indicates an intentionto pull away

If the hazardous situation passes withoutresulting in an accident, the original settingsare restored.

Automatic measures after an acci-dentImmediately after an accident, the followingmeasures are implemented, depending onthe type and severity of the impact:Rthe hazard warning lamps are activatedRthe emergency lighting is activatedRthe vehicle doors are unlockedRthe front side windows are lowered

Occupant safety 67

Safety

Z

Page 70: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Rvehicles with a memory function: the elec-trically adjustable steering wheel is raisedRthe engine is switched off and the fuel sup-ply is cut offRvehicles with mbrace: automatic emer-gency callRvehicles with the hybrid drive system: thehybrid system and the high-voltage electri-cal system are deactivated

Children in the vehicle

Important safety notesAccident statistics show that childrensecured in the rear seats are safer than chil-dren secured in the front-passenger seat. Forthis reason, Mercedes-Benz strongly advisesthat you install a child restraint system on arear seat. Children are generally better pro-tected there.If a child under 12 years of age and under 5 ft(1.50 m) in height is traveling in the vehicle:Ralways secure the child in a child restraintsystem suitable for Mercedes-Benz vehi-cles. The child restraint system must beappropriate to the age, weight and size ofthe childRbe sure to observe the instructions andsafety notes in this section in addition tothe child restraint system manufacturer'sinstallation instructionsRbe sure to observe the instructions andsafety notes on the "Occupant classifica-tion system (OCS)" (Y page 58)

Do not install a rearward-facing child restraintsystem on the center rear seat.

G WARNINGIf you leave children unsupervised in the vehi-cle, they could set it inmotion by, for example:Rrelease the parking brake.Rshift the automatic transmission out of theparking position P.Rstart the engine.

In addition, they may operate vehicle equip-ment and become trapped. There is a risk ofan accident and injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

G WARNINGIf persons, particularly children are subjectedto prolonged exposure to extreme heat orcold, there is a risk of injury, possibly evenfatal. Never leave children unattended in thevehicle.

G WARNINGIf the child restraint system is subjected todirect sunlight, parts may get very hot. Chil-dren may burn themselves on these parts,particularly on the metal parts of the childrestraint system. There is a risk of injury.If you leave the vehicle, taking the child withyou, always ensure that the child restraintsystem is not exposed to direct sunlight. Pro-tect it with a blanket, for example. If the childrestraint system has been exposed to directsunlight, let it cool down before securing thechild in it. Never leave children unattended inthe vehicle.

Always ensure that all vehicle occupants havetheir seat belts fastened correctly and are sit-ting properly. Particular attention must bepaid to children.Observe the safety notes on the seat belt(Y page 50) and the notes on correct use ofseat belts (Y page 51).A booster seat may be necessary to achieveproper seat belt positioning for children over41 lbs (18 kg) until they reach a height wherea three-point seat belt fits properly without abooster seat.

68 Children in the vehicleSafety

Page 71: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Special seat belt retractor

G WARNINGIf the seat belt is released while driving, thechild restraint system will no longer besecured properly. The special seat belt retrac-tor is disabled and the inertia real draws in aportion of the seat belt. The seat belt cannotbe immediately refastened. There is anincreased risk of injury, possibly even fatal.Stop the vehicle immediately, paying atten-tion to road and traffic conditions. Reactivatethe special seat belt retractor and secure thechild restraint system properly.

All seat belts except the driver's seat belt andthe folding bench seat belts in the cargo com-partment are equipped with a special seatbelt retractor. When activated, the specialseat belt retractor ensures that the seat beltwill not slacken once the child restraint sys-tem has been secured.Installing a child restraint system:X Always comply with the child restraint sys-tem manufacturer's installation instruc-tions.

X Pull the seat belt smoothly from the beltoutlet.

X Engage the seat belt tongue in the beltbuckle.

Activating the special seat belt retractor:X Pull the seat belt out fully and let the inertiareel retract it again.While the seat belt is retracting, you shouldhear a ratcheting sound. The special seatbelt retractor is activated.

X Push the child seat restraint system downso that the seat belt is tight and does notloosen.

Removing a child restraint system and deac-tivating the special seat belt retractor:X Always comply with the child restraint sys-tem manufacturer's installation instruc-tions.

X Press the release button of the belt buckle,hold the belt tongue firmly and guide it backtowards the belt outlet.The special seat belt retractor is deactiva-ted.

Child restraint systemThe use of seat belts and child restraint sys-tems is required by law in:Rall 50 statesRthe U.S. territoriesRthe District of ColumbiaRall Canadian provincesDo not install a rearward-facing child restraintsystem on the center rear seat.You can obtain further information about thecorrect child restraint system from anyauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

G WARNINGIf the child restraint system is installed incor-rectly on a suitable seat, it cannot protect asintended. The child cannot then be restrainedin the event of an accident, heavy braking orsudden changes of direction. There is anincreased risk of injury, possibly even fatal.Make sure that you observe the child restraintsystem manufacturer's installation instruc-tions and the notes on use. Please ensure,that the base of the child restraint system isalways resting completely on the seat cush-ion. Never place objects, e.g. cushions, underor behind the child restraint system. Only usechild restraint systems with the original coverdesigned for them. Only replace damagedcovers with genuine covers.

Children in the vehicle 69

Safety

Z

Page 72: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

G WARNINGIf the child restraint system is installed incor-rectly or is not secured, it can come loose inthe event of an accident, heavy braking or asudden change in direction. The childrestraint system could be thrown about, strik-ing vehicle occupants. There is an increasedrisk of injury, possibly even fatal.Always install child restraint systems prop-erly, even if they are not being used. Makesure that you observe the child restraint sys-tem manufacturer's installation instructions.

You will find further information on stowingobjects, luggage or loads under "Loadingguidelines" (Y page 238).

G WARNINGChild restraint systems or their securing sys-tems which have been damaged or subjectedto a load in an accident can no longer protectas intended. The child cannot then berestrained in the event of an accident, heavybraking or sudden changes of direction. Thereis an increased risk of injury, possibly evenfatal.Replace child restraint systems which havebeen damaged or subjected to a load in anaccident as soon as possible. Have the secur-ing systems on the child restraint systemchecked at a qualified specialist workshop,before you install a child restraint systemagain.

The securing systems of child restraint sys-tems are:Rthe seat belt systemRthe LATCH-type (ISOFIX) securing ringsRthe Top Tether anchoragesIf it is absolutely necessary to carry a child onthe front-passenger seat, be sure to observethe information on the "Occupant Classifica-tion System (OCS)" (Y page 58). There youwill also find information on deactivating thefront-passenger front air bag.

All child restraint systems must meet the fol-lowing standards:RU.S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stand-ards 213 and 225RCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards213 and 210.2

Confirmation that the child restraint systemcorresponds to the standards can be foundon an instruction label on the child restraintsystem. This confirmation can also be foundin the installation instructions that are inclu-ded with the child restraint system.Observe thewarning labels in the vehicle inte-rior and on the child restraint system.

LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child seat secur-ing system

G WARNINGLATCH-type (ISOFIX) child restraint systemsdo not offer sufficient protective effect forchildren whose weight is greater than 48 lbs(22 kg) who are secured using the safety beltintegrated in the child restraint system. In theevent of an accident, a child might not berestrained correctly. This poses an increasedrisk of injury or even fatal injury.If the child weighs more than 48 lbs (22 kg),only use LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child restraintsystems with which the child is also securedwith the vehicle seat belt. Also secure thechild restraint system with the Top Tetherbelt, if available.

Always comply with the manufacturer'sinstallation and operating instructions for thechild restraint system used.Before every trip, make sure that the LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child restraint system isengaged correctly in both LATCH-type (ISO-FIX) securing rings

! When installing the child restraint system,make sure that the seat belt for the middleseat does not get trapped. The seat beltcould otherwise be damaged.

70 Children in the vehicleSafety

Page 73: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

When installing the LATCH-type (ISOFIX) childrestraint system, fold protective caps; ofLATCH-type (ISOFIX) securing rings:inwards.X Install the LATCH-type (ISOFIX) childrestraint system on both LATCH-type (ISO-FIX) securing rings:.

ISOFIX is a standardized securing system forspecially designed child restraint systems onthe rear seats. LATCH-type (ISOFIX) securingrings: for two LATCH-type (ISOFIX) childrestraint systems are installed on the left andright rear seats.Non-LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child seats mayalso be used and can be installed using thevehicle's seat belt system. Install the childseat according to the manufacturer's instruc-tions.

Top Tether

IntroductionTop Tether provides an additional connectionbetween the child restraint system securedwith a LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child seat mountand the vehicle. This helps reduce the risk ofinjury even further. If the child restraint sys-tem is equipped with a Top Tether belt, thisshould always be used.

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf the rear seat backrests are not locked, theycould fold forwards in the event of an acci-

dent, heavy braking or sudden changes ofdirection. As a result, child restraint systemscannot perform their intended protectivefunction. Rear seat backrests that are notlocked can also cause additional injuries, e.g.in the event of an accident. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatal injury.Always lock rear seat backrests after instal-ling a Top Tether belt. Observe the lock veri-fication indicator. Adjust the rear seat backr-ests so that they are in an upright position.

If the rear seat backrest is not engaged andlocked, this will be shown in themultifunctiondisplay in the instrument cluster. A warningtone also sounds.

Top Tether anchorages

SedanThe Top Tether anchorage points are installedin the rear compartment behind the headrestraints.

Children in the vehicle 71

Safety

Z

Page 74: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

X Move head restraint: upwards.X Fold up cover; of Top Tether anchorageA.

X Install the LATCH-type (ISOFIX) childrestraint system with Top Tether. Alwayscomply with the child restraint systemmanufacturer's installation instructionswhen doing so.

X Route Top Tether belt= under headrestraint:between the twohead restraintbars.

X Hook Top Tether hook? into Top TetheranchorageA.

X Make sure that Top Tether belt= is nottwisted.

X Tension Top Tether belt=. Always complywith the child restraint systemmanufactur-er's installation instructionswhen doing so.

X Fold down cover; of Top Tether anchor-ageA.

X Move head restraint: back down againslightly if necessary (Y page 116). Makesure that you do not interfere with the cor-rect routing of Top Tether belt=.

WagonThe Top Tether anchorages are located on therear side of the rear seat backrests.

X Move head restraint: upwards.X Remove combined cargo cover and net=(Y page 243).

X Install the LATCH-type (ISOFIX) childrestraint system with Top Tether. Alwayscomply with the child restraint systemmanufacturer's installation instructionswhen doing so.

X Route Top Tether beltB under headrestraint:between the twohead restraintbars.

X Hook Top Tether hookA into Top Tetheranchorage? on the back of rear seatbackrest;.

X Make sure that Top Tether beltB is nottwisted.

X Tension Top Tether beltB. Always complywith the child restraint systemmanufactur-er's installation instructionswhen doing so.

X Move head restraint: back down againslightly if necessary (Y page 116). Make

72 Children in the vehicleSafety

Page 75: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

sure that you do not interfere with the cor-rect routing of Top Tether beltB.

X Install combined cargo cover and net=(Y page 243).

Child restraint system on the front-passenger seat

General notesAccident statistics show that childrensecured in the rear seats are safer than chil-dren secured in the front-passenger seat. Forthis reason, Mercedes-Benz strongly advisesthat you install the child restraint system on arear seat.If it is absolutely necessary to install a childrestraint system on the front-passenger seat,be sure to observe the instructions and safetynotes on the "Occupant Classification System(OCS)" (Y page 58).You can thus avoid the risks that could ariseas a result of:Ran incorrectly categorized person in thefront-passenger seatRthe unintentional deactivation of the front-passenger front air bagRthe unsuitable positioning of the childrestraint system, e.g. too close to the dash-board

Rearward-facing child restraint systemIf it is absolutely necessary to install a rear-ward-facing child restraint system on thefront-passenger seat, always make sure thatthe front-passenger front air bag is deactiva-ted. Only if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFFindicator lamp is permanently lit (Y page 49)is the front-passenger front air bag deactiva-ted.Always observe the child restraint systemmanufacturer's installation and operatinginstructions.

Forward-facing child restraint systemIf it is absolutely necessary to install aforward-facing child restraint system on thefront-passenger seat, always move the front-passenger seat as far back as possible. Theentire base of the child restraint systemmustalways rest on the seat cushion of the front-passenger seat. The backrest of the childrestraint system must lie as flat as possibleagainst the backrest of the front-passengerseat. The child restraint system must nottouch the roof or be subjected to a load by thehead restraint. Adjust the angle of the seatbackrest and the head restraint positionaccordingly. Alwaysmake sure that the shoul-der belt strap is correctly routed from thevehicle belt outlet to the shoulder belt guideon the child restraint system. The shoulderbelt strapmust be routed forwards and down-wards from the vehicle belt outlet. If neces-sary, adjust the vehicle belt outlet and thefront-passenger seat accordingly.Always observe the child restraint systemmanufacturer's installation and operatinginstructions.

Child-proof locks

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf children are traveling in the vehicle, theycould:Ropen doors, thus endangering other peopleor road usersRexit the vehicle and be caught by oncomingtrafficRoperate vehicle equipment and becometrapped

There is a risk of an accident and injury.Always activate the child-proof locks andoverride feature if children are traveling in thevehicle. When leaving the vehicle, always takethe key with you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unattended in the vehicle.

Children in the vehicle 73

Safety

Z

Page 76: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Override feature for:Rthe rear doors (Y page 74)Rthe rear side windows (Y page 74)

G WARNINGIf you leave children unsupervised in the vehi-cle, they could set it inmotion by, for example:Rrelease the parking brake.Rshift the automatic transmission out of theparking position P.Rstart the engine.In addition, they may operate vehicle equip-ment and become trapped. There is a risk ofan accident and injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

G WARNINGIf persons, particularly children are subjectedto prolonged exposure to extreme heat orcold, there is a risk of injury, possibly evenfatal. Never leave children unattended in thevehicle.

G WARNINGIf the child restraint system is subjected todirect sunlight, parts may get very hot. Chil-dren may burn themselves on these parts,particularly on the metal parts of the childrestraint system. There is a risk of injury.If you leave the vehicle, taking the child withyou, always ensure that the child restraintsystem is not exposed to direct sunlight. Pro-tect it with a blanket, for example. If the childrestraint system has been exposed to directsunlight, let it cool down before securing thechild in it. Never leave children unattended inthe vehicle.

Child-proof locks for the rear doors

Child-proof lock, rear door (example: Sedan)

You secure each door individually with thechild-proof locks on the rear doors. A doorsecured with a child-proof lock cannot beopened from inside the vehicle. When thevehicle is unlocked, the door can be openedfrom the outside.X To activate: press the child-proof locklever up in the direction of arrow:.

X Make sure that the child-proof locks areworking properly.

X To deactivate: press the child-proof locklever down in the direction of arrow;.

Override feature for the rear side win-dows

X To activate/deactivate: press button;.If indicator lamp: is lit, operation of therear side windows is disabled. Operation isonly possible using the switches in the driv-er's door. If indicator lamp: is off, oper-

74 Children in the vehicleSafety

Page 77: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

ation is possible using the switches in therear compartment.

Pets in the vehicle

G WARNINGIf you leave animals unattended or unsecuredin the vehicle, they could press buttons orswitches, for example.As a result, they could:Ractivate vehicle equipment and becometrapped, for exampleRactivate or deactivate systems, therebyendangering other road users

Unsecured animals could also be flung aroundthe vehicle in the event of an accident or sud-den steering or braking, thereby injuring vehi-cle occupants. There is a risk of an accidentand injury.Never leave animals unattended in the vehi-cle. Always secure animals properly duringthe journey, e.g. use a suitable animal trans-port box.

Driving safety systems

Overview of driving safety systemsIn this section, you will find information aboutthe following driving safety systems:RABS (Anti-lock Braking System)(Y page 75)RBAS (Brake Assist System) (Y page 76)RBASPLUS (BrakeAssistSystemPLUS)withCross-Traffic Assist (Y page 76)RCOLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS(distance warning function and AdaptiveBrake Assist) (Y page 78)RESP® (Electronic Stability Program)(Y page 80)REBD (Electronic Brake force Distribution)(Y page 84)RADAPTIVE BRAKE (Y page 84)

RPRE-SAFE® Brake (Y page 84)RSTEER CONTROL (Y page 86)

Important safety notesIf you fail to adapt your driving style or if youare inattentive, the driving safety systems canneither reduce the risk of an accident noroverride the laws of physics. Driving safetysystems are merely aids designed to assistdriving. You are responsible for maintainingthe distance to the vehicle in front, for vehiclespeed, for braking in good time, and for stay-ing in lane. Always adapt your driving style tosuit the prevailing road and weather condi-tions and maintain a safe distance from thevehicle in front. Drive carefully.The driving safety systems described onlywork as effectively as possible when there isadequate contact between the tires and theroad surface. Pay particular attention to theinformation regarding tires, recommendedminimum tire tread depths etc. in the "Wheelsand tires" section (Y page 288).Inwintry driving conditions, always usewintertires (M+S tires) and if necessary, snowchains. Only in this way will the driving safetysystems described in this section work aseffectively as possible.

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)

General informationABS regulates brake pressure in such a waythat the wheels do not lock when you brake.This allows you to continue steering the vehi-cle when braking.The yellow ! ABS warning lamp in theinstrument cluster lights up when the ignitionis switched on. It goes out when the engine isrunning.

Driving safety systems 75

Safety

Z

Page 78: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Important safety notes

i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 75).

G WARNINGIf ABS is faulty, the wheels could lock whenbraking. The steerability and braking charac-teristics may be severely impaired. Addition-ally, further driving safety systems are deac-tivated. There is an increased danger of skid-ding and accidents.Drive on carefully. Have ABS checked imme-diately at a qualified specialist workshop.

When ABS is malfunctioning, other systems,including driving safety systems, will alsobecome inoperative. Observe the informationon the ABS warning lamp (Y page 205) anddisplay messages which may be shown in theinstrument cluster (Y page 192).ABS works from a speed of about 5 mph(8 km/h), regardless of road-surface condi-tions. ABS works on slippery surfaces, even ifyou only brake gently.

BrakingX If ABS intervenes: continue to depress thebrake pedal vigorously until the braking sit-uation is over.

X To make a full brake application:depress the brake pedal with full force.

If ABS intervenes when braking, you will feel apulsing in the brake pedal.The pulsating brake pedal can be an indica-tion of hazardous road conditions, and func-tions as a reminder to take extra care whiledriving.

BAS (Brake Assist System)

General informationBAS operates in emergency braking situa-tions. If you depress the brake pedal quickly,BAS automatically boosts the braking force,thus shortening the stopping distance.

Important safety notes

i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 75).

G WARNINGIf BAS is malfunctioning, the braking distancein an emergency braking situation isincreased. There is a risk of an accident.In an emergency braking situation, depressthe brake pedal with full force. ABS preventsthe wheels from locking.

BrakingX Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed untilthe emergency braking situation is over.ABS prevents the wheels from locking.

The brakes will function as usual once yourelease the brake pedal. BAS is deactivated.

BAS PLUS (Brake Assist PLUS) withCross-Traffic Assist

General information

i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 75).

BAS PLUS is only available on vehicles withthe Driving Assistance package.For BAS PLUS to assist you when driving, theradar sensor system and the camera systemmust be operational.With the help of a sensor system and a cam-era system, BAS PLUS can detect obstacles:Rthat are in the path of your vehicle for anextended period of timeRthat cross the path of your vehicleIn addition, pedestrians in the path of yourvehicle can be detected.BAS PLUS detects pedestrians by using typi-cal characteristics such as the body contoursand posture of a person standing upright.If the radar sensor system or the camera sys-tem is malfunctioning, BAS PLUS functionsare restricted or no longer available. The

76 Driving safety systemsSafety

Page 79: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

brake system is still available with completebrake boosting effect and BAS.

i Observe the restrictions described in the"Important safety notes" sec-tion“ (Y page 77).

BAS PLUS can help you tominimize the risk ofa collision with a vehicle or a pedestrian andreduce the effects of such a collision. If BASPLUS detects a danger of collision, you areassisted when braking.

Important safety notes

G WARNINGBAS PLUS cannot always clearly identifyobjects and complex traffic situations.In such cases, BAS PLUS may:Rintervene unnecessarilyRnot interveneThere is a risk of an accident.Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit-uation and be ready to brake. Terminate theintervention in a non-critical driving situation.

G WARNINGBAS PLUS does not react:Rto small people, e.g. childrenRto animalsRto oncoming vehiclesRwhen corneringAs a result, BAS PLUSmay not intervene in allcritical situations. There is a risk of an acci-dent.Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit-uation and be ready to brake.

In the event of snowfall or heavy rain, the rec-ognition can be impaired.Recognition by the radar sensor system isalso impaired in the event of:Rthere is dirt on the sensors or anything elsecovering the sensorsRthere is interference by other radar sources

Rthere are strong radar reflections, forexample in parking garagesRa narrow vehicle traveling in front, e.g. amotorbikeRa vehicle traveling in front on a different lineRvehicles quickly moving into the radar sen-sor system detection range

Recognition by the camera system is alsoimpaired in the event of:Rdirt on the camera or if the camera is cov-eredRthere is glare on the camera system, e.g.from the sun being low in the skyRdarknessRif:

- pedestrians move quickly, e.g. into thepath of the vehicle

- the camera system no longer recognizesa pedestrian as a person due to specialclothing or other objects

- a pedestrian is concealed by otherobjects

- the typical outline of a person is not dis-tinguishable from the background

Following damage to the front end of the vehi-cle, have the configuration and operation ofthe radar sensors checked at a qualified spe-cialist workshop. This also applies to colli-sions at low speeds where there is no visibledamage to the front of the vehicle.Following damage to the windshield, have theconfiguration and operation of the camerasystemchecked at a qualified specialist work-shop.

FunctionTo avoid a collision, BAS PLUS calculates thebrake force necessary if:Ryou approach an obstacle, andRBAS PLUS has detected a risk of collisionWhen driving at a speed under 20 mph(30 km/h): if you depress the brake pedal,BAS PLUS is activated. The increase in brake

Driving safety systems 77

Safety

Z

Page 80: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

pressure will be carried out at the last possi-ble moment.When driving at a speed above 20 mph(30 km/h): if you depress the brake pedalsharply, BAS PLUS automatically raises thebrake pressure to a value adapted to the traf-fic situation.BAS PLUS provides braking assistance in haz-ardous situations with vehicles in front withina speed range between 4 mph (7 km/h) and155 mph (250 km/h).Up to a speed of approximately 44 mph(70 km/h), BAS PLUS may react to:Rstationary objects in the path of your vehi-cle, e.g. stopped or parked vehiclesRpedestrians in the path of your vehicleRobjects crossing your path and that arerecognized in the detection range of thesensors

i If BAS PLUS demands particularly highbraking force, preventative passenger pro-tection measures (PRE-SAFE®) are activa-ted simultaneously.

X Keep the brake pedal depressed until theemergency braking situation is over.ABS prevents the wheels from locking.

BAS PLUS is deactivated and the brakes func-tion as usual, if:Ryou release the brake pedal.Rthere is no longer a risk of collision.Rno obstacle is detected in front of yourvehicle.Ryou depress the accelerator pedal.Ryou activate kickdown.

COLLISION PREVENTION ASSISTPLUS

General informationCOLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS con-sists of a distance warning function with anautonomous braking function and adaptiveBrake Assist.

COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS canhelp you to minimize the risk of a front-endcollision with a vehicle ahead or reduce theeffects of such a collision.If COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUSdetects that there is a risk of a collision, youwill be warned visually and acoustically. If youdo not react to the visual and audible collisionwarning, autonomous braking can be initiatedin critical situations. If you apply the brakeyourself in a critical situation, the COLLISIONPREVENTION ASSIST PLUS adaptive BrakeAssist assists you.

Activating or deactivatingCOLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS isactivated after every ignition cycle. You canactivate or deactivate COLLISION PREVEN-TION ASSIST PLUS in the on-board computer(Y page 190). When deactivated, the dis-tance warning function and the autonomousbraking function are also deactivated.If COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS isdeactivated, theæ symbol appears in theassistance graphics display.

Important safety notesIn particular, the detection of obstacles canbe impaired if:Rthere is dirt on the sensors or anything elsecovering the sensorsRthere is snow or heavy rainRthere is interference by other radar sourcesRthere are strong radar reflections, forexample in parking garagesRa narrow vehicle traveling in front, e.g. amotorbikeRa vehicle traveling in front on a different lineRnew vehicles or after a service on the COL-LISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS systemObserve the notes in the section on break-ing-in (Y page 136).

Following damage to the front end of the vehi-cle, have the configuration and operation of

78 Driving safety systemsSafety

Page 81: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

the radar sensor checked at a qualified spe-cialist workshop. This also applies to colli-sions at low speeds where there is no visibledamage to the front of the vehicle.

Distance warning function

General informationThe distancewarning function can help you tominimize the risk of a front-end collision witha vehicle ahead or reduce the effects of sucha collision. If the distance warning functiondetects that there is a risk of a collision, youwill be warned visually and acoustically.

Important safety notesi Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion for driving safety systems (Y page 75).

G WARNINGThe distance warning function does not react:Rto people or animalsRto oncoming vehiclesRto crossing trafficRwhen corneringThus, the distance warning function cannotprovide a warning in all critical situations.There is a risk of an accident.Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit-uation and be ready to brake.

G WARNINGThe distance warning function cannot alwaysclearly identify objects and complex trafficsituations.In such cases, the distance warning functionmay:Rgive an unnecessary warningRnot give a warningThere is a risk of an accident.Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit-uation and do not rely solely on the distancewarning function.

FunctionStarting at a speed of around 4mph (7 km/h),the distance warning function warns you ifyou rapidly approach a vehicle in front. Anintermittent warning tone will then sound,and the· distance warning lamp will lightup in the instrument cluster.X Brake immediately in order to increase thedistance from the vehicle in front.

orX Take evasive action, provided it is safe to doso.

Due to the nature of the system, particularlycomplicated but non-critical driving condi-tions may also cause the system to display awarning.With the help of the radar sensor system, thedistance warning function can detect obsta-cles that are in the path of your vehicle for anextended period of time.Up to a speed of around 44 mph (70 km/h),the distance warning function can also reactto stationary obstacles, such as stopped orparked vehicles.

Autonomous braking functionIf the driver does not react to the distancewarning signal in a critical situation, COLLI-SION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS can assistwith the autonomous braking function.The autonomous braking function:Rgives the driver more time to react to criti-cal driving situationsRcan help the driver to avoid an accident orRreduces the effects of an accidentThe autonomous braking function is availablein the following speed ranges:Rfrom 4 mph (7 km/h) to approx. 65 mph(105 km/h) for moving objectsRfrom 4 mph (7 km/h) to approx. 31 mph(50 km/h) for stationary objects

If the autonomous braking function requires aparticularly high braking force, preventative

Driving safety systems 79

Safety

Z

Page 82: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

passenger protection measures (PRE-SAFE®)are activated simultaneously.

Adaptive Brake Assist

i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 75).

Adaptive Brake Assist provides braking assis-tance in hazardous situations at speedsabove 4 mph (7 km/h). It uses radar sensortechnology to assess the traffic situation.

G WARNINGAdaptive Brake Assist cannot always clearlyidentify objects and complex traffic situa-tions.In such cases, Adaptive Brake Assist can:Rintervene unnecessarilyRnot interveneThere is a risk of an accident.Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit-uation and be ready to brake. Terminate theintervention in a non-critical driving situation.

G WARNINGAdaptive Brake Assist does not react:Rto people or animalsRto oncoming vehiclesRto crossing trafficRwhen corneringAs a result, the Adaptive Brake Assist may notintervene in all critical conditions. There is arisk of an accident.Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit-uation and be ready to brake.

Due to the nature of the system, particularlycomplicated but non-critical driving condi-tions may also cause Brake Assist to inter-vene.If adaptive Brake Assist is not available due toa malfunction in the radar sensor system, thebrake system remains available with fullbrake boosting effect and BAS.

With the help of adaptive Brake Assist, thedistance warning signal can detect obstaclesthat are in the path of your vehicle for anextended period of time.If adaptive Brake Assist detects a risk of col-lision with the vehicle in front, it calculatesthe braking force necessary to avoid a colli-sion. If you apply the brakes forcefully, adap-tive Brake Assist will automatically increasethe braking force to a level suitable for thetraffic conditions.X Keep the brake pedal depressed until theemergency braking situation is over.ABS prevents the wheels from locking.

The brakes will work normally again if:Ryou release the brake pedal.Rthere is no longer any danger of a collision.Rno obstacle is detected in front of yourvehicle.

Adaptive Brake Assist is then deactivated.If adaptive Brake Assist demands particularlyhigh braking force, preventative passengerprotection measures (PRE-SAFE®) are activa-ted simultaneously.Up to a speed of approximately 155 mph(250 km/h), adaptive Brake Assist is capableof reacting to moving objects that havealready been detected as such at least onceover the period of observation.Up to a speed of approximately 44 mph(70 km/h), adaptive Brake Assist reacts tostationary obstacles.

ESP® (Electronic Stability Program)

General notes

i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 75).

ESP® monitors driving stability and traction,i.e. power transmission between the tires andthe road surface.If ESP® detects that the vehicle is deviatingfrom the direction desired by the driver, one

80 Driving safety systemsSafety

Page 83: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

or more wheels are braked to stabilize thevehicle. The engine output is also modified tokeep the vehicle on the desired course withinphysical limits. ESP® assists the driver whenpulling away on wet or slippery roads. ESP®can also stabilize the vehicle during braking.

ETS/4ETS (Electronic Traction System)

i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 75).

ETS traction control is part of ESP®. On vehi-cles with 4MATIC, 4ETS is part of ESP®.Traction control brakes the drive wheels indi-vidually if they spin. This enables you to pullaway and accelerate on slippery surfaces, forexample if the road surface is slippery on oneside. In addition, more drive torque is trans-ferred to the wheel or wheels with traction.Traction control remains active, even if youdeactivate ESP®.

Important safety notes

i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 75).

G WARNINGIf ESP® is malfunctioning, ESP® is unable tostabilize the vehicle. Additionally, further driv-ing safety systems are deactivated. Thisincreases the risk of skidding and an accident.Drive on carefully. Have ESP® checked at aqualified specialist workshop.

! Vehicles with 4MATIC: function or per-formance tests may only be carried out ona 2-axle dynamometer. Before you operatethe vehicle on such a dynamometer, pleaseconsult a qualified workshop. You couldotherwise damage the drive train or thebrake system.

Vehicles without 4MATIC: observe the noteson ESP® (Y page 283) when towing the vehi-cle with a raised rear axle.ESP® is only deactivated if the å warninglamp is lit continuously.

If the ÷ warning lamp and the å warn-ing lamp are lit continuously, ESP® not avail-able due to a malfunction.Observe the information on warning lamps(Y page 206) and display messages whichmay be shown in the instrument cluster(Y page 192).

i Only use wheels with the recommendedtire sizes. Only then will ESP® functionproperly.

Characteristics of ESP®

General informationIf the ÷ ESP warning lamp goes out beforebeginning the journey, ESP® is automaticallyactive.If ESP® intervenes, the ÷ ESP® warninglamp flashes in the instrument cluster.If ESP® intervenes:X Do not deactivate ESP® under any circum-stances.

X Only depress the accelerator pedal as far asnecessary when pulling away.

X Adapt your driving style to suit the prevail-ing road and weather conditions.

ECO start/stop functionThe ECO start/stop function switches theengine off automatically when the vehiclestops moving. The engine starts automati-callywhen the driverwants to pull away again.ESP® remains in its previously selected sta-tus.Example: if ESP®was deactivated beforethe engine was switched off, ESP® remainsdeactivated when the engine is switched onagain.

Deactivating/activating ESP® (exceptAMG vehicles)

Important safety notesi Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 75).

Driving safety systems 81

Safety

Z

Page 84: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

You can select between the following statesof ESP®:RESP® is activated.RESP® is deactivated.

G WARNINGIf you deactivate ESP®, ESP® no longer sta-bilizes the vehicle. There is an increased riskof skidding and an accident.Only deactivate ESP® in the situations descri-bed in the following.

! Avoid spinning the driven wheels for anextended period with ESP® deactivated.You could otherwise damage the drivetrain.

It may be best to deactivate ESP® in the fol-lowing situations:Rwhen using snow chainsRin deep snowRon sand or gravel

i Activate ESP® as soon as the situationsdescribed above no longer apply. ESP® willotherwise not be able to stabilize the vehi-cle if the vehicle starts to skid or a wheelstarts to spin.

Deactivating/activating ESP®

You can deactivate or activate ESP® via theon-board computer (Y page 190).ESP® deactivated:The å ESP® OFF warning lamp in theinstrument cluster lights up.ESP® activated:The å ESP® OFF warning lamp in theinstrument cluster goes out.

Characteristics when ESP® is deactivatedIf ESP® is deactivated and one ormorewheelsstart to spin, the ÷ ESP® warning lamp inthe instrument cluster flashes. In such situa-tions, ESP® will not stabilize the vehicle.

If you deactivate ESP®:RESP® no longer improves driving stability.Rengine torque is no longer limited and thedrive wheels are able to spin.The spinning of the wheels results in a cut-ting action for better traction on loose sur-faces.Rtraction control is still activated.RESP® still provides support when youbrake.

Deactivating/activating ESP® (AMGvehicles)

Important safety notesi Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 75).

You can select between the following statesof ESP®:RESP® is activated.RSPORT handling mode is activated.RESP® is deactivated.

G WARNINGWhen SPORT handling mode is activated,there is a greater risk of skidding and acci-dents.Only activate SPORT handling mode in the sit-uations described in the following.

G WARNINGIf you deactivate ESP®, ESP® no longer sta-bilizes the vehicle. There is an increased riskof skidding and an accident.Only deactivate ESP® in the situations descri-bed in the following.

! Avoid spinning the driven wheels for anextended period with ESP® deactivated.You could otherwise damage the drivetrain.

82 Driving safety systemsSafety

Page 85: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

In the following situations, it may be better toactivate SPORT handling mode or deactivateESP®:Rwhen using snow chainsRin deep snowRon sand or gravelRon specially designated roads when thevehicle's own oversteering and understeer-ing characteristics are desired

Driving in SPORT handling mode or withoutESP® requires an extremely qualified andexperienced driver.

i Activate ESP® as soon as the situationsdescribed above no longer apply. ESP® willotherwise not be able to stabilize the vehi-cle if the vehicle starts to skid or a wheelstarts to spin.

Deactivating/activating ESP®

X To activate SPORT handling mode:briefly press button:.TheM SPORT handling mode warninglamp in the instrument cluster lights up.The SPORT handling mode messageappears in the multifunction display.

X To deactivate SPORT handling mode:briefly press button:.TheM SPORT handling mode warninglamp in the instrument cluster goes out.

X To deactivate ESP®: press button: untilthe å ESP® OFF warning lamp lights upin the instrument cluster.The ÷ OFFmessage appears in the mul-tifunction display.

X To activate ESP®: briefly press button:.The å ESP® OFF warning lamp in theinstrument cluster goes out. The ÷ ONmessage appears in the multifunction dis-play.

Characteristics of activated SPORT han-dling modeIf SPORT handling mode is activated and oneor more wheels start to spin, the ÷ ESP®warning lamp in the instrument clusterflashes. ESP® only stabilizes the vehicle to alimited degree.When SPORT handling mode is activated:RESP® only improves driving stability to alimited degree.Rtraction control is still activated.Rengine torque is restricted to a limiteddegree and the drive wheels are able tospin.The spinning of the wheels results in a cut-ting action for better traction on loose sur-faces.RESP® still provides support when you brakefirmly.

Characteristics when ESP® is deactivatedIf ESP® is deactivated and one ormorewheelsstart to spin, the ÷ ESP® warning lamp inthe instrument cluster does not flash. In suchsituations, ESP® will not stabilize the vehicle.If you deactivate ESP®:RESP® no longer improves driving stability.Rengine torque is restricted to a limiteddegree and the drive wheels are able tospin.The spinning of the wheels results in a cut-ting action for better traction on loose sur-faces.Rtraction control is still activated.RPRE-SAFE® is no longer available, nor is itactivated if you brake firmly and ESP®intervenes.

Driving safety systems 83

Safety

Z

Page 86: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

RPRE-SAFE® Brake is no longer available, itis also not activated if you brake firmly andESP® intervenes.RESP® still provides support when you brakefirmly.

ESP® trailer stabilization

General informationIf your vehicle/trailer combination begins toswerve, ESP® assists you in this situation.ESP® slows the vehicle down by braking andlimiting the engine output until the vehicle/trailer combination has stabilized.

Important safety notesG WARNINGIf road and weather conditions are poor,trailer stabilization will not be able to preventthe vehicle/trailer combination from swerv-ing. Trailers with a high center of gravity cantip over before ESP® can detect this. There isa risk of an accident.Always adapt your driving style to the prevail-ing road and weather conditions.

If your vehicle with trailer (vehicle/trailercombination) begins to lurch, you can onlystabilize the vehicle/trailer combination bydepressing the brake firmly.ESP® trailer stabilization is active abovespeeds of about 65 km/h.ESP® trailer stabilization does not work ifESP® is deactivated or disabled because of amalfunction.

EBD (electronic brake force distribu-tion)

General informationEBD monitors and controls the brake pres-sure on the rear wheels to improve drivingstability while braking.

Important safety notes

i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion for driving safety systems (Y page 75).

G WARNINGIf EBD is malfunctioning, the rear wheels canlock, e.g. under full braking. This increases therisk of skidding and an accident.You should therefore adapt your driving styleto the different handling characteristics. Havethe brake system checked at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Observe information regarding indicator andwarning lamps (Y page 205) as well as dis-play messages (Y page 194).

ADAPTIVE BRAKEi Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 75).

ADAPTIVE BRAKE enhances braking safetyand offers increased braking comfort. In addi-tion to the braking function, ADAPTIVEBRAKEalso has the HOLD function (Y page 165) andhill start assist (Y page 141).

PRE-SAFE® Brake

General information

i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 75).

PRE‑SAFE® Brake is only available for vehi-cles with the Driving Assistance package.For PRE-SAFE® Brake to assist you when driv-ing, the radar sensor system and the camerasystem must be switched on and be opera-tional.With the help of the radar sensor system andthe camera system, PRE-SAFE® Brake candetect obstacles that are in front of your vehi-cle for an extended period of time.In addition, pedestrians in the path of yourvehicle can be detected.

84 Driving safety systemsSafety

Page 87: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

PRE-SAFE® Brake detects pedestrians usingtypical characteristics such as the body con-tours and posture of a person standingupright.Observe the restrictions described in the"Important safety notes" sec-tion“ (Y page 85).PRE-SAFE® Brake can help you to minimizethe risk of a collision with a vehicle ahead or apedestrian, and reduce the effects of such acollision. If PRE-SAFE® Brake has detected arisk of collision, you will be warned visuallyand acoustically as well as by automatic brak-ing.

Important safety notes

G WARNINGPRE-SAFE® Brake will initially brake your vehi-cle by a partial application of the brakes if adanger of collision is detected. There may bea collision unless you brake yourself. Evenafter subsequent full application of the brakesa collision cannot always be avoided, partic-ularly when approaching at too high a speed.There is a risk of an accident.Always apply the brakes yourself and try totake evasive action, provided it is safe to doso.

G WARNINGPRE-SAFE® Brake cannot always clearly iden-tify objects and complex traffic conditions.In these cases, PRE-SAFE® Brake may:Rgive an unnecessary warning and thenbrake the vehicleRnot give a warning or interveneThere is a risk of an accident.Always pay particular attention to the trafficsituation and be ready to brake, especially ifPRE-SAFE® Brake warns you. Terminate theintervention in a non-critical driving situation.

In order to maintain the appropriate distanceto the vehicle in front and thus prevent a col-lision, you must apply the brakes yourself.PRE-SAFE® Brake can also brake the vehicleautomatically under the following conditions:Rthe driver and front-passenger have theirseat belts fastenedandRthe vehicle speed is between approx-imately 4 mph (7 km/h) and 124 mph(200 km/h)

At a speed of up to approximately 44 mph(70 km/h), PRE-SAFE® Brake can also detect:Rstationary objects in the path of your vehi-cle, e.g. stopped or parked vehiclesRpedestrians in the path of your vehicle

G WARNINGPRE-SAFE® Brake does not react:Rto small people, e.g. childrenRto animalsRto oncoming vehiclesRto crossing trafficRwhen corneringAs a result, PRE-SAFE® Brake may neithergive warnings nor intervene in all critical sit-uations. There is a risk of an accident.Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit-uation and be ready to brake.

In the event of snowfall or heavy rain, the rec-ognition can be impaired.Recognition by the radar sensor system isalso impaired in the event of:Rthere is dirt on the sensors or anything elsecovering the sensorsRthere is interference by other radar sourcesRthere are strong radar reflections, forexample in parking garagesRa narrow vehicle traveling in front, e.g. amotorbikeRa vehicle traveling in front on a different linerelative to the center of your vehicle

Driving safety systems 85

Safety

Z

Page 88: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Recognition by the camera system is alsoimpaired in the event of:Rdirt on the camera or if the camera is cov-eredRthere is glare on the camera system, e.g.from the sun being low in the skyRdarknessRif:

- pedestrians move quickly, e.g. into thepath of the vehicle

- the camera system no longer recognizesa pedestrian as a person due to specialclothing or other objects

- a pedestrian is concealed by otherobjects

- the typical outline of a person is not dis-tinguishable from the background

Following damage to the front end of the vehi-cle, have the configuration and operation ofthe radar sensors checked at a qualified spe-cialist workshop. This also applies to colli-sions at low speeds where there is no visibledamage to the front of the vehicle.Following damage to the windshield, have theconfiguration and operation of the camerasystemchecked at a qualified specialist work-shop.

FunctionX To activate/deactivate: activate or deac-tivate PRE-SAFE® Brake in the on-boardcomputer (Y page 190).If the PRE-SAFE® Brake is not activated, theæ symbol appears in the multifunctiondisplay.

Starting at a speed of around 4mph (7 km/h),this function warns you if you rapidlyapproach a vehicle in front. An intermittentwarning tone will then sound and the·distance warning lamp will light up in theinstrument cluster.

X Brake immediately to defuse the situation.orX Take evasive action provided it is safe to doso.

If there is an increased risk of collision, pre-ventive passenger protectionmeasures (PRE-SAFE®) are activated.If the risk of collision with the vehicle in frontremains and you do not brake, take evasiveaction or accelerate significantly, the vehiclemay perform automatic emergency braking,up to the point of full brake application. Auto-matic emergency braking is not performeduntil immediately prior to an imminent acci-dent.You can prevent the intervention of the PRE-SAFE® Brake at any time by:Rdepressing the accelerator pedal further.Ractivating kickdown.Rreleasing the brake pedal.The braking action of PRE-SAFE® Brake isended automatically if:Ryou maneuver to avoid the obstacle.Rthere is no longer a risk of collision.Rthere is no longer an obstacle detected infront of your vehicle.

STEER CONTROL

General informationSTEER CONTROL helps you by transmitting anoticeable steering force to the steeringwheel in the direction required for vehiclestabilization.This steering assistance is provided in partic-ular if:Rboth right wheels or both left wheels are ona slippery road surface when you brakeheavily.Rthe vehicle starts to skid.

86 Driving safety systemsSafety

Page 89: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Important safety notes

i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 75).

No steering support is provided by STEERCONTROL, if:RESP® is malfunctioning.Rthe lighting is faulty.Power steering will, however, continue tofunction.

Protection against theft

ImmobilizerThe immobilizer prevents your vehicle frombeing started without the correct SmartKey.X To activate with the SmartKey: removethe SmartKey from the ignition lock.

X To activatewith KEYLESS-GO: switch theignition off and open the driver's door.

X To deactivate: switch on the ignition.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Any-one can start the engine if a valid SmartKeyhas been left inside the vehicle.

i The immobilizer is always deactivatedwhen you start the engine.In the event that the engine cannot be star-ted (yet the vehicle's battery is charged),the system is not operational. Contact anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center or call1-800-FOR-MERCedes (in the USA) or1-800-387-0100 (in Canada).

ATA (anti-theft alarm system)

X To arm: lock the vehicle with the SmartKeyor KEYLESS-GO.Indicator lamp: flashes. The alarm sys-tem is armed after approximately15 seconds.

X To disarm: unlock the vehicle with theSmartKey or KEYLESS-GO.

orX Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock.

A visual and audible alarm is triggered if thealarm system is armed and you open:Ra doorRthe vehicle with the mechanical keyRthe trunk lid/tailgateRthe hoodX To switch the alarm off with the Smart-Key: press the% or& button on theSmartKey.The alarm is switched off.

orX Remove the Start/Stop button from theignition lock.

X Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock.The alarm is switched off.

Protection against theft 87

Safety

Z

Page 90: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

X To stop the alarm using KEYLESS-GO:grasp the outside door handle. The Smart-Key must be outside the vehicle.The alarm is switched off.

orX Press the Start/Stop button on the dash-board. The SmartKey must be inside thevehicle.The alarm is switched off.

The alarm is not switched off, even if youclose the open door that triggered it, forexample.

i If the alarm continues for more than30 seconds, the mbrace emergency callsystem automatically notifies the Cus-tomer Assistance Center. This is doneeither by text message or data connection.The emergency call system sends the mes-sage or data provided that:Ryou have subscribed to the mbrace ser-vice.Rthe mbrace service has been activatedproperly.Rthe necessary mobile phone network isavailable.

88 Protection against theftSafety

Page 91: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Useful information .............................. 90SmartKey ............................................. 90Doors .................................................... 95Trunk/cargo compartment ................ 96Side windows .................................... 104Sliding sunroof .................................. 106

89

Openingandclosing

Page 92: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Useful information

i This Operator's Manual describes allmodels and all standard andoptional equip-ment of your vehicle available at the time ofpublication of the Operator's Manual.Country-specific differences are possible.Please note that your vehicle may not beequipped with all features described. Thisalso applies to safety-related systems andfunctions.

i Read the information on qualified special-ist workshops (Y page 31).

SmartKey

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf children are left unsupervised in the vehicle,they could:Ropen the doors, thus endangering otherpeople or road users.Rget out and disrupt traffic.Roperate the vehicle's equipment.Additionally, children could set the vehicle inmotion if, for example, they:Rrelease the parking brake.Rshifting the automatic transmission out ofpark position PRStart the engine.There is a risk of an accident and injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children or animals unattended in thevehicle. Always keep the SmartKey out ofreach of children.

G WARNINGIf you attach heavy or large objects to theSmartKey, the SmartKey could be uninten-tionally turned in the ignition lock. This couldcause the engine to be switched off. There is arisk of an accident.

Do not attach any heavy or large objects to theSmartKey. Remove any bulky key rings beforeinserting the SmartKey into the ignition lock.

! Keep the SmartKey away from strongmagnetic fields. Otherwise, the remotecontrol function could be affected.Strong magnetic fields can occur in thevicinity of powerful electrical installations.

Do not keep the SmartKey:Rwith electronic devices, e.g. a mobilephone or another SmartKey.Rwith metallic objects, e.g. coins or metalfoil.Rinside metallic objects, e.g. a metal case.This can affect the functionality of theSmartKey.

SmartKey functions

: & To lock the vehicle; F To open/close the trunk lid/tailgate= % To unlock the vehicle

X To lock centrally: press the& button.The SmartKey centrally locks/unlocks:Rthe doorsRthe trunk lid/tailgateRthe fuel filler flapThe turn signals flash once when unlockingand three times when locking.You can also set an audible signal to confirmthat the vehicle has been locked. The audible

90 SmartKeyOp

eningandclosing

Page 93: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

signal can be activated and deactivated usingthe on-board computer (Y page 190).When it is dark, the surround lighting alsocomes on if it is activated in the on-boardcomputer (Y page 190).

KEYLESS-GO

General notesBear inmind that the engine can be started byany of the vehicle occupants if there is a KEY-LESS-GO key in the vehicle.

Locking/unlocking centrallyYou can start, lock or unlock the vehicle usingKEYLESS-GO. To do this, you only need carrythe SmartKey with you. You can combine thefunctions of KEYLESS-GOwith those of a con-ventional SmartKey. Unlock the vehicle byusing KEYLESS-GO, for instance, and lock itusing the& button on the SmartKey.When locking or unlocking with KEYLESS-GO,the distance between the SmartKey and thecorresponding door handle must not begreater than 3 ft (1 m).A checkwhich periodically establishes a radioconnection between the vehicle and theSmartKey determines whether a valid Smart-Key is in the vehicle. This occurs, for example:Rwhen the external door handles aretouchedRwhen starting the engineRwhile the vehicle is in motion

X To unlock the vehicle: touch the innersurface of the door handle.

X To lock the vehicle: touch sensor sur-face:.

X Convenience closing feature: touchrecessed sensor surface; for an exten-ded period.For further information on the convenienceclosing feature, see the Digital Operator'sManual, keyword "Convenience closing".

(Example: Sedan)X To unlock the trunk lid/tailgate: pull thehandle on the trunk lid/tailgate.The vehicle only unlocks the trunk lid/tail-gate.

Deactivating and activatingIf you do not intend to use a key for an exten-ded period of time, you can deactivate theKEYLESS-GO function of the SmartKey. TheSmartKey will then use very little power,thereby conserving battery power. For thepurposes of activation/deactivation, thevehicle must not be nearby.X To deactivate: press the& button onthe SmartKey twice in rapid succession.The battery check lamp of the SmartKey(Y page 93) flashes twice briefly and

SmartKey 91

Openingandclosing

Z

Page 94: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

lights up once, then KEYLESS-GO is deac-tivated.

X To activate: press any button on theSmartKey or insert the SmartKey into theignition lock.KEYLESS-GO and all of its associated fea-tures are available again.

Changing the settings of the lockingsystemYou can find information about this in theDigital Operator's Manual.

Mechanical key

General notesIf the vehicle can no longer be locked orunlocked with the SmartKey, use themechanical key.If you use the mechanical key to unlock andopen the driver's door or the trunk lid/tail-gate, the anti-theft alarm system will be trig-gered (Y page 87).There are several ways to turn off the alarm:X To deactivate the alarmwith the Smart-Key: press the% or& button on theSmartKey.

orX Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock.orX To deactivate the alarm with KEYLESS-GO: press the Start/Stop button in the igni-tion lock. The SmartKey must be in thevehicle.

orX Lock or unlock the vehicle using KEYLESS-GO. The SmartKey must be outside thevehicle.

If you unlock the vehicle using themechanicalkey, the fuel filler flap will not be unlockedautomatically.X To unlock the fuel filler flap: insert theSmartKey into the ignition lock.

Removing the mechanical key

X Push release catch: in the direction ofthe arrow and at the same time removemechanical key; from the SmartKey.

For further information about:Runlocking the driver's door (Y page 96)Runlocking the trunk (Y page 103)Runlocking the tailgate (Y page 103)Rlocking the vehicle (Y page 96)

Inserting the mechanical keyX Push mechanical key; completely intothe SmartKey until it engages and releasecatch: is back in its basic position.

92 SmartKeyOp

eningandclosing

Page 95: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

SmartKey battery

Checking the battery

X Press the& or% button.The battery is working properly if batterycheck lamp: lights up briefly.The battery is discharged if battery checklamp: does not light up briefly.

X Change the battery (Y page 93).i If the SmartKey battery is checked withinthe signal reception range of the vehicle,pressing the& or% button:Rlocks orRunlocks the vehicle

i You can get a battery at any qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Replacing the batteryYou require a CR 2025 3 V cell battery.X Take the mechanical key out of the Smart-Key (Y page 92).

X Press mechanical key; into the openingin the SmartKey in the direction of thearrow until battery compartment cover:opens. Do not hold battery compartmentcover: closed while doing so.

X Remove battery compartment cover:.

X Repeatedly tap the SmartKey against yourpalm until battery= falls out.

X Insert the new battery with the positive ter-minal facing upwards. Use a lint-free clothto do so.

X Make sure that the surface of the battery isfree of lint, grease and other contaminants.

X Insert the front tabs of battery compart-ment cover: into the housing and thenpress to close it.

X Insert mechanical key; into the Smart-Key.

X Check the function of all SmartKey buttonson the vehicle.

SmartKey 93

Openingandclosing

Z

Page 96: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Problems with the SmartKey

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

You can no longer lockor unlock the vehicleusing the SmartKey.

The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged.X Check the SmartKey battery (Y page 93) and replace it if nec-essary (Y page 93).

If this does not work:X Unlock (Y page 96) or lock (Y page 96) the vehicle using themechanical key.

The SmartKey is faulty.X Unlock (Y page 96) or lock (Y page 96) the vehicle using themechanical key.

X Have the SmartKey checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

You can no longer lockor unlock the vehicleusing KEYLESS-GO.

The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged.X Check the SmartKey battery (Y page 93) and replace it if nec-essary (Y page 93).

If this does not work:X Unlock (Y page 96) or lock (Y page 96) the vehicle using themechanical key.

There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves.X Unlock (Y page 96) or lock (Y page 96) the vehicle using themechanical key.

KEYLESS-GO is malfunctioning.X Lock/unlock the vehicle using the remote control function ofthe SmartKey.

X Have the vehicle and SmartKey checked at a qualified specialistworkshop.

If the vehicle can also not be locked/unlocked using the remotecontrol function:X Unlock (Y page 96) or lock (Y page 96) the vehicle using themechanical key.

X Have the vehicle and SmartKey checked at a qualified specialistworkshop.

You have lost a Smart-Key.

X Have the SmartKey deactivated at a qualified specialist work-shop.

X Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers.X If necessary, have the locks changed as well.

94 SmartKeyOp

eningandclosing

Page 97: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

You have lost themechanical key.

X Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers.X If necessary, have the locks changed as well.

The engine cannot bestarted using theSmartKey.

the on-board voltage is too low.X Switch off non-essential consumers, e.g. seat heating or interiorlighting, and try to start the engine again.

If this does not work:X Check the starter battery and charge it if necessary(Y page 278).

orX Jump-start the vehicle (Y page 279).orX Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The engine cannot bestarted using KEYLESS-GO. The SmartKey is inthe vehicle.

The vehicle is locked.X Unlock the vehicle and try to start the vehicle again.

There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves.X Start your vehicle with the SmartKey in the ignition lock.

Doors

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf children are left unsupervised in the vehicle,they could:Ropen the doors, thus endangering otherpeople or road users.Rget out and disrupt traffic.Roperate the vehicle's equipment.Additionally, children could set the vehicle inmotion if, for example, they:Rrelease the parking brake.Rshifting the automatic transmission out ofpark position PRStart the engine.There is a risk of an accident and injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children or animals unattended in the

vehicle. Always keep the SmartKey out ofreach of children.

Ideally, place luggage or loads in the trunk/cargo compartment. Observe the loadingguidelines (Y page 238).

Information in the Digital Operator'sManualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RUnlocking and opening doors from theinsideRCentrally locking and unlocking the vehiclefrom the insideRAutomatic locking feature

Doors 95

Openingandclosing

Z

Page 98: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Unlocking the driver's door (mechan-ical key)If the vehicle can no longer be unlocked withthe SmartKey, use the mechanical key.X Take the mechanical key out of the Smart-Key (Y page 92).

X Insert the mechanical key into the lock ofthe driver's door as far as it will go.

X Turn themechanical key counter-clockwiseto position1.The door is unlocked.

X Turn the mechanical key back and removeit.

X Insert the mechanical key into the Smart-Key.

If you use the mechanical key to unlock andopen the driver's door, the anti-theft alarmsystem will be triggered (Y page 87).

Locking the vehicle (mechanical key)If the vehicle can no longer be locked with theSmartKey, use the mechanical key.X Open the driver's door.X Close the front-passenger door, the reardoors and the trunk lid/tailgate.

X Press the locking button (Y page 95).X Check whether the locking knobs on thefront-passenger door and the rear doorsare still visible. Press down the lockingknobs by hand, if necessary.

X Close the driver's door.

X Take the mechanical key out of the Smart-Key (Y page 92).

X Insert the mechanical key into the lock ofthe driver's door as far as it will go.

X Turn the mechanical key clockwise to posi-tion1.The door is unlocked.

X Turn the mechanical key back and removeit.

X Make sure that the doors and the trunk lid/tailgate are locked.

X Insert the mechanical key into the Smart-Key.

Trunk/cargo compartment

Important safety notes

G WARNINGCombustion engines emit poisonous exhaustgases such as carbon monoxide. Exhaustgases can enter the vehicle interior if thetrunk lid/tailgate is open when the engine isrunning, especially if the vehicle is in motion.There is a risk of poisoning.Always switch off the engine before openingthe trunk lid/tailgate. Never drive with thetrunk lid/tailgate open.

! The trunk lid/tailgate swings upwardsand to the rear when opened. Therefore,make sure that there is sufficient clearanceabove and behind the trunk lid/tailgate.

96 Trunk/cargo compartmentOp

eningandclosing

Page 99: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Ideally, place luggage or loads in the trunk/cargo compartment. Observe the loadingguidelines (Y page 238).Do not leave the SmartKey in the trunk/cargocompartment. You could otherwise lock your-self out.Sedan without the trunk lid convenienceclosing feature: the trunk lid can be:Ropened and closed manually from outsideRopened automatically from outsideRopened automatically from insideRlocked separatelyRopened with the emergency release buttonRunlocked with the mechanical keySedan with the trunk lid convenienceclosing feature: the trunk lid can be:Ropened and closed manually from outsideRopened and closed automatically from out-sideRopened and closed automatically frominsideRlocked separatelyRopened with the emergency release buttonRunlocked with the mechanical keyWagon: you can:Ropen and close the tailgate manually fromoutsideRopen the tailgate manually from inside(Wagon with a folding bench seat)Ropen and close the tailgate automaticallyfrom outsideRopen and close the tailgate automaticallyfrom insideRlimit the opening angle of the tailgateRunlock the tailgate using the mechanicalkey

Trunk lid/tailgate reversing featureThe trunk lid/tailgate is equipped with anautomatic reversing feature. It reacts if a solidobject obstructs or restricts the trunk lid/tailgate during the closing procedure. The

trunk lid/tailgate opens again automatically.The automatic reversing feature is only an aidand is not a substitute for your attentivenessto the trunk lid/tailgate while it is closing.

G WARNINGThe reversing feature does not react:Rto soft, light and thin objects, e.g. small fin-gersRover the last 1/3 in (8 mm) of the closingmovement

This means that the reversing feature cannotprevent someone being trapped in these sit-uations. There is a risk of injury.Make sure that no body parts are in closeproximity during the closing procedure.If somebody becomes trapped:Rpress theF button on the SmartKey, orRpull or press the remote operating switchon the driver's door orRpress the closing or locking button on thetrunk lid/tailgate, orRpull the handle on the trunk lid/tailgate

Opening/closing from outside

Opening

Handle (example: Sedan)X Press the% button on the SmartKey.X Sedan: pull handle:.X Raise the trunk lid.Wagon: if you pull handle: and keep it inthis position, you can open the tailgate man-

Trunk/cargo compartment 97

Openingandclosing

Z

Page 100: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

ually. If you release the handle, the tailgateopens automatically.

Closing

Recess (example: Sedan)X Pull the trunk lid/tailgate down usingrecess:.

X Wagon: let the tailgate drop and engage inthe lock.

X If necessary, lock the vehicle with the&button on the SmartKey (Y page 90) or withKEYLESS-GO (Y page 91).

X If necessary, lock the vehicle with the&button on the SmartKey (Y page 90) or withKEYLESS-GO (Y page 91).

X If necessary, lock the vehicle with the&button on the SmartKey (Y page 90).

i If a KEYLESS-GO key is detected in thetrunk/cargo compartment, the trunk lid/tailgate will not lock.Sedan: the trunk lid then opens again.

Opening/closing automatically fromoutside

Important safety notes

G WARNINGParts of the body could become trapped dur-ing automatic closing of the trunk lid/tailgate.Moreover, people, e.g. children, may bestanding in the closing area or may enter theclosing area during the closing process. Thereis a risk of injury.

Make sure that nobody is in the vicinity of theclosing area during the closing process.Use one of the following options to stop theclosing process:Rpress theF button on the SmartKey.Rpull or press the remote operating switchon the driver's door.Rpress the closing or locking button on thetrunk lid/tailgate.Rpull the handle on the trunk lid/tailgate

G WARNINGCombustion engines emit poisonous exhaustgases such as carbon monoxide. Exhaustgases can enter the vehicle interior if thetrunk lid/tailgate is open when the engine isrunning, especially if the vehicle is in motion.There is a risk of poisoning.Always switch off the engine before openingthe trunk lid/tailgate. Never drive with thetrunk lid/tailgate open.

! The trunk lid/tailgate swings upwardsand to the rear when opened. Therefore,make sure that there is sufficient clearanceabove and behind the trunk lid/tailgate.

OpeningYou can open the trunk lid/tailgate automat-ically with the SmartKey or the handle in thetrunk lid/tailgate.X Press and hold theF button on theSmartKey until the trunk lid/tailgateopens.

orX If the trunk lid/tailgate is unlocked, pull thetrunk lid/tailgate handle and let it go againimmediately.(Y page 97)(Y page 97)

98 Trunk/cargo compartmentOp

eningandclosing

Page 101: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Closing

Closing button and locking button (example:Sedan)

Sedan: on vehicles with the trunk lid remoteclosing feature, you can close the trunk lidautomatically. For vehicles with trunk lidremote closing feature and KEYLESS-GO: youcan simultaneously close the trunk lid andlock the vehicle.Wagon: for vehicles with KEYLESS-GO, youcan simultaneously close the tailgate andlock the vehicle.X To close: press closing button: in thetrunk lid/tailgate.

X To simultaneously close the trunk lid/tailgate and lock the vehicle:Press closing button; in the trunk lid/tailgate. The KEYLESS-GO key must be inthe rear detection range of the vehicle.The trunk lid/tailgate closes.If all the doors are closed, the vehicle locks.

i If KEYLESS-GO detects a SmartKey in thetrunk/cargo compartment, the trunk lid/tailgate opens again after it is closed.If KEYLESS-GO detects a second SmartKeyoutside the vehicle, the trunk lid/tailgateremains closed.

HANDS-FREE ACCESS

Important safety notes

G WARNINGThe vehicle's exhaust systemmay be very hot.You could burn yourself by touching theexhaust system if you use HANDS-FREEACCESS. There is a risk of injury. Alwaysensure that you only make the kicking move-ment within the detection range of sensors.

! If the key is within the rear detectionrange of KEYLESS-GO, situations such asthe following could lead to the uninten-tional opening of the trunk lid/tailgate:Rusing a car washRusing a power washerMake sure that the SmartKey is at least10 ft (3 m) away from the vehicle.

General notesSedan: with KEYLESS-GO and HANDS-FREEACCESS, you can open or close the trunk lidor stop the closing procedure without usingyour hands.Wagon: with KEYLESS-GO and HANDS-FREEACCESS, you can open or close the tailgate orstop the procedure without using your hands.This is useful if you have your hands full. To dothis, make a kicking movement under thebumper with your foot.Observe the following points:RCarry your KEYLESS-GO key about yourperson. The KEYLESS-GO key must be inthe rear detection range of the vehicle.RWhenmaking the kicking movement, makesure that you are standing firmly on theground and that there is sufficient clear-ance to the rear of the vehicle. You couldotherwise lose your balance e.g. on ice.

Trunk/cargo compartment 99

Openingandclosing

Z

Page 102: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

(Example: Sedan)RAlways ensure that you only make the kick-ingmovementwithin the detection range ofsensors:.RStand at least 12 in (30 cm) away from therear area while doing so.RDo not come into contact with the bumperwhile making the kicking movement. Oth-erwise, the sensors may not function cor-rectly.RHANDS-FREE ACCESS does not functionwhen the engine is started.RIf a KEYLESS-GO key is within the reardetection range of KEYLESS-GO, HAND-FREE ACCESS could be triggered. For thisreason, the trunk lid/tailgate could open orclose unintentionally, e.g. if you:- sit down on the edge of the trunk/edgeof the cargo compartment.

- set something down or lift something upbehind the vehicle.

- polish the rear of the vehicle.Do not carry the KEYLESS-GO key aboutyour person in these situations or in situa-tions similar to these. You can thus avoidunintentionally opening or closing the trunklid/tailgate.RDirt caused by road salt around sensors:may restrict functionality.RUsing the HANDS-FREE ACCESS with aprosthetic leg may restrict functionality.

Operation

(Example: Sedan)X To open/close: kick into sensor detectionrange: under the bumper with your foot.Sedan: you will hear a warning tone whilethe trunk lid is closing.Wagon: you will hear a warning tone whilethe tailgate is opening or closing.

X If the trunk lid/tailgate does not openafter several attempts: wait at least tenseconds, then move your foot under thebumper again.i If you hold your foot under the bumper fortoo long, the trunk lid/ tailgate does notopen or close. Repeat the leg movementmore quickly if this occurs.

Sedan: to cancel the closing procedure:Rmove your foot in sensor detectionrange: under the bumperRpull the handle on the outside of the trunklidRpress the closing button in the trunk lid, orRpress theF button on the SmartKeyIf the closing procedure of the trunk lid iscanceled, the trunk lid opens again auto-matically.

Wagon: to stop the opening or closing pro-cedure:Rmove your foot in sensor detectionrange: under the bumperRpull the handle on the outside of the tailgate

100 Trunk/cargo compartmentOp

eningandclosing

Page 103: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Rpress the closing or locking button on thetailgate orRpress theF button on the SmartKeyIf the tailgate closing procedure has beenstopped:Rmove your foot under the bumper again andthe tailgate will open

If the tailgate opening procedure has beenstopped:Rkick with your foot under the bumper againand the tailgate will close

Opening/closing automatically frominside

Important safety notes

G WARNINGParts of the body could become trapped dur-ing automatic closing of the trunk lid/tailgate.Moreover, people, e.g. children, may bestanding in the closing area or may enter theclosing area during the closing process. Thereis a risk of injury.Make sure that nobody is in the vicinity of theclosing area during the closing process.Use one of the following options to stop theclosing process:Rpress theF button on the SmartKey.Rpull or press the remote operating switchon the driver's door.Rpress the closing or locking button on thetrunk lid/tailgate.Rpull the handle on the trunk lid/tailgate

G WARNINGThe trunk lid/tailgate can be automaticallyopened or closed even if the SmartKey is notin the vehicle. If children are left unsupervisedin the vehicle, they could activate the func-tions. There is a risk of injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

G WARNINGCombustion engines emit poisonous exhaustgases such as carbon monoxide. Exhaustgases can enter the vehicle interior if thetrunk lid/tailgate is open when the engine isrunning, especially if the vehicle is in motion.There is a risk of poisoning.Always switch off the engine before openingthe trunk lid/tailgate. Never drive with thetrunk lid/tailgate open.

! The trunk lid/tailgate swings upwardsand to the rear when opened. Therefore,make sure that there is sufficient clearanceabove and behind the trunk lid/tailgate.

Opening and closing

X To open: pull remote operating switch forthe trunk lid/tailgate: until the trunk lid/tailgate opens.

X To close (Sedan): press remote operatingswitch for trunk lid: until the trunk lid iscompletely closed.

X To close (Wagon): turn the SmartKey toposition 1 or 2 in the ignition lock.

X Press remote operating switch for tail-gate: until the tailgate is completelyclosed.

You can open and close the trunk lid/tailgatefrom the driver's seat when the vehicle is sta-tionary and unlocked.

Trunk/cargo compartment 101

Openingandclosing

Z

Page 104: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Limiting the opening angle of the tail-gate (Wagon)

Important safety notes

! Make sure there is sufficient clearance toopen the tailgate fully when setting theopening angle. The tailgate could otherwisebe damaged. Ideally, set the opening angleoutside.

ActivatingYou can limit the opening angle of the tail-gate. This is possible in the top half of itsopening range, up to approximately 8 in(20 cm) before the stop.X To open the tailgate: pull the handle onthe tailgate.

X To stop the opening procedure at thedesired position: press the closing button(Y page 98) in the tailgate or pull the handleon the outside of the tailgate again.

X To store the position: press and hold theclosing button in the tailgate until you heara short tone.The opening angle limiter is activated. Thetailgate will now stop in the stored positionwhen opening.

DeactivatingX Press and hold the closing button(Y page 98) in the tailgate until you heartwo short tones.

Opening the tailgate from inside thevehicle (Wagon with a folding benchseat)

General notes

! The tailgate swings upwards and to therear when opened. Therefore, make surethat there is sufficient clearance above andbehind the tailgate.

i Tailgate opening dimensions(Y page 344).

Opening

Inside of tailgateX To unlock the tailgate: slide lockingcatch; to the right.

X To open: pull the top of handle:.X Swing the tailgate upwards.X To lock the tailgate: slide locking catch;to the left.

Locking the trunk separately (Sedan)You can lock the trunk separately. If you thenunlock the vehicle centrally, the trunkremains locked and cannot be opened.X Close the trunk lid.X Take the mechanical key out of the Smart-Key (Y page 92).

102 Trunk/cargo compartmentOp

eningandclosing

Page 105: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

X Insert the mechanical key into the trunk lidlock as far as it will go.

X Turn the mechanical key clockwise fromposition1 to position2.

X Remove the mechanical key.X Insert the mechanical key into the Smart-Key.

Unlocking the trunk (Sedan)! The trunk lid swings upwards whenopened. Therefore, make sure that there issufficient clearance above the trunk lid.

If the trunk cannot be unlocked with theSmartKey or KEYLESS-GO, use the mechani-cal key.If you use the mechanical key to unlock andopen the trunk lid, the anti-theft alarm systemwill be triggered (Y page 87).X Take the mechanical key out of the Smart-Key (Y page 92).

X Insert the mechanical key into the trunk lidlock as far as it will go.

X Turn the mechanical key from position1counter-clockwise as far as it will go toposition2.The trunk is unlocked.

X Turn the mechanical key back to position1 and remove it.

X Insert the mechanical key into the Smart-Key.

Trunk emergency release (Sedan)You can open the trunk lid from inside thevehicle with the emergency release button.

X Press emergency release button: briefly.The trunk lid unlocks and opens.

The trunk lid can be unlocked and openedwith the trunk lid emergency release whenthe vehicle is stationary or while driving.The trunk lid emergency release does notopen the trunk lid if the battery is disconnec-ted or discharged.Trunk lid emergency release light:Remergency release button: flashes for30 minutes after the trunk lid is opened.Remergency release button: flashes for60 minutes after the trunk lid is closed.

Tailgate emergency release (Wagon)

General notes

! The tailgate swings upwards and to therear when opened. Therefore, make surethat there is sufficient clearance above andbehind the tailgate.

i Tailgate opening dimensions(Y page 344).

If the tailgate can no longer be opened fromoutside the vehicle, use the emergencyrelease on the inside of the tailgate.On vehicles with a folding bench seat, you canuse the handle to open the tailgate frominside the vehicle (Y page 97).

Trunk/cargo compartment 103

Openingandclosing

Z

Page 106: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Opening

X Fold the rear seat backrest forwards(Y page 241).

X Remove cargo compartment cover(Y page 243).

X Take the mechanical key out of the Smart-Key (Y page 92).

X Insert mechanical key; into the openingin paneling:.

X Turn mechanical key; 90° clockwise.X Push mechanical key; in the direction ofthe arrow and open the tailgate.

X Insert the mechanical key into the Smart-Key.

Side windows

Important safety notes

G WARNINGWhile opening the side windows, body partscould become trapped between the side win-dow and the door frame as the side windowmoves. There is a risk of injury.Make sure that nobody touches the side win-dow during the opening procedure. If some-body becomes trapped, release the switch orpull the switch to close the sidewindow again.

G WARNINGWhile closing the side windows, body parts inthe closing area could become trapped. Thereis a risk of injury.

When closing make sure that no parts of thebody are in the closing area. If somebodybecomes trapped, release the switch or pressthe switch to open the side window again.

G WARNINGIf children operate the side windows theycould become trapped, particularly if they areleft unsupervised. There is a risk of injury.Activate the override feature for the rear sidewindows. When leaving the vehicle, alwaystake the SmartKey with you and lock the vehi-cle. Never leave children unsupervised in thevehicle.

Side window reversing featureThe side windows are equipped with an auto-matic reversing feature. If a solid objectblocks or restricts a side window during theclosing process, the side window opens againautomatically. However, the automaticreversing feature is only an aid and does notrelieve you of the responsibility of payingattention when closing a side window.

G WARNINGThe reversing feature does not react:Rto soft, light and thin objects, e.g. small fin-gersRover the last 1/6 in(4 mm) of the closingmovementRduring resettingRwhen closing the side window again man-ually immediately after automatic reversing

This means that the reversing feature cannotprevent someone being trapped in these sit-uations. There is a risk of injury.Make sure that no body parts are in closeproximity during the closing procedure. Ifsomeone becomes trapped, press the switchto open the side window again.

104 Side windowsOp

eningandclosing

Page 107: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Information in the Digital Operator'sManualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:ROpening and closing the side windowsRConvenience openingRConvenience closing featureRResetting the side windows

Side windows 105

Openingandclosing

Z

Page 108: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Problems with the side windows

G WARNINGIf you close a side window again immediately after it has been blocked or reset, the side windowcloses with increased or maximum force. The reversing feature is then not active. Parts of thebody could be trapped in the closing area in the process. This poses an increased risk of injury oreven fatal injury.Make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area. To stop the closing process, releasethe switch or push the switch again to reopen the side window.

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

A side window cannotbe closed because it isblocked by objects, e.g.leaves in the windowguide.

X Remove the objects.X Close the side window.

A side window cannotbe closed and you can-not see the cause.

If a side window is obstructed during closing and reopens againslightly:X Immediately after the window blocks, pull the correspondingswitch again until the side window has closed.The side window is closed with increased force.

If a side window is obstructed again during closing and reopensagain slightly:X Immediately after the window blocks, pull the correspondingswitch again until the side window has closed.The side window is closed without the anti-entrapment feature.

Sliding sunroof

Important safety notesYour vehicle may be equipped with a slidingsunroof or a panorama roof with power tilt/sliding panel. In this section, the term "slidingsunroof" refers to both types of sliding sun-roof.

G WARNINGWhile opening and closing the sliding sunroof,body parts in close proximity could becometrapped. There is a risk of injury.Make sure that no body parts are in closeproximity during the opening and closing pro-cedures.

If somebody becomes trapped:Rrelease the switch immediately, orRduring automatic operation, push theswitch briefly in any direction

The opening or closing procedure will be stop-ped.

G WARNINGIf children operate the sliding sunroof theycould become trapped, particularly if they areleft unsupervised. There is a risk of injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

106 Sliding sunroofOp

eningandclosing

Page 109: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

! Only open the sliding sunroof if it is free ofsnow and ice. Otherwise,malfunctionsmayoccur.Do not allow anything to protrude from thesliding sunroof. Otherwise, the seals couldbe damaged.

! The weather can change abruptly. It couldstart to rain or snow. Make sure that thesliding sunroof is closedwhen you leave thevehicle. The vehicle electronics can bedamaged if water enters the vehicle inte-rior.

i Resonance noises can occur in addition tothe usual airflow noises when the slidingsunroof is open. They are caused by minorpressure fluctuations in the vehicle interior.Change the position of the sliding sunroofor open a side window slightly to reduce oreliminate these noises.

Sliding sunroof reversing featureYour vehicle may be equipped with a slidingsunroof or a panorama roof with power tilt/sliding panel. In this section, the term "slidingsunroof" refers to both types of sliding sun-roof.The sliding sunroof is equipped with an auto-matic reversing feature. If a solid objectblocks or restricts the sliding sunroof duringthe closing process, the sliding sunroof opensagain automatically. However, the automaticreversing feature is only an aid and does notrelieve you of the responsibility of payingattention when closing the sliding sunroof.

G WARNINGThe reversing feature does not react:Rto soft, light and thin objects, e.g. small fin-gersRover the last 1/6 in (4 mm) of the closingmovementRduring resettingRwhen closing the sliding sunroof againman-ually immediately after automatic reversing

This means that the reversing feature cannotprevent someone being trapped in these sit-uations. There is a risk of injury.Make sure that no body parts are in closeproximity during the closing procedure.If somebody becomes trapped:Rrelease the switch immediately, orRpress the switch in any direction during theautomatic closing process

The closing process is stopped.

Operating the sliding sunroof

Opening and closing

Overhead control panel: To raise; To open= To close/lowerX Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in theignition lock.

X Press or pull the3 switch in the corre-sponding direction.i If you press the3 switch beyond thepoint of resistance, an automatic opening/closing process is started in the corre-sponding direction. You can stop automaticoperation by pressing/pulling the switchagain.

i The automatic opening and raising fea-ture is available only when the sliding sun-roof is closed.

Sliding sunroof 107

Openingandclosing

Z

Page 110: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

The sun protection cover automatically opensalong with the sliding sunroof. You can openor close the sun protection cover manuallywhen the sliding sunroof is raised or closed.

i You can continue to operate the slidingsunroof after switching off the engine orremoving the SmartKey from the ignitionlock. This function remains active for fiveminutes or until you open a front door.

Resetting

! If the sliding sunroof still cannot beopened or closed fully after resetting, con-tact a qualified specialist workshop.

Reset the sliding sunroof if it does not movesmoothly.X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

X Raise the sliding sunroof fully at the rear(Y page 107).

X Keep the3 switch pressed for anothersecond.

X Make sure that the sliding sunroof can befully opened and closed again(Y page 107).

X If this is not the case, repeat the stepsabove again.

Operating the panorama roof withpower tilt/sliding panel

Overhead control panel: To raise; To open= To close/lowerThe panorama roof with power tilt/slidingpanel can only be operated when the rollersunblind is open.X To open and close: turn the SmartKey toposition 1 or 2 in the ignition lock.

X Press or pull the3 switch in the corre-sponding direction.i If you press the3 switch beyond thepoint of resistance, an automatic opening/closing process is started in the corre-sponding direction. You can stop automaticoperation by pressing/pulling the switchagain.

Operating the roller sunblind for thepanorama roof with power tilt/slidingpanel

Important safety notes

G WARNINGParts of the body could become trappedbetween the roller sunblind and frame or slid-ing sunroof during automatic opening or clos-ing. There is a risk of injury.When opening or closing, make sure that nobody parts are in the sweep of the roller sun-blind.

108 Sliding sunroofOp

eningandclosing

Page 111: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

If somebody becomes trapped:Rrelease the switch immediately, orRduring automatic operation, push theswitch briefly in any direction

The opening/closing process is briefly stop-ped. The roller sunblind then returns to its ini-tial position.

The roller sunblind shields the vehicle interiorfrom sunlight. The two roller sunblinds canonly be opened and closed together when thepanorama roof with power tilt/sliding panel isclosed.

Roller sunblind reversing featureThe roller sunblind is equipped with an auto-matic reversing feature. If a solid objectblocks or restricts the roller sunblind duringthe closing process, the roller sunblind opensagain automatically. The automatic reversingfeature is only an aid and is not a substitutefor your attentiveness to the roller sunblindwhile it is closing.

G WARNINGThe reversing function does not react in par-ticular to soft, light and thin objects, e.g. smallfingers. This means that the reversing featurecannot prevent someone being trapped inthese situations. There is a risk of injury.When closing the roller sunblind, make surethat no body parts are in the sweep area.If somebody becomes trapped:Rrelease the switch immediately, orRpress the switch in any direction during theautomatic closing process

The closing process is briefly stopped. Theroller sunblind then returns to its initial posi-tion.

Opening and closing

Overhead control panel: To raise; To open= To close/lowerX Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in theignition lock.

X Press or pull the3 switch in the corre-sponding direction.i If you press or pull the3 switchbeyond the point of resistance, an auto-matic opening/closing process is startedin the corresponding direction. You canstop automatic operation by pressing orpulling again.

Resetting the panorama roof withpower tilt/sliding panel and rollersunblind! If the panorama roof with power tilt/slid-ing panel and the roller sunblinds cannot befully opened or closed after resetting, con-tact a qualified specialist workshop.

Reset the panorama roof with power tilt/slid-ing panel and the roller sunblinds if the pan-orama roof with power tilt/sliding panel orthe roller sunblinds do not move smoothly.X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in theignition lock.

X Pull the3 switch repeatedly to the pointof resistance in the direction of arrow=

Sliding sunroof 109

Openingandclosing

Z

Page 112: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

until the panorama roof with power tilt/sliding panel is fully closed (Y page 109).

X Keep the3 switch pulled for an addi-tional second.

X Pull the3 switch repeatedly to the pointof resistance in the direction of arrow=until the roller sunblinds are fully closed.

X Keep the3 switch pulled for an addi-tional second.

X Make sure that the panorama roof withpower tilt/sliding panel (Y page 108) andthe roller sunblinds (Y page 109) can befully opened again.

X If this is not the case, repeat the stepsabove again.

110 Sliding sunroofOp

eningandclosing

Page 113: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Problems with the sliding sunroofYour vehicle may be equipped with a sliding sunroof or a panorama roof with power tilt/slidingpanel. In this section, the term "sliding sunroof" refers to both types of sliding sunroof.

G WARNINGIf you close the sliding sunroof again immediately after it has been blocked or reset, the slidingsunroof closes with increased or maximum force. The reversing feature is then not active. Partsof the body could be trapped in the closing area in the process. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.Make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area.If somebody becomes trapped:Rrelease the switch immediately, orRpress the switch in any direction during the automatic closing processThe closing process is stopped.

! If the sliding sunroof still cannot be opened or closed as a result of a malfunction, contacta qualified specialist workshop.

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

The sliding sunroof can-not be closed and youcannot see the cause.

If the sliding sunroof is obstructed during closing and reopensagain slightly:X Immediately after the sliding sunroof blocks, pull the3switch in the overhead control panel down to the point of resist-ance and hold it until the sliding sunroof is closed.The sliding sunroof is closed with increased force.

If the sliding sunroof is obstructed again during closing and thenreopens slightly:X Immediately after the sliding sunroof blocks, pull the3switch in the overhead control panel down to the point of resist-ance and hold it until the sliding sunroof is closed.The sliding sunroof is closed without the anti-entrapment fea-ture.

Sliding sunroof 111

Openingandclosing

Z

Page 114: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

112

Page 115: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Useful information ............................ 114Correct driver's seat position .......... 114Seats .................................................. 115Steering wheel .................................. 117Mirrors ............................................... 117Memory function ............................... 117

113

Seats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Page 116: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Useful information

i This Operator's Manual describes allmodels and all standard andoptional equip-ment of your vehicle available at the time ofpublication of the Operator's Manual.Country-specific differences are possible.Please note that your vehicle may not beequipped with all features described. Thisalso applies to safety-related systems andfunctions.

i Read the information on qualified special-ist workshops (Y page 31).

Correct driver's seat position

G WARNINGYou could lose control of your vehicle if you dothe following while driving:Radjust the driver's seat, head restraint,steering wheel or mirrorsRfasten the seat beltThere is a risk of an accident.Adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, steer-ing wheel andmirror and fasten your seat beltbefore starting the engine.

X Observe the safety guidelines on seatadjustment (Y page 115).

X Make sure that seat= is adjusted prop-erly.Electrical seat adjustment (Y page 116)

When adjusting the seat, make sure that:Ryou are as far away from the driver's air bagas possibleRyou are sitting in a normal upright positionRyou can fasten the seat belt properlyRyou have moved the backrest to an almostvertical positionRyou have set the seat cushion angle so thatyour thighs are gently supportedRyou can depress the pedals properlyX Check whether the head restraint is adjus-ted properly.When doing so, make sure that you haveadjusted the head restraint so that the backof your head is supported at eye level by thecenter of the head restraint.

X Observe the safety guidelines on steeringwheel adjustment (Y page 117).

X Make sure that steering wheel: is adjus-ted properly.

114 Correct driver's seat positionSeats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Page 117: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Adjusting the steering wheel electrically(Y page 117)

When adjusting the steering wheel, makesure that:Ryou can hold the steering wheel with yourarms slightly bentRyou can move your legs freelyRyou can see all the displays in the instru-ment cluster clearly

X Observe the safety guidelines for seat belts(Y page 50).

X Check whether you have fastened seatbelt; properly (Y page 52).

The seat belt should:Rfit snugly across your bodyRbe routed across the middle of your shoul-derRbe routed in your pelvic area across the hipjoints

X Before starting off, adjust the rear-viewmir-ror and the exterior mirrors in such a waythat you have a good view of road and traf-fic conditions (Y page 117).

X Vehicles with a memory function: savethe seat, steering wheel and exterior mirrorsettings with the memory function(Y page 117).

Seats

Important safety notes

G WARNINGChildren could become trapped if they adjustthe seats, particularly when unattended.There is a risk of injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

The seats can still be adjusted when there isno SmartKey in the ignition lock.

G WARNINGIf the head restraints are not installed or notadjusted correctly, they cannot provide pro-tection as intended. There is an increased riskof injury in the head and neck area, e.g. in theevent of an accident or when braking.Always drive with the head restraints instal-led. Before driving off, make sure for everyvehicle occupant that the center of the headrestraint supports the back of the head atabout eye level.

Observe the safety notes on "Air bags"(Y page 54) and "Children in the Vehicle"(Y page 68).

G WARNINGYou could lose control of your vehicle if you dothe following while driving:Radjust the driver's seat, head restraint,steering wheel or mirrorsRfasten the seat beltThere is a risk of an accident.Adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, steer-ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat beltbefore starting the engine.

G WARNINGIf you adjust the seat height carelessly, you orother vehicle occupants could be trapped andthereby injured. Children in particular couldaccidentally press the electrical seat adjust-ment buttons and become trapped. There is arisk of injury.While moving the seats, make sure that yourhands or other body parts do not get under thelever assembly of the seat adjustment sys-tem.

G WARNINGWhen you adjust a seat, you or other vehicleoccupants could become trapped, e.g. on theseat guide rail. There is a risk of injury.Make sure when adjusting a seat that no onehas any body parts in the sweep of the seat.

Seats 115

Seats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Z

Page 118: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

! To avoid damage to the seats and the seatheating, observe the following information:Rkeep liquids from spilling on the seats. Ifliquid is spilled on the seats, dry them assoon as possible.Rif the seat covers are damp or wet, do notswitch on the seat heating. The seatheating should also not be used to drythe seats.Rclean the seat covers as recommended;see the "Interior care" section.Rdo not transport heavy loads on theseats. Do not place sharp objects on theseat cushions, e.g. knives, nails or tools.The seats should only be occupied bypassengers, if possible.Rwhen the seat heating is in operation, donot cover the seats with insulating mate-rials, e.g. blankets, coats, bags, seat cov-ers, child seats or booster seats.

! Make sure that there are no objects in thefootwell under or behind the seats whenmoving the seats back. There is a risk thatthe seats and/or the objects could be dam-aged.

i The head restraints in the front seats areinstalled with the NECK-PRO system(Y page 65). For this reason, it is not pos-sible to remove the head restraints fromthe front seats.Vehicles without the through-loading fea-ture: the head restraints cannot beremoved from the rear compartment seats.For more information, contact a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

Information in the Digital Operator'sManualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RAdjusting the seatsRAdjusting the head restraintsRAdjusting the active multicontour seat

RAdjusting the 4-way lumbar supportRFolding bench seat in the cargo compart-ment (Wagon)RSwitching the seat ventilation on/off

Switching the seat heating on/off

Switching on/off

G WARNINGRepeatedly switching on the seat heating cancause the seat cushion and backrest pads tobecome very hot. The health of persons withlimited temperature sensitivity or a limitedability to react to excessively high tempera-tures may be affected or they may even sufferburn-like injuries. There is a risk of injury.Therefore, do not switch the seat heating onrepeatedly.

Driver's and front-passenger seat

Canada only: rear seat

The three red indicator lamps in the buttonindicate the heating level you have selected.

116 SeatsSeats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Page 119: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Driver's and front-passenger seat: the sys-tem automatically switches down from level3to level 2 after approximately eight minutes.Rear seat: the system automaticallyswitches down from level 3 to level 2 afterapproximately five minutes.The system automatically switches downfrom level 2 to level 1 after approximately tenminutes.The system automatically switches offapproximately 20 minutes after it is set tolevel 1.X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in theignition lock (Y page 137).

X To switch on: press button: repeatedlyuntil the desired heating level is set.

X To switch off: press button: repeatedlyuntil all the indicator lamps go out.

i If the battery voltage is too low, the seatheating may switch off.

Problems with the seat heatingYou can find information about this in theDigital Operator's Manual.

Steering wheel

Important safety notes

G WARNINGYou could lose control of your vehicle if you dothe following while driving:Radjust the driver's seat, head restraint,steering wheel or mirrorsRfasten the seat beltThere is a risk of an accident.Adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, steer-ing wheel andmirror and fasten your seat beltbefore starting the engine.

G WARNINGChildren could injure themselves if theyadjust the steering wheel. There is a risk ofinjury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

The electrically adjustable steering wheel canstill be adjusted when there is no SmartKey inthe ignition lock.

Information in the Digital Operator'sManualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RAdjusting the steering wheelRSteering wheel heatingREASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature

Mirrors

In the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RRear-view mirrorRExterior mirrorsRAutomatic anti-glare mirrorsRParking position for the exterior mirror onthe front-passenger side

Memory function

In the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RStoring settingsRCalling up a stored setting

Memory function 117

Seats,steerin

gwheelandmirrors

Z

Page 120: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

118

Page 121: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Useful information ............................ 120Exterior lighting ................................ 120Interior lighting ................................. 123Replacing bulbs ................................. 123Windshield wipers ............................ 125

119

Lightsandwindshieldwipers

Page 122: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Useful information

i This Operator's Manual describes allmodels and all standard andoptional equip-ment of your vehicle available at the time ofpublication of the Operator's Manual.Country-specific differences are possible.Please note that your vehicle may not beequipped with all features described. Thisalso applies to safety-related systems andfunctions.

i Read the information on qualified special-ist workshops (Y page 31).

Exterior lighting

General notesFor reasons of safety, Mercedes-Benz recom-mends that you drive with the lights switchedon even during the daytime. Therefore, yourvehicle is equipped with special daytime run-ning lamps. In some countries, operation ofthe headlamps varies due to legal require-ments and self-imposed obligations.If youwish to drive during the daytimewithoutlights, switch off the daytime running lampsfunction in the on-board computer(Y page 190).

Information in the Digital Operator'sManualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RHazard warning lampsRHeadlamps fogged up on the inside

Setting the exterior lighting

Setting optionsExterior lighting can be set using:Rthe light switchRthe combination switch (Y page 121)Rthe on-board computer (Y page 190)

Light switch

Operation

1 W Left-hand standing lamps2 X Right-hand standing lamps3 T Parking lamps, license plate and

instrument cluster lighting4Ã Automatic headlamp mode, control-

led by the light sensor5 L Low-beam/high-beam headlampsB R Rear fog lampIf you hear a warning tone when you leave thevehicle, the lights may still be switched on.X Turn the light switch toÃ.The exterior lighting (except the parking/standing lamps) switches off automatically ifyou:Rremove the SmartKey from the ignition lockRopen the driver's door with the SmartKey inposition 0

120 Exterior lightingLightsandwindshieldwipers

Page 123: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Information in the Digital Operator'sManualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RAutomatic headlamp modeRDaytime running lampsRLow-beam headlampsRRear fog lampRParking lampsRStanding lamps

Combination switch

: High-beam headlamps; Turn signal, right= High-beam flasher? Turn signal, leftIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RTurn signalRHigh-beam headlampsRHigh-beam flasher

Cornering light function

The cornering light function improves the illu-mination of the road over a wide angle in thedirection you are turning, enabling better vis-ibility in tight bends, for example. It can onlybe activated when the low-beam headlampsare switched on.Active:Rif you are driving at speeds below 25 mph(40 km/h) and switch on the turn signal orturn the steering wheelRif you are driving at speeds between25 mph (40 km/h) and 45 mph (70 km/h)and turn the steering wheel

The cornering lamp may remain lit for a shorttime, but is automatically switched off afterno more than three minutes.

Exterior lighting 121

Lightsandwindshieldwipers

Page 124: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Adaptive Highbeam Assist

General notes

You can use this function to set the head-lamps to change between low beam and highbeam automatically. The system recognizesvehicles with their lights on, either approach-ing from the opposite direction or traveling infront of your vehicle, and consequentlyswitches the headlamps from high beam tolow beam.The system automatically adapts the low-beam headlamp range depending on the dis-tance to the other vehicle. Once the systemno longer detects any other vehicles, it reac-tivates the high-beam headlamps.The system's optical sensor is located behindthe windshield near the overhead controlpanel.

Important safety notes

G WARNINGAdaptive HighbeamAssist does not recognizeroad users:Rwho have no lights, e.g. pedestriansRwho have poor lighting, e.g. cyclistsRwhose lighting is blocked, e.g. by a barrierIn very rare cases, Adaptive Highbeam Assistmay fail to recognize other road users thathave lights, or may recognize them too late. Inthis or similar situations, the automatic high-beam headlamps will not be deactivated oractivated regardless. There is a risk of an acci-dent.Always carefully observe the traffic conditionsand switch off the high-beam headlamps ingood time.

Adaptive Highbeam Assist cannot take intoaccount road, weather or traffic conditions.Adaptive Highbeam Assist is only an aid. Youare responsible for adjusting the vehicle'slighting to the prevailing light, visibility andtraffic conditions.In particular, the detection of obstacles canbe restricted if there is:Rpoor visibility, e.g. due to fog, heavy rain orsnowRdirt on the sensors or the sensors areobscured

122 Exterior lightingLightsandwindshieldwipers

Page 125: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Switching Adaptive Highbeam Assiston/off

: High-beam headlamps; Turn signal, right= High-beam flasher? Turn signal, leftX To switch on: turn the light switch toÃ.X Press the combination switch beyond thepressure point in the direction of arrow:.The _ indicator lamp in the multifunc-tion display lights up when it is dark and thelight sensor activates the low-beam head-lamps.If you are driving at speeds above approx-imately 16 mph (25 km/h):The headlamp range is set automaticallydepending on the distance between thevehicle and other road users.If you are driving at speeds above approx-imately 19 mph (30 km/h) and no otherroad users have been detected:The high-beam headlamps are switched onautomatically. The K indicator lamp inthe instrument cluster also lights up.If you are driving at speeds below approx-imately 16 mph (25 km/h) or other roadusers have been detected or the roads areadequately lit:The high-beam headlamps are switched offautomatically. The K indicator lamp inthe instrument cluster goes out. The _

indicator lamp in the multifunction displayremains lit.

X To switch off: move the combinationswitch back to its normal position or movethe light switch to another position.The _ indicator lamp in the instrumentcluster goes out.

Interior lighting

An overview of the interior lighting and theoverhead control panel can be found in the"At a glance" section.In the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RAutomatic interior lighting controlRManual interior lighting controlRCrash-responsive emergency lighting

Replacing bulbs

Important safety notes

G WARNINGBulbs, lamps and connectors can get very hotwhen operating. If you change a bulb, youcould burn yourself on these components.There is a risk of injury.Allow these components to cool down beforechanging a bulb.

Vehicles with static LED headlamps:Do not use a bulb that has been dropped or ifits glass tube has been scratched.The bulb may explode if:Ryou touch itRit is hotRyou drop itRyou scratch itOnly operate bulbs in enclosed lampsdesigned for that purpose. Only install sparebulbs of the same type and the specified volt-age.

Replacing bulbs 123

Lightsandwindshieldwipers

Z

Page 126: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Marks on the glass tube reduce the servicelife of the bulbs. Do not touch the glass tubewith your bare hands. If necessary, clean theglass tubewhen coldwith alcohol or spirit andrub it off with a lint-free cloth.Protect bulbs from moisture during opera-tion. Do not allow bulbs to come into contactwith liquids.Replace only the bulbs listed (Y page 124).Have the bulbs that you cannot replace your-self changed at a qualified specialist work-shop.If you require assistance changing bulbs, con-sult a qualified specialist workshop.If the new bulb still does not light up, consulta qualified specialist workshop.Bulbs and lamps are an important aspect ofvehicle safety. You must therefore make surethat these function correctly at all times.Have the headlamp setting checked regularly.Vehicles with static LED headlampsThe front and rear light clusters of your vehi-cle are equipped with LED light bulbs. Do notreplace the bulbs yourself. Contact a qualifiedspecialist workshop which has the necessaryspecialist knowledge and tools to carry outthe work required.Lamps are an important aspect of vehiclesafety. You must therefore make sure thatthese function correctly at all times. Have theheadlamp setting checked regularly.

Overview: changing bulbs/bulb typesYou can change the following bulbs. The bulbtype can be found in the legend.

Static LED headlamps: High-beam headlamp: H7 55 W; Turn signal lamp: PSY 24 W

Changing the front bulbs

High-beamheadlamps (static LEDhead-lamps)

X Switch off the lights.X Open the hood.X Turn housing cover: counter-clockwiseand pull it out.

X Using the handle extension, turn bulbholder; counter-clockwise and pull it out.

X Take the bulb out of bulb holder;.X Insert the new bulb into bulb holder;.X Insert bulb holder; into the lamp and turnit clockwise.

X Align housing cover: and turn it clock-wise until it engages.

124 Replacing bulbsLightsandwindshieldwipers

Page 127: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Turn signal (static LED headlamps)

X Switch off the lights.X Open the hood.X Turn housing cover: counter-clockwiseand pull it out.

X Turn bulb holder; counter-clockwise andpull it out.

X Take the bulb out of bulb holder;.X Insert the new bulb into bulb holder;.X Insert bulb holder; into the lamp and turnit clockwise.

X Align housing cover: and turn it clock-wise until it engages.

Windshield wipers

Switching the windshield wiperson/off

1 $ Windshield wiper off2 Ä Intermittent wipe, low (rain sensor

set to low sensitivity)3 Å Intermittent wipe, high (rain sensor

set to high sensitivity)

4 ° Continuous wipe, slow5 ¯ Continuous wipe, fastB í Single wipe

î To wipe with washer fluidIf the wiper blades are worn, the windshieldwill no longer be wiped properly. This couldprevent you from observing the traffic condi-tions.

Switching the rear window wiper on/off

: è Switch2 ô Wipes with washer fluid3 I Switches on intermittent wiping4 0 Switches off intermittent wiping5 ô Wipes with washer fluidX Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in theignition lock.

X Turn switch: on the combination switchto the corresponding position.When the rearwindowwiper is switched on,a symbol appears in the assistance graphicin the instrument cluster.

Replacing the wiper blades

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf the windshield wipers begin to move whileyou are changing the wiper blades, you could

Windshield wipers 125

Lightsandwindshieldwipers

Z

Page 128: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

be trapped by the wiper arm. There is a risk ofinjury.Always switch off the windshield wipers andignition before changing the wiper blades.

! To avoid damaging the wiper blades,make sure that you touch only the wiperarm of the wiper.

! Never open the hood/tailgate if a wiperarm has been folded away from the wind-shield/rear window.Never fold awindshieldwiper armwithout awiper blade back onto the windshield/rearwindow.Hold the windshield wiper arm firmly whenyou change the wiper blade. If you releasethe wiper arm without a wiper blade and itfalls onto the windshield/rear window, thewindshield/rear window may be damagedby the force of the impact.Mercedes-Benz recommends that you havethe wiper blades changed at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

Replacing the wiper blades

Removing the wiper bladesX Remove the SmartKey from the ignitionlock or turn it to position 0 (KEYLESS-GO).

X Fold the wiper arm away from the wind-shield.

X Firmly press release knob: and pull wiperblade; upwards from thewiper arm in thedirection of the arrow.

Installing the wiper blades

X Position new wiper blade: in the retaineron the wiper arm and slide it into place inthe direction of the arrow.The wiper blade audibly engages.

X Make sure that the wiper blade is seatedcorrectly.

X Fold the wiper arm back onto the wind-shield.

Replacing the rear window wiper blade

Removing a wiper blade

X Remove the SmartKey from the ignitionlock.

X Fold wiper arm: away from the rear win-dow.

X Position wiper blade; at a right angle towiper arm:.

X Hold wiper arm: and press wiperblade; in the direction of the arrow untilit releases.

X Remove wiper blade;.

126 Windshield wipersLightsandwindshieldwipers

Page 129: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Installing a wiper blade

X Place new wiper blade; onto wiperarm:.

X Hold wiper arm: and press wiperblade; in the opposite direction to thearrow until it engages.

X Make sure that wiper blade; is seatedcorrectly.

X Position wiper blade; parallel to wiperarm:.

X Fold wiper arm: back onto the rear win-dow.

Problems with the windshield wipersYou can find information about this in theDigital Operator's Manual.

Windshield wipers 127

Lightsandwindshieldwipers

Z

Page 130: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

128

Page 131: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Useful information ............................ 130Overview of climate control sys-tems ................................................... 130Operating the climate control sys-tems ................................................... 133

129

Climatecontrol

Page 132: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Useful information

i This Operator's Manual describes allmodels and all standard andoptional equip-ment of your vehicle available at the time ofpublication of the Operator's Manual.Country-specific differences are possible.Please note that your vehicle may not beequipped with all features described. Thisalso applies to safety-related systems andfunctions.

i Read the information on qualified special-ist workshops (Y page 31).

Overview of climate control systems

General notesObserve the settings recommended on thefollowing pages. The windows could other-wise fog up.To prevent the windows from fogging up:Rswitch off climate control only brieflyRswitch on air-recirculation mode onlybrieflyRswitch on the cooling with air dehumidifi-cation functionRswitch on the defrost windshield functionbriefly, if required

Climate control regulates the temperatureand the humidity in the vehicle interior andfilters undesirable substances out of the air.Climate control can only be operated whenthe engine is running. Optimum operation isonly achieved with the side windows and roofclosed.The residual heat function can only be acti-vated or deactivated if the ignition is switchedoff (see the Digital Operator's Manual, key-word "Residual heat").

i Ventilate the vehicle for a brief periodduring warm weather, e.g. using the con-venience opening feature (see the DigitalOperator's Manual, keyword "Convenienceopening"). This will speed up the cooling

process and the desired interior tempera-ture will be reached more quickly.

i The integrated filter filters out most par-ticles of dust and soot and completely fil-ters out pollen. It also reduces gaseous pol-lutants and odors. A clogged filter reducesthe amount of air supplied to the vehicleinterior. For this reason, you should alwaysobserve the interval for replacing the filter,which is specified in the MaintenanceBooklet. As it depends on environmentalconditions, e.g. heavy air pollution, theinterval may be shorter than stated in theMaintenance Booklet.

i It is possible that the residual heat func-tionmay be activated automatically an hourafter the SmartKey is removed. The vehicleis then ventilated for 30 minutes to dry theautomatic climate control.

130 Overview of climate control systemsClimatecontrol

Page 133: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Control panel for dual-zone automatic climate control

Canada only: Switches air-recirculation mode on/off; Defrosts the windshield= Switches the ZONE function on/off? DisplayA Sets climate control to automaticB Switches cooling with air dehumidification on/offC Switches the rear window defroster on/offD Activates/deactivates the air conditioningE Sets the temperature, rightF Sets the air distributionG Sets the airflowH Sets the temperature, left

USA only: Sets climate control to automatic; Defrosts the windshield= Switches the ZONE function on/off? Switches air-recirculation mode on/offA Switches the maximum cooling MAX COOL on or offB Switches cooling with air dehumidification on/offC Switches the rear window defroster on/off

Overview of climate control systems 131

Climatecontrol

Page 134: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

D Activates/deactivates the air conditioningE Sets the temperature, rightF Sets the air distributionG Sets the airflowH Sets the temperature, leftI Display

Control panel for 3-zone automatic climate control

Canada onlyFront control panel

: Sets climate control to automatic; Defrosts the windshield= Switches the ZONE function on/off? DisplayA Switches air-recirculation mode on/offB Switches the residual heat on or offC Switches cooling with air dehumidification on/offD Switches the rear window defroster on/offE Activates/deactivates the air conditioningF Sets the temperature, rightG Adjusts the climate mode settingsH Sets the airflowI Sets the air distributionJ Sets the temperature, left

132 Overview of climate control systemsClimatecontrol

Page 135: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Rear control panelK Increases the temperatureL DisplayM Increases the airflowN Reduces the airflowO Reduces the temperature

Operating the climate control sys-tems

In the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RSwitching climate control on/offRActivating/deactivating cooling with airdehumidificationRSetting climate control to automaticRAdjusting the climate mode settingsRSetting the temperatureRSetting the air distributionRSetting the airflowRSwitching the ZONE function on/offRDefrosting the windshieldRMAX COOL maximum coolingRDefrosting the windowsRSwitching the rear windowdefroster on/offRActivating/deactivating air-recirculationmodeRActivating/deactivating the residual heatfunctionRSetting the air vents

Operating the climate control systems 133

Climatecontrol

Page 136: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

134

Page 137: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Useful information ............................ 136Notes on breaking-in a new vehi-cle ....................................................... 136Driving ............................................... 137Automatic transmission ................... 142Refueling ............................................ 145Parking ............................................... 151Driving tips ........................................ 153Driving systems ................................ 155

135

Drivingandparking

Page 138: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Useful information

i This Operator's Manual describes allmodels and all standard andoptional equip-ment of your vehicle available at the time ofpublication of the Operator's Manual.Country-specific differences are possible.Please note that your vehicle may not beequipped with all features described. Thisalso applies to safety-related systems andfunctions.

i Read the information on qualified special-ist workshops (Y page 31).

Notes on breaking-in a new vehicle

Important safety notesThe sensor system of some driving and driv-ing safety systems adjusts automaticallywhile a certain distance is being driven afterthe vehicle has been delivered or afterrepairs. Full system effectiveness is notreached until the end of this teach-in proce-dure.New and replaced brake pads and discs onlyreach their optimum braking effect after sev-eral hundred kilometers of driving. Compen-sate for this by applying greater force to thebrake pedal.

The first 1000 miles (1500 km)The more you look after the engine when it isnew, the more satisfied you will be with itsperformance in the future.RYou should therefore drive at varying vehi-cle and engine speeds for the first1000 miles (1500 km).RAvoid heavy loads, e.g. driving at full throt-tle, during this period.

RChange gear in good time, before the tach-ometer needle isÔ of the way to the redarea of the tachometer.RTry to avoid depressing the acceleratorpedal beyond the point of resistance (kick-down).

Additional breaking-in notes for AMG vehi-cles:RDo not drive faster than 85 mph(140 km/h) for the first 1,000 miles(1,500 km).ROnly allow the engine to reach a maximumengine speed of 4,500 rpm briefly.RChange gear in good time.After 1000miles (1500 km), you can increasethe engine speed gradually and acceleratethe vehicle to full speed.

i You should also observe these notes onbreaking in if the engine or parts of the drivetrain on your vehicle have been replaced.

i Always observe the respective maximumpermissible speed.

AMG vehicles with self-locking rearaxle differentialYour vehicle is equipped with a self-lockingdifferential on the rear axle.Change the oil to improve protection of therear axle differential:Rafter a breaking-in period of 1,850 miles(3,000 km)Revery 31,000 miles (50,000 km) or3 years

These oil changes prolong the service life ofthe differential. Have the oil change carriedout at a qualified specialist workshop.

136 Notes on breaking-in a new vehicleDrivingandparking

Page 139: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Driving

Important safety notes

G WARNINGObjects in the driver's footwell can restrict thepedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal.The operating and road safety of the vehicle isjeopardized. There is a risk of an accident.Make sure that all objects in the vehicle arestowed correctly, and that they cannot enterthe driver's footwell. Install the floormatssecurely and as specified in order to ensuresufficient clearance for the pedals. Do not useloose floormats and do not place floormats ontop of one another.

G WARNINGUnsuitable footwear can hinder correct usageof the pedals, e.g.:Rshoes with thick solesRshoes with high heelsRslippersThere is a risk of an accident.Wear suitable footwear to ensure correctusage of the pedals.

G WARNINGIf you switch off the ignition while driving,safety-relevant functions are only availablewith limitations, or not at all. This could affect,for example, the power steering and the brakeboosting effect. You will require considerablymore effort to steer and brake. There is a riskof an accident.Do not switch off the ignition while driving.

G WARNINGIf the parking brake has not been fullyreleased when driving, the parking brake can:Roverheat and cause a fireRlose its hold function.There is a risk of fire and an accident. Releasethe parking brake fully before driving off.

! Do not warm up the engine with the vehi-cle stationary. Drive off immediately. Avoidhigh engine speeds and driving at full throt-tle until the engine has reached its operat-ing temperature.Only shift the automatic transmission tothe desired drive position when the vehicleis stationary.Where possible, avoid spinning the drivewheels when pulling away on slipperyroads. You could otherwise damage thedrive train.

! AMG vehicles: at low engine oil temper-atures below 68 ‡ (+20 †), the maximumengine speed is restricted in order to pro-tect the engine. To protect the engine andmaintain smooth engine operation, avoiddriving at full throttle when the engine iscold.

HYBRID vehicles: make sure that you readthe "HYBRID" supplement included in thevehicle literature. Otherwise, you may notrecognize dangers.

SmartKey positions

SmartKey

g To remove the SmartKey(shift the transmission to position P)

1 Power supply for some consumers, suchas the windshield wipers

2 Ignition (power supply for all consumers)and drive position

3 To start the engine

Driving 137

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 140: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

i The SmartKey can be turned in the igni-tion lock even if it is not the correct Smart-Key for the vehicle. The ignition is notswitched on. The engine cannot be started.

KEYLESS-GO

General notesVehicles with KEYLESS-GO are equipped withSmartKeys featuring the integrated KEYLESS-GO function and a detachable Start/Stop but-ton.The Start/Stop buttonmust be inserted in theignition lock and the SmartKey must be in thevehicle.When you insert the Start/Stop button intothe ignition lock, the system needs approx-imately two seconds recognition time. Youcan then use the Start/Stop button.Pressing the Start/Stop button several timesin succession corresponds to the differentkey positions in the ignition lock. This is onlythe case if you are not depressing the brakepedal.If you depress the brake pedal and press theStart/Stop button, the engine starts immedi-ately.A checkwhich periodically establishes a radioconnection between the vehicle and theSmartKey determines whether a valid Smart-Key is in the vehicle. This occurs, for example,when starting the engine.To start the vehicle without actively using theSmartKey:Rthe Start/Stop button must be inserted inthe ignition lock.Rthe SmartKey must be in the vehicle.Rthe vehicle must not be locked with theSmartKey or KEYLESS-GO (Y page 91).

Do not keep the KEYLESS-GO key:Rwith electronic devices, e.g. a mobilephone or another SmartKey.Rwith metallic objects, e.g. coins or metalfoil.Rinside metallic objects, e.g. a metal case.

This can affect the functionality of KEYLESS-GO.If you lock the vehicle with the SmartKey'sremote control or with KEYLESS-GO, after ashort time:Ryou will not be able to switch on the ignitionwith the Start/Stop button.Ryou will not be able to start the engine withthe Start/Stop button until the vehicle isunlocked again.

If you lock the vehicle centrally using the but-ton on the front door (Y page 95), you cancontinue to start the engine with the Start/Stop button.The engine can be switched off while the vehi-cle is in motion by pressing and holding theStart/Stop button for three seconds. Thisfunction operates independently of the ECOstart/stop automatic engine switch-off func-tion.

Key positions with KEYLESS-GO

: Start/Stop button; Ignition lockAs soon as the ignition is switched on, all theindicator lamps in the instrument cluster lightup. Further information on situations wherean indicator lamp either fails to go out afterstarting the engine or lights up while driving(Y page 204).If Start/Stop button: has not yet beenpressed, this corresponds to the key beingremoved from the ignition.

138 DrivingDrivingandparking

Page 141: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

X To switch on the power supply: pressStart/Stop button: once.The power supply is switched on. You cannow activate the windshield wipers, forexample.

The power supply is switched off again if:Rthe driver's door is opened andRyou press Start/Stop button: twicewhenin this position

X To switch on the ignition: press Start/Stop button: twice.The ignition is switched on.

The ignition is switched off when:Rthe driver's door is opened andRyou press Start/Stop button: twicewhenin this position

Removing the Start/Stop buttonYou can remove the Start/Stop button fromthe ignition lock and start the vehicle as nor-mal using the SmartKey.It is only possible to switch between Start/Stop button mode and SmartKey operationwhen the transmission is in position P.X RemoveStart/Stop button: from ignitionlock;.

You do not have to remove the Start/Stopbutton from the ignition lock when you leavethe vehicle. You should, however, always takethe SmartKey with you when leaving the vehi-cle. As long as the SmartKey is in the vehicle:Rthe vehicle can be started using the Start/Stop buttonRthe electrically powered equipment can beoperated

Starting the engine

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf children are left unsupervised in the vehicle,they could:Ropen the doors, thus endangering otherpeople or road users.Rget out and disrupt traffic.Roperate the vehicle's equipment.Additionally, children could set the vehicle inmotion if, for example, they:Rrelease the parking brake.Rshifting the automatic transmission out ofpark position PRStart the engine.There is a risk of an accident and injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children or animals unattended in thevehicle. Always keep the SmartKey out ofreach of children.

G WARNINGCombustion engines emit poisonous exhaustgases such as carbon monoxide. Inhalingthese exhaust gases leads to poisoning. Thereis a risk of fatal injury. Therefore never leavethe engine running in enclosed spaces with-out sufficient ventilation.

G WARNINGFlammable materials introduced throughenvironmental influence or by animals canignite if in contact with the exhaust system orparts of the engine that heat up. There is a riskof fire.Carry out regular checks to make sure thatthere are no flammable foreign materials inthe engine compartment or in the exhaustsystem.

! Do not depress the accelerator whenstarting the engine.

Driving 139

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 142: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

General notes

i Vehicles with a gasoline engine: thecatalytic converter is preheated for up to30 seconds after a cold start. The sound ofthe engine may change during this time.

Automatic transmissionX Shift the transmission to position P.The transmission position display in themultifunction display shows P.

i You can start the engine in transmissionposition P and N.

Starting procedure with the SmartKey

i To start the engine using the SmartKeyinstead of KEYLESS-GO, pull the Start/Stop button out of the ignition lock.

X Vehicles with diesel engine: turn the keyto position 2 in the ignition lock(Y page 137).The% preglow indicator lamp in theinstrument cluster lights up.

X Turn the key to position 3 in the ignitionlock and release it as soon as the engine isrunning (Y page 137).

i Vehicles with a diesel engine: you canstart the engine without preglow if theengine is warm.

Using KEYLESS-GO to start the engine

i The Start/Stop button can be used tostart the vehicle manually without insertingthe SmartKey into the ignition lock. TheStart/Stop button must be inserted in theignition lock and the SmartKey must be inthe vehicle. This mode for starting theengine operates independently of the ECOstart/stop automatic engine start function.

X Depress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.

X Press the Start/Stop button once(Y page 138).Vehicles with a gasoline engine: theengine starts.Vehicles with a diesel engine: preglow isactivated and the engine starts.

Pulling away

General notes

G WARNINGIf the engine speed is above the idling speedand you engage transmission position D or R,the vehicle could pull away suddenly. There isa risk of an accident.When engaging transmission position D or R,always firmly depress the brake pedal and donot simultaneously accelerate.

! If a warning tone sounds and theRelease Park. Brake message appearsin the multifunction display, the parkingbrake is still applied. Release the parkingbrake.

Depress the accelerator carefully when pull-ing away.The vehicle locks centrally once you havepulled away. The locking knobs in the doorsdrop down.You can open the doors from the inside at anytime.You can also deactivate the automatic lockingfeature (Y page 190).It is only possible to shift the transmissionfrom position P to the desired position if youdepress the brake pedal. If you do notdepress the brake pedal, the DIRECT SELECTlever can still be moved but the parking lockremains engaged.

i Upshifts take place at higher enginespeeds after a cold start. This helps the

140 DrivingDrivingandparking

Page 143: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

catalytic converter to reach its operatingtemperature more quickly.

Hill start assistHill start assist helps you when pulling awayforwards or in reverse on an uphill gradient. Itholds the vehicle for a short time after youhave removed your foot from the brake pedal.This gives you enough time to move your footfrom the brake pedal to the accelerator pedaland to depress it before the vehicle begins toroll.

G WARNINGAfter a short time, hill start assist will no lon-ger brake your vehicle and it could roll away.There is a risk of an accident and injury.Therefore, quickly move your foot from thebrake pedal to the accelerator pedal. Neverleave the vehicle when it is held by hill startassist.

Hill start assist is not active if:Ryou are pulling away on a level road or on adownhill gradient.Rthe transmission is in position N.Rthe parking brake is applied.RESP® is malfunctioning.

ECO start/stop function

IntroductionThe ECO start/stop function switches theengine off automatically if the vehicle is stop-ped under certain conditions.The engine starts automatically when thedriver wants to pull away again. The ECOstart/stop function thereby helps you toreduce the fuel consumption and emissionsof your vehicle.

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf the engine is switched off automatically andyou exit the vehicle, the engine is restartedautomatically. The vehicle may begin moving.There is a risk of accident and injury.If you wish to exit the vehicle, always turn offthe ignition and secure the vehicle againstrolling away.

General notes

: ECO start/stop displayHybrid vehicles: observe the notes on theECO start/stop function in the "HYBRID" sup-plement.The ECO start/stop function is activatedwhenever you start the engine using theSmartKey or the Start/Stop button.If the engine has been switched off automat-ically by the ECO start/stop function, the¤ symbol is shown in the multifunctiondisplay.AMG vehicles: the AMG menu in the multi-function display additionally shows the Stop/Start active message.AMG vehicles: the ECO start/stop functionis only available in drive program C.

Information in the Digital Operator'sManualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RAutomatic engine switch-offRAutomatic engine startRDeactivating or activating the ECO start/stop function

Driving 141

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 144: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Problems with the engineYou can find information about this in theDigital Operator's Manual.

Automatic transmission

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf the engine speed is above the idling speedand you engage transmission position D or R,the vehicle could pull away suddenly. There isa risk of an accident.When engaging transmission position D or R,always firmly depress the brake pedal and donot simultaneously accelerate.

G WARNINGThe automatic transmission switches to neu-tral positionNwhen you switch off the engine.The vehicle may roll away. There is a risk of anaccident.After switching off the engine, always switchto parking positionP. Prevent the parked vehi-cle from rolling away by applying the parkingbrake.

HYBRID vehicles: make sure that you readthe "HYBRID" supplement included in thevehicle literature. Otherwise, you may notrecognize dangers.

Selector lever (AMG vehicles)

Overview of transmission positions

j Park position with parking lockk Reverse geari Neutralh Drive

Information in the Digital Operator'sManualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RTransmission position and drive programdisplayREngaging park position P

DIRECT SELECT lever

Overview of transmission positions

j Park position with parking lockk Reverse geari Neutralh Drive

142 Automatic transmissionDrivingandparking

Page 145: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

The DIRECT SELECT lever is on the right of thesteering column.The DIRECT SELECT lever always returns toits original position. The current transmissionposition P, R, N or D appears in the transmis-sion position display in the multifunction dis-play. You can find information about this inthe Digital Operator's Manual.

Information in the Digital Operator'sManualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RTransmission position and drive programdisplayREngaging park position PREngaging park position P automaticallyREngaging reverse gear RREngaging drive position D

Shifting to neutral N

G WARNINGIf children are left unsupervised in the vehicle,they could:Ropen the doors, thus endangering otherpeople or road users.Rget out and disrupt traffic.Roperate the vehicle's equipment.Additionally, children could set the vehicle inmotion if, for example, they:Rrelease the parking brake.Rshifting the automatic transmission out ofpark position PRStart the engine.There is a risk of an accident and injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children or animals unattended in thevehicle. Always keep the SmartKey out ofreach of children.

X If the transmission is in position D or R:push the DIRECT SELECT lever up or downto the first point of resistance.

X If the transmission is in position P: depressthe brake pedal and push the DIRECTSELECT lever up or down to the first point ofresistance.

If you switch the engine off with the trans-mission in position R or D, the automatictransmission shifts to N automatically.With the SmartKey: if you then open thedriver's door or the front-passenger door orremove the SmartKey from the ignition, theautomatic transmission shifts to P automati-cally.With KEYLESS-GO: if you then open the driv-er's or front-passenger door, the automatictransmission shifts to P.If you want the automatic transmission toremain in neutral N, e.g. when having thevehicle cleaned in an automatic car washwitha towing system:Using the SmartKey:X Switch on the ignition.X Depress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.

X Shift to neutral N.X Release the brake pedal.X Release the parking brake.X Switch off the ignition and leave the Smart-Key in the ignition lock.

Using KEYLESS-GO:X Remove the Start/Stop button from theignition lock.

X Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock.X Switch on the ignition.X Depress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.

X Shift to neutral N.X Release the brake pedal.

Automatic transmission 143

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 146: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

X Release the parking brake.X Switch off the ignition and leave the Smart-Key in the ignition lock.

Information in the Digital Operator'sManualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RTransmission positionsRDriving tipsRProgram selector buttonRSteering wheel paddle shiftersRAutomatic drive programRProblems with the transmission

Manual drive program (AMG vehicles)

General informationIn this drive program, you can permanentlychange gear yourself by using the steeringwheel paddle shifters. The transmission mustbe in position D.

i In addition to permanent drive programM, you can also activate temporary driveprogramM; see the Digital Operator'sMan-ual.

Switching on the manual drive programX Turn the drive program selector(Y page 144) until M appears in the multi-function display.The indicatorM on the drive program selec-tor lights up in red.

Themanual drive program is only available forAMG vehicles.Manual drive program M is different fromdrive programs S and S+with regard to spon-taneity, responsiveness and smoothness ofgear changes.Manual drive program M can be selectedusing the drive program selector. In manual

drive program M, you can change gear usingthe steeringwheel paddle shifters if the trans-mission is in position D. The gear currentlyselected and engaged is shown in the multi-function display.

UpshiftingX Pull the right-hand steering wheel paddleshifter.The automatic transmission shifts up to thenext gear.

AMG vehicles

! Inmanual drive programM, the automatictransmission does not shift up automati-cally even when the engine limiting speedfor the current gear is reached. When theengine limiting speed is reached, the fuelsupply is cut to prevent the engine fromoverrevving. Always make sure that theengine speed does not reach the red area ofthe tachometer. There is otherwise a risk ofengine damage.

: Gear indicator; Upshift indicatorBefore the engine speed reaches the red area,an upshift indicator will be shown in the mul-tifunction display.X When the UP message appears in the mul-tifunction display, pull on the right-handsteering wheel paddle shifter.

144 Automatic transmissionDrivingandparking

Page 147: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Shift recommendation

The gearshift recommendations assist you inadopting an economical driving style. The rec-ommended gear is shown in themultifunctiondisplay.X If relevant gearshift recommendation:appears in the multifunction display on theinstrument cluster, pull on the right-handsteering wheel paddle shifter (see the Dig-ital Operator's Manual).The automatic transmission shifts to rec-ommended gear;.

Information in the Digital Operator'sManualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RDownshiftingRKickdownRSwitching off the manual drive program

Transfer caseThis section is only valid for vehicles with 4-wheel drive (4MATIC). Power is always trans-mitted to both axles.

! Performance tests may only be carriedout on a 2-axle dynamometer. The brakesystem or transfer case could otherwise bedamaged. Contact a qualified specialistworkshop for a performance test.

! To prevent ESP® from intervening, theignition must be switched off (SmartKey orthe Start/Stop button in position 0 or 1) if:Rthe parking brake is being tested on abrake dynamometer.Rthe vehicle is being towed with only oneaxle raised (not permitted for vehicleswith 4MATIC).

The brake system could otherwise be dam-aged.

! Vehicles with 4MATIC must not be towedwith either the front or the rear axle raised,as doing so will damage the transmission.

Refueling

Important safety notes

G WARNINGFuel is highly flammable. If you handle fuelincorrectly, there is a risk of fire and explo-sion.You must avoid fire, open flames, creatingsparks and smoking. Switch off the engineand, if applicable, the auxiliary heating beforerefueling.

G WARNINGFuel is poisonous and hazardous to health.There is a risk of injury.You must make sure that fuel does not comeinto contact with your skin, eyes or clothingand that it is not swallowed. Do not inhale fuelvapors. Keep fuel away from children.If you or others come into contact with fuel,observe the following:RWash away fuel from skin immediatelyusing soap and water.RIf fuel comes into contact with your eyes,immediately rinse them thoroughly withclean water. Seek medical assistance with-out delay.

Refueling 145

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 148: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

RIf fuel is swallowed, seek medical assis-tance without delay. Do not induce vomit-ing.RImmediately change out of clothing whichhas come into contact with fuel.

G WARNINGElectrostatic buildup can create sparks andignite fuel vapors. There is a risk of fire andexplosion.Always touch the vehicle body before openingthe fuel filler flap or touching the fuel pumpnozzle. Any existing electrostatic buildup isthereby discharged.

G WARNINGVehicles with a diesel engine:If you mix diesel fuel with gasoline, the flashpoint is lower than that of pure diesel fuel.When the engine is running, exhaust systemcomponents could overheat without beingnoticed. There is a risk of fire.Never refuel with gasoline. Nevermix gasolinewith diesel fuel.

! Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with agasoline engine. Do not switch on the igni-tion if you accidentally refuel with thewrong fuel. Otherwise, the fuel will enterthe fuel system. Even small amounts of thewrong fuel could result in damage to thefuel system and the engine. Notify a quali-fied specialist workshop and have the fueltank and fuel lines drained completely.

! Do not use gasoline to refuel vehicles witha diesel engine. Do not switch on the igni-tion if you accidentally refuel with thewrong fuel. Otherwise, the fuel will enterthe fuel system. Even small amounts of thewrong fuel could result in damage to thefuel system and the engine. The repaircosts are high. Notify a qualified specialistworkshop and have the fuel tank and fuellines drained completely.

! Overfilling the fuel tank could damage thefuel system.

! Take care not to spill any fuel on paintedsurfaces. You could otherwise damage thepaintwork.

! Use a filter when refueling from a fuel can.Otherwise, the fuel lines and/or injectionsystem could be blocked by particles fromthe fuel can.

Do not get into the vehicle again during therefueling process. Otherwise, electrostaticcharge could build up again.If you overfill the fuel tank, fuel could sprayout when the fuel pump nozzle is removed.

i Flexible Fuel vehicles can be recognizedby the Ethanol up to E85 sticker on theinside of the fuel filler flap.

Refueling

General informationPay attention to the important safety notes(Y page 145).The fuel filler flap is unlocked or locked auto-matically when you unlock or lock the vehiclewith the key or using KEYLESS-GO.The position of the fuel filler cap is displayed8 in the instrument cluster. The arrownext to the filling pump indicates the side ofthe vehicle.

Opening the fuel filler flap

Opening the fuel filler flap (example: Sedan): To open the fuel filler flap; To insert the fuel filler cap

146 RefuelingDrivingandparking

Page 149: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

= Tire pressure table? Instruction label for fuel type to be refu-

eledX Switch off the engine.X Remove the SmartKey from the ignitionlock.

or, on vehicles with KEYLESS‑GO:X Open the driver's door.The on-board electronics now have status0. This is the same as the SmartKey havingbeen removed.The driver’s door can be closed again.

X Press the fuel filler flap in the direction ofarrow:.The fuel filler flap opens slightly.

X Open the fuel filler flap fully.X Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwiseand remove it.

X Sedan: insert the fuel filler cap into thebracket on the inside of fuel filler flap;.

orX Wagon: insert the fuel filler cap into therecesses in the fuel filler flap hinge armhorizontally from above.

X Completely insert the filler neck of the fuelpump nozzle into the tank, hook in placeand refuel.

X Only fill the tank until the pump nozzleswitches off.

Do not add any more fuel after the pumpstops filling for the first time. Otherwise, fuelmay leak out.Vehicles with a diesel engine: the filler neck isdesigned for refueling at diesel filling pumps.

Closing the fuel filler flapX Replace the cap on the filler neck and turnclockwise until it engages audibly.

X Press the fuel filler flap closed until itengages audibly.

Close the fuel filler flap before locking thevehicle. Otherwise, the locking pin of the cen-

tral locking prevents the fuel filler flap fromclosing.If you are driving with the fuel filler cap open,the8 reserve fuel warning lamp flashes. Amessage appears in the multifunction display(Y page 191).

Fuel filler flap emergency release

X Sedan: open the trunk lid.X Slide down the parcel net.X Open the right-hand side trim panel.X Detach the emergency release fromretainer:.

X Pull the emergency release in the directionof arrow;.The fuel filler flap is unlocked.

X Open the fuel filler flap.

X Wagon: open the tailgate.X Open the right-hand side trim panel.X Fold down the paneling.

Refueling 147

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 150: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

X Pull emergency release: in the directionof the arrow.The fuel filler flap is unlocked.

X Open the fuel filler flap.

148 RefuelingDrivingandparking

Page 151: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Problems with fuel and the fuel tankThis section provides descriptions of and solutions to safety-relevant problems. Descriptionsof and solutions to further problems can be found in the Digital Operator's Manual.

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

Fuel is leaking from thevehicle.

G WARNINGThe fuel line or the fuel tank is faulty.Risk of explosion or fire.X Apply the electric parking brake.X Switch off the engine.X Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock.or, on vehicles with KEYLESS‑GO:X Open the driver's door.The on-board electronics now have status 0. This is the same asthe SmartKey having been removed.

X Do not restart the engine under any circumstances.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

DEF (BlueTEC vehicles only)

Important notes on useTo function properly, BlueTEC exhaust gasaftertreatment must be operated with thereducing agent DEF. Adding DEF is one of thetasks performed during maintenance. Undernormal operating conditions, a tank of DEFlasts until the next service due date.When the supply of DEF is almost used up, theCheck Additive See Operator's Manualmessage is shown in the multifunction dis-play.When theDEF supply drops to aminimum, theRemaining Starts: 16 message is shownin the multifunction display.If the Remaining Starts: 16 messageappears in the multifunction display, you canstart the engine another 16 times. If DEF isnot refilled, you will subsequently be unableto start the engine.

X Add at least 1 gal (3.8 l) of DEF.X Switch on the ignition for at least 60 sec-onds.

X Start the engine.

i Have the DEF tank refilled at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

Use the special DEF refill bottle when addingDEF between maintenance intervals. Contactan authorized Mercedes-Benz Center withany questions or, if necessary, contact Road-side Assistance (Y page 29).If the outside temperature is below 12 ‡(Ò11 †) it may be difficult to top up. If DEF isfrozen and there is an active warning indica-tor, it may not be possible to add DEF. Parkthe vehicle in a warmer place, e.g. in a garage,until DEF has become fluid again. It will thenbe possible to add DEF again. Alternatively,have the DEF tank refilled at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.Further information about BlueTEC exhaustgas aftertreatment andDEF is available at anyauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Refueling 149

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 152: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Important notes on topping upDEF is a water-soluble fluid for the exhaustgas aftertreatment of diesel engines. It is:Rnot poisonousRcolorless and odorlessRnot flammableWhen you open the DEF container, smallamounts of ammonia vapor may be released.Ammonia vapors have a pungent odor and areparticularly irritating to the skin, to mucousmembranes and to the eyes. You may expe-rience a burning sensation in your eyes, noseand throat. Coughing and watering of theeyes are possible.Do not inhale ammonia vapors. Fill the DEFtank only in well-ventilated areas.DEF must not come into contact with yourskin, eyes or clothing and must not be swal-lowed. Keep DEF away from children.If you or other persons come into contactwithDEF, observe the following:RRinse DEF from your skin immediately withsoap and water.RIf DEF comes into contact with your eyes,immediately rinse them thoroughly withclean water. Seek medical assistance with-out delay.RIf DEF has been swallowed, rinse yourmouth out immediately. Drink plenty ofwater. Seek medical assistance withoutdelay.RChange out of clothing contaminated withDEF immediately.

! Only use DEF in accordance withISO 22241. Do not mix any additives withDEF, and do not dilute DEF with water. Thismay destroy the BlueTEC exhaust gas after-treatment system.

! Rinse surfaces that have come into con-tact with DEF immediately with water orremove DEF using a damp cloth and coldwater. If the DEF has already crystallized,use a sponge and coldwater to clean it. DEF

residues crystallize after time and contam-inate the affected surfaces.

! DEF is not a fuel additive and must not beadded to the fuel tank. If DEF is added tothe fuel tank, this can lead to engine dam-age.

! Only screw on the DEF refill bottle hand-tight. It could otherwise be damaged.

The DEF filler neck is under the trunk floor.X Switch the ignition off.X Open the trunk.X Lift up the trunk floor (Y page 248).

X Turn DEF cap: counter-clockwise andremove it.

X Turn DEF filler cap; counter-clockwiseand open it.Filler cap; is secured with a plastic strip.

150 RefuelingDrivingandparking

Page 153: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

X Unscrew the protective cap from DEF refillbottle=.

X Set DEF refill bottle= as shown on thefiller neck and screw it clockwise until it ishand-tight.

X Press DEF refill bottle= downwards.The DEF tank is filled. This may take up toone minute.i To top up between service intervals, fillthe DEF tank with approximately 1 gal(3.8 l) of DEF. 1 gal (3.8 l) DEF is equivalentto approximately 2 DEF refill bottles. Thenhave the DEF supply checked at a qualifiedspecialist workshop and completely refilledif necessary.

X Release DEF refill bottle=.When DEF refill bottle= is no longerpressed down, filling stops. DEF refill bottle= can be removed when it has been onlypartially emptied.

X Turn DEF refill bottle= counter-clockwiseand remove it.

X Install DEF filler cap; on the filler neckand turn it clockwise.

X Replace DEF cover: as shown and turn itclockwise as far as it will go.

X Fold the trunk floor down.X Close the trunk lid.X Drive faster than 10 mph (16 km/h).The Check Additive See Operator'sManual message goes out after approx-imately one minute.i If the Check Additive See Opera‐tor's Manual message continues to beshown in the multifunction display, add anadditional bottle of DEF.

For further information on DEF, see(Y page 341).

Parking

Important safety notes

G WARNINGFlammable material such as leaves, grass ortwigsmay ignite if they come into contactwithhot parts of the exhaust system or exhaustgas flow. There is a risk of fire.Park the vehicle so that no flammable mate-rials come into contact with parts of the vehi-cle which are hot. Take particular care not topark on dry grassland or harvested grainfields.

G WARNINGIf you switch off the ignition while driving,safety-relevant functions are only availablewith limitations, or not at all. This could affect,for example, the power steering and the brakeboosting effect. You will require considerablymore effort to steer and brake. There is a riskof an accident.Do not switch off the ignition while driving.

Parking 151

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 154: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

G WARNINGIf you leave children unsupervised in the vehi-cle, they could set it inmotion by, for example:Rrelease the parking brake.Rshift the automatic transmission out of theparking position P.Rstart the engine.In addition, they may operate vehicle equip-ment and become trapped. There is a risk ofan accident and injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

! Always secure the vehicle correctlyagainst rolling away. Otherwise, the vehicleor its drivetrain could be damaged.

To ensure that the vehicle is secured againstrolling away unintentionally:Rthe parking brake must be applied.Rthe transmission must be in position P andthe SmartKey must be removed from theignition lock.Rthe front wheels must be turned towardsthe curb on steep uphill or downhill gradi-ents.

Switching off the engine

Important safety notes

G WARNINGThe automatic transmission switches to neu-tral positionNwhen you switch off the engine.The vehicle may roll away. There is a risk of anaccident.After switching off the engine, always switchto parking positionP. Prevent the parked vehi-cle from rolling away by applying the parkingbrake.

Information in the Digital Operator'sManualA description of how to switch off the enginecan be found in theDigital Operator'sManual.

Parking brake

G WARNINGIf you must brake the vehicle with the parkingbrake, the braking distance is considerablylonger and the wheels could lock. There is anincreased danger of skidding and accidents.Only use the parking brake to brake the vehi-cle when the service brake is faulty. Do notapply the parking brake too firmly. If thewheels lock, release the parking brake untilthe wheels begin turning again.

G WARNINGIf you leave children unsupervised in the vehi-cle, they could set it inmotion by, for example:Rrelease the parking brake.Rshift the automatic transmission out of theparking position P.Rstart the engine.In addition, they may operate vehicle equip-ment and become trapped. There is a risk ofan accident and injury.When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKeywith you and lock the vehicle. Neverleave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

If you brake the vehicle with the parkingbrake, the brake lamps will not light up.

152 ParkingDrivingandparking

Page 155: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

X To apply: depress parking brake; firmly.When the engine is running, the$ (USAonly) orJ (Canada only) indicator lamplights up in the instrument cluster.

X To release: depress the brake pedal andkeep it depressed.

X Pull release handle:.When the ignition is switched on or theengine is running, the$ (USA only) orJ (Canada only) indicator lampgoes outin the instrument cluster.

Parking the vehicle for a long periodYou can find information about this in theDigital Operator's Manual.

Driving tips

General notes

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf you switch off the ignition while driving,safety-relevant functions are only availablewith limitations, or not at all. This could affect,for example, the power steering and the brakeboosting effect. You will require considerablymore effort to steer and brake. There is a riskof an accident.Do not switch off the ignition while driving.

G WARNINGIf you operate mobile communication equip-ment while driving, you will be distracted fromtraffic conditions. You could also lose controlof the vehicle. There is a risk of an accident.Only operate this equipment when the vehicleis stationary.

Observe the legal requirements for the coun-try in which you are driving. Some jurisdic-tions prohibit the driver from using a mobilephone while driving a vehicle.

If you make a call while driving, always usehands-freemode. Only operate the telephonewhen the traffic situation permits. If you areunsure, pull over to a safe location and stopbefore operating the telephone.Bear in mind that at a speed of only 30 mph(approximately 50 km/h), the vehicle coversa distance of 44 ft (approximately 14 m) persecond.

Drive sensibly – save fuelObserve the following tips to save fuel:X The tires should always be inflated to therecommended tire pressure.

X Remove unnecessary loads.X Remove roof racks when they are not nee-ded.

X Warm up the engine at low engine speeds.X Avoid frequent acceleration or braking.X Have all maintenance work carried out asindicated by the service intervals in theMaintenance Booklet or by the serviceinterval display.

Fuel consumption also increases when driv-ing in cold weather, in stop-start traffic and inhilly terrain.

Drinking and driving

G WARNINGDrinking and driving and/or taking drugs anddriving are very dangerous combinations.Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs canaffect your reflexes, perceptions and judg-ment.The possibility of a serious or even fatal acci-dent is greatly increased when you drink ortake drugs and drive.Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allowanyone to drive who has been drinking or tak-ing drugs.

Driving tips 153

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 156: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Emission control

G WARNINGCombustion engines emit poisonous exhaustgases such as carbon monoxide. Inhalingthese exhaust gases leads to poisoning. Thereis a risk of fatal injury. Therefore never leavethe engine running in enclosed spaces with-out sufficient ventilation.

Certain engine systems are designed to keepthe level of poisonous components in exhaustfumes within legal limits.These systems only work at peak efficiency ifthey are serviced exactly in accordance withthe manufacturer's specifications. For thisreason, only have work on the engine carriedout by qualified and authorized Mercedes-Benz technicians.The engine settings must not be changedunder any circumstances. Furthermore, allspecific service work must be carried out atregular intervals and in accordance with theMercedes-Benz service requirements. Detailscan be found in the Maintenance Booklet.

ECO displayYou can find information about this in theDigital Operator's Manual.

Braking

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf you shift down on a slippery road surface inan attempt to increase the engine's brakingeffect, the drive wheels could lose their grip.There is an increased danger of skidding andaccidents.Do not shift down for additional engine brak-ing on a slippery road surface.

Downhill gradientsYou can find information about this in theDigital Operator's Manual.

Heavy and light loads

G WARNINGIf you rest your foot on the brake pedal whiledriving, the braking system can overheat. Thisincreases the stopping distance and can evencause the braking system to fail. There is arisk of an accident.Never use the brake pedal as a footrest. Neverdepress the brake pedal and the acceleratorpedal at the same time.

Further information can be found in the Digi-tal Operator's Manual.

Wet roadsYou can find information about this in theDigital Operator's Manual.

Limited braking performance on salt-treated roadsYou can find information about this in theDigital Operator's Manual.

Servicing the brakesYou can find information about this in theDigital Operator's Manual.

AMG high-performance and ceramicbrakesYou can find information about this in theDigital Operator's Manual.

154 Driving tipsDrivingandparking

Page 157: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Driving on wet roads

Information in the Digital Operator'sManualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RHydroplaningRDriving on flooded roads

Winter driving

G WARNINGIf you shift down on a slippery road surface inan attempt to increase the engine's brakingeffect, the drive wheels could lose their grip.There is an increased danger of skidding andaccidents.Do not shift down for additional engine brak-ing on a slippery road surface.

G DANGERIf the exhaust pipe is blocked or adequateventilation is not possible, poisonous gasessuch as carbon monoxide (CO) may enter thevehicle. This is the case, e.g. if the vehiclebecomes trapped in snow. There is a risk offatal injury.If you leave the engine or the auxiliary heatingrunning, make sure the exhaust pipe and areaaround the vehicle are clear of snow. Toensure an adequate supply of fresh air, open awindow on the side of the vehicle that is notfacing into the wind.

Further information can be found in the Digi-tal Operator's Manual.

Driving systems

Mercedes-Benz Intelligent DriveMercedes-Benz Intelligent Drive stands forinnovative driver assistance and safety sys-tems which enhance comfort and support thedriver in critical situations. With these intelli-gent co-ordinated systems Mercedes-Benz

has set a milestone on the path towardsautonomous driving.Mercedes-Benz Intelligent Drive embraces allelements of active and passive safety in onewell thought out system – for the safety of thevehicle occupants and that of other roadusers.Further information on driving safety systems(Y page 75).

Cruise Control

General notesCruise control maintains a constant roadspeed for you. It brakes automatically in orderto avoid exceeding the set speed. On long andsteep downhill gradients, especially if thevehicle is laden, youmust shift to a lower gearin time. By doing so, you will make use of thebraking effect of the engine. This relieves theload on the brake system and prevents thebrakes from overheating and wearing tooquickly.Use cruise control only if road and traffic con-ditions make it appropriate to maintain asteady speed for a prolonged period. You canstore any road speed above 20 mph(30 km/h).

Important safety notesIf you fail to adapt your driving style, cruisecontrol can neither reduce the risk of an acci-dent nor override the laws of physics. Cruisecontrol cannot take into account the road,traffic and weather conditions. Cruise controlis only an aid. You are responsible for the dis-tance to the vehicle in front, for vehicle speed,for braking in good time and for staying inyour lane.

Driving systems 155

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 158: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Do not use cruise control:Rin road and traffic conditions which do notallow you to maintain a constant speed e.g.in heavy traffic or on winding roadsRon slippery road surfaces. Braking or accel-erating could cause the drivewheels to losetraction and the vehicle could then skidRwhen there is poor visibility, e.g. due to fog,heavy rain or snow

If there is a change of drivers, advise the newdriver of the speed stored.

G WARNINGIf you call up the stored speed and it differsfrom the current speed, the vehicle acceler-ates or decelerates. If you do not know thestored speed, the vehicle could accelerate orbrake unexpectedly. There is a risk of an acci-dent.Pay attention to the road and traffic condi-tions before calling up the stored speed. If youdo not know the stored speed, store thedesired speed again.

Cruise control lever

: To activate or increase speed; To activate or reduce speed= To deactivate cruise control? To activate at the current speed/last

stored speedWhen you activate cruise control, the storedspeed is shown in the multifunction displayfor five seconds.

Information in the Digital Operator'sManualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RActivation conditionsRStoring, maintaining and calling up a speedRSetting a speedRDeactivating cruise control

DISTRONIC PLUS

General notesDISTRONIC PLUS regulates the speed andautomatically helps you maintain the dis-tance to the vehicle detected in front. Vehi-cles are detected with the aid of the radarsensor system. DISTRONIC PLUS brakesautomatically so that the set speed is notexceeded.Change into a lower gear in good time on longand steep downhill gradients. This is espe-cially important if the vehicle is laden. Bydoing so, you will make use of the brakingeffect of the engine. This relieves the load onthe brake system and prevents the brakesfrom overheating and wearing too quickly.If DISTRONIC PLUS detects that there is a riskof a collision, you will be warned visually andacoustically. DISTRONIC PLUS cannot pre-vent a collision without your intervention. Anintermittent warning tone will then sound andthe distance warning lamp will light up in theinstrument cluster. Brake immediately inorder to increase the distance to the vehiclein front or take evasive action provided it issafe to do so.For DISTRONIC PLUS to assist you when driv-ing, the radar sensor system must beswitched on and operational; see "Radar sen-sor system" in the index.DISTRONIC PLUS operates in range between0 mph (0 km/h) and 120 mph (200 km/h).Do not use DISTRONIC PLUS while driving onroads with steep gradients.

156 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Page 159: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

AsDISTRONIC PLUS transmits radar waves, itcan resemble the radar detectors of theresponsible authorities. You can refer to therelevant chapter in the Operator's Manual ifquestions are asked about this.

i USA only: This device has been approvedby the FCC as a "Vehicular Radar System".The radar sensor is intended for use in anautomotive radar system only. Removal,tampering, or altering of the devicewill voidany warranties, and is not permitted by theFCC. Do not tamper with, alter, or use inany non-approved way.Any unauthorized modification to thisdevice could void the user's authority tooperate the equipment.

i Canada only: This device complies withRSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation issubject to the following two conditions:1. This device may not cause harmful inter-ference, and2. This devicemust accept any interferencereceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.Removal, tampering, or altering of thedevice will void any warranties, and is notpermitted. Do not tamper with, alter, or usein any non-approved way.Any unauthorized modification to thisdevice could void the user's authority tooperate the equipment.

Important safety notes

G WARNINGHybrid vehicles: be sure to read the "HYBRID"supplement. Otherwise, you could fail to rec-ognize dangers.

G WARNINGDISTRONIC PLUS does not react to:Rpeople or animalsRstationary obstacles on the road, e.g. stop-ped or parked vehiclesRoncoming and crossing traffic

As a result, DISTRONIC PLUSmay neither givewarnings nor intervene in such situations.There is a risk of an accident.Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit-uation and be ready to brake.

G WARNINGDISTRONIC PLUS cannot always clearly iden-tify other road users and complex traffic sit-uations.In such cases, DISTRONIC PLUS may:Rgive an unnecessary warning and thenbrake the vehicleRneither give a warning nor interveneRaccelerate or brake unexpectedlyThere is a risk of an accident.Continue to drive carefully and be ready tobrake, in particular when warned to do so byDISTRONIC PLUS.

G WARNINGDISTRONIC PLUS brakes your vehicle with upto 50% of themaximumpossible deceleration.If this braking force is insufficient, DISTRONICPLUS warns you visually and audibly. There isa risk of an accident.In such cases, apply the brakes yourself andtry to take evasive action.

! If DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD functionis activated, the vehicle brakes automati-cally in certain situations.To prevent damage to the vehicle, deacti-vate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD func-tion in the following or other similar situa-tions:Rwhen towing the vehicleRin the car wash

If you fail to adapt your driving style,DISTRONIC PLUS can neither reduce the riskof accident nor override the laws of physics.DISTRONIC PLUS cannot take into accountthe road, traffic and weather conditions.DISTRONIC PLUS is only an aid. You areresponsible for the distance to the vehicle in

Driving systems 157

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 160: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

front, for vehicle speed, for braking in goodtime and for staying in your lane.Do not use DISTRONIC PLUS:Rin road and traffic conditions which do notallow you tomaintain a constant speed, e.g.in heavy traffic or on winding roadsRon slippery road surfaces. Braking or accel-erating could cause the drivewheels to losetraction and the vehicle could then skidRwhen there is poor visibility, e.g. due to fog,heavy rain or snow

DISTRONIC PLUS may not detect narrowvehicles driving in front, e.g. motorcycles, orvehicles driving on a different line.In particular, the detection of obstacles canbe impaired if:Rthere is dirt on the sensors or anything elsecovering the sensorsRthere is snow or heavy rainRthere is interference by other radar sourcesRthere are strong radar reflections, forexample, in parking garages

If DISTRONIC PLUS no longer detects a vehi-cle in front, DISTRONIC PLUS may unexpect-edly accelerate the vehicle to the storedspeed.This speed may:Rbe too high if you are driving in a filter laneor an exit laneRbe so high in the right lane that you passvehicles driving on the left (left-hand drivecountries)Rbe so high in the left lane that you passvehicles driving on the right (right-handdrive countries)

If there is a change of drivers, advise the newdriver of the speed stored.

Cruise control lever

: To store the current speed or a higherspeed

; To store the current speed or a lowerspeed

= To deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS? To store the current speed or call up the

last stored speedA To set the specified minimum distance

Activating DISTRONIC PLUS

Activation conditionsIn order to activate DISTRONIC PLUS, the fol-lowing conditions must be fulfilled:Rthe engine must be started. It may take upto two minutes after pulling away beforeDISTRONIC PLUS is operational.Rthe parking brake must be released.RESP® must be active, but not intervening.RActive Parking Assist must not be activa-ted.Rthe transmission must be in position D.Rthe driver's door must be closed when youshift from P to D or your seat belt must befastened.Rthe front-passenger door and rear doorsmust be closed.Rthe vehicle must not skid.

158 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Page 161: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Activating

X Briefly pull the cruise control lever towardsyou; or press it up: or down=.DISTRONIC PLUS is selected.

X Press the cruise control lever repeatedlyup: or down= until the desired speed isset.

X Remove your foot from the acceleratorpedal.Your vehicle adapts its speed to that of thevehicle in front, but only up to the desiredstored speed.

If the vehicle in front of you is stationary, youcan only activate DISTRONIC PLUS once yourvehicle is stationary as well.

i If you do not fully release the acceleratorpedal, the DISTRONIC PLUS Overridemessage appears in the multifunction dis-play. The set distance to a slower-movingvehicle in front will then not be maintained.You will be driving at the speed you deter-mine by the position of the acceleratorpedal.

You can also activate DISTRONIC PLUS whenstationary. The lowest speed that can be set is18 mph (30 km/h).X Briefly pull the cruise control lever towardsyou= up: or down?.DISTRONIC PLUS is selected.

Activating at the current speed/laststored speedG WARNINGIf you call up the stored speed and it differsfrom the current speed, the vehicle acceler-ates or decelerates. If you do not know thestored speed, the vehicle could accelerate orbrake unexpectedly. There is a risk of an acci-dent.Pay attention to the road and traffic condi-tions before calling up the stored speed. If youdo not know the stored speed, store thedesired speed again.

X Briefly pull the cruise control lever towardsyou?.

X Remove your foot from the acceleratorpedal.DISTRONIC PLUS is activated. The firsttime it is activated, the current speed isstored. Otherwise, it sets the vehicle cruisespeed to the previously stored value.

Driving with DISTRONIC PLUS

Pulling away and drivingX If you want to pull away withDISTRONIC PLUS: remove your foot fromthe brake pedal.

X Briefly pull the cruise control lever towardsyou=.

orX Accelerate briefly.Your vehicle pulls away and adapts itsspeed to that of the vehicle in front.If no vehicle is detected in front, your vehi-cle accelerates to the set speed.

i The vehicle can also pull away when it isfacing an unidentified obstacle or is drivingon a different line from another vehicle. Thevehicle then brakes automatically. There isa risk of an accident. Be ready to brake at alltimes.

Driving systems 159

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 162: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

If there is no vehicle in front, DISTRONICPLUS operates in the same way as cruisecontrol.If DISTRONIC PLUS detects that the vehicle infront has slowed down, it brakes your vehicle.In this way, the distance you have selected ismaintained.If DISTRONIC PLUS detects a faster-movingvehicle in front, it increases the driving speed.However, the vehicle is only accelerated up tothe speed you have stored.

Selecting the drive programDISTRONIC PLUS supports a sporty drivingstylewhen you have selected theS orM (AMGvehicles: S, S+ or M) driving program(Y page 144). Acceleration behind the vehiclein front or to the set speed is then noticeablymore dynamic. If you have selected the E or E+ (AMG vehicles:C) driving program, the vehi-cle accelerates more gently. This setting isrecommended in stop-and-start traffic.

Selecting the drive programDISTRONIC PLUS supports a sporty drivingstylewhen you have selected theS orM (AMGvehicles: S, S+ or M) driving program(Y page 144). Acceleration behind the vehiclein front or to the set speed is then noticeablymore dynamic. If you have selected the E or E+ (AMG vehicles:C) driving program, the vehi-cle accelerates more gently. This setting isrecommended in stop-and-start traffic.

Changing lanesIf you change to the passing lane, DISTRONICPLUS supports you when:Ryou are driving faster than 45 mph(70 km/h)RDISTRONIC PLUS is maintaining the dis-tance to a vehicle in frontRyou have switched on the correspondingturn signalRDISTRONIC PLUS does not detect a dangerof collision

If these conditions are fulfilled, your vehicle isaccelerated. Acceleration will be interruptedif changing lanes takes too long or if the dis-tance between your vehicle and the vehicle infront becomes too small.

i When changing lanes, DISTRONIC PLUSmonitors the left lane on left-hand drivevehicles and the right lane on right-handdrive vehicles.

StoppingG WARNINGWhen leaving the vehicle, even if it is brakedonly by DISTRONIC PLUS, it could roll away if:Rthere is a malfunction in the system or inthe voltage supply.RDISTRONIC PLUS has been deactivatedwith the cruise control lever, e.g. by a vehi-cle occupant or from outside the vehicle.Rthe electrical system in the engine com-partment, the battery or the fuses havebeen tampered with.Rthe battery is disconnected.Rthe accelerator pedal has been depressed,e.g. by a vehicle occupant.

There is a risk of an accident.If you wish to exit the vehicle, always turn offDISTRONIC PLUS and secure the vehicleagainst rolling away.

For further information on deactivatingDISTRONIC PLUS (Y page 161).If DISTRONIC PLUS detects that the vehicle infront is stopping, it brakes your vehicle until itis stationary.Once your vehicle is stationary, it remainsstationary and you do not need to depress thebrake.Depending on the specified minimum dis-tance, your vehicle will come to a standstill ata sufficient distance behind the vehicle infront. The specified minimum distance is setusing the control on the cruise control lever.

160 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Page 163: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

When DISTRONIC PLUS is activated, thetransmission is shifted automatically to posi-tion P if:Rthe driver's door is open and the driver'sseat belt is unfastened.Rthe engine is switched off, unless it is auto-matically switched off by the ECO start/stop function.Ra system malfunction occurs.Rthe power supply is not sufficient.

Information in the Digital Operator'sManualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RSetting a speedRSetting the specified minimum distanceRDISTRONIC PLUS displays in the instru-ment cluster

Deactivating DISTRONIC PLUS

There are several ways to deactivateDISTRONIC PLUS:X Briefly press the cruise control lever for-wards:.

orX Brake, unless the vehicle is stationaryWhen you deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS, youwill see the DISTRONIC PLUS Offmessage inthe multifunction display for approximatelyfive seconds.

i The last speed stored remains stored untilyou switch off the engine.

i DISTRONIC PLUS is not deactivated if youdepress the accelerator pedal.

DISTRONIC PLUS is automatically deactiva-ted if:Ryou engage the parking brakeRESP® intervenes or you deactivate ESP®Rthe transmission is in the P, R orN positionRyou pull the cruise control lever towardsyou in order to pull away and the front-passenger door or one of the rear doors isopenRthe vehicle is skiddingRyou activate Active Parking AssistIf DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated, you willhear a warning tone. You will see theDISTRONIC PLUS Off message in the multi-function display for approximately five sec-onds.

Tips for driving with DISTRONIC PLUS

General notesPay particular attention in the following trafficsituations:RCornering, going into and coming out of abendRVehicles traveling on a different lineROther vehicles changing lanesRNarrow vehiclesRObstructions and stationary vehiclesRCrossing vehiclesIn such situations, brake if necessary.DISTRONIC PLUS is then deactivated.

Driving systems 161

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 164: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Cornering, going into and coming out of abend

The ability of DISTRONIC PLUS to detect vehi-cles when cornering is limited. Your vehiclemay brake unexpectedly or late.

Vehicles traveling on a different line

DISTRONIC PLUS may not detect vehiclestraveling on a different line. The distance tothe vehicle in front will be too short.

Other vehicles changing lanes

DISTRONIC PLUS has not detected the vehi-cle cutting in yet. The distance to this vehiclewill be too short.

Narrow vehicles

DISTRONIC PLUS has not yet detected thevehicle in front on the edge of the road,because of its narrow width. The distance tothe vehicle in front will be too short.

Obstructions and stationary vehicles

DISTRONIC PLUS does not brake for obsta-cles or stationary vehicles. If, for example, thedetected vehicle turns a corner and revealsan obstacle or stationary vehicle, DISTRONICPLUS will not brake for these.

162 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Page 165: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Crossing vehicles

DISTRONIC PLUS may mistakenly detectvehicles that are crossing your lane. Activat-ing DISTRONIC PLUS at traffic lights withcrossing traffic, for example, could causeyour vehicle to pull away unintentionally.

DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assistand Stop&Go Pilot

General notes

DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist andStop&Go Pilot aids you in keeping the vehiclein the center of the driving lane by means ofmoderate steering interventions in the speedrange from 0 - 125 mph (0 - 200 km/h).It monitors the area in front of your vehicle bymeans of multifunction camera:, at the topof the windshield.At speeds of 0 - 37 mph (0 - 60 km/h),Stop&Go Pilot focuses on the vehicle in front,taking into account lane markings, e.g. whenfollowing vehicles in a traffic jam.At speeds of more than 37 mph (60 km/h)Steering Assist focuses on detected lane

markings (left and right), and only on the vehi-cle in front if lane markings are missing.If these conditions are not present, SteeringAssist and Stop&Go Pilot cannot provideassistance.DISTRONIC PLUS must be active in order forthe function to be available.

Important safety notesIf you fail to adapt your driving style,DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist andStop&Go Pilot can neither reduce the risk ofan accident nor override the laws of physics.It cannot take account of road, weather andtraffic conditions. DISTRONIC PLUS withSteering Assist and Stop&Go Pilot is only anaid. You are responsible for the distance tothe vehicle in front, for vehicle speed, forbraking in good time and for staying in yourlane.DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist andStop&Go Pilot does not detect road and traf-fic conditions. If you are following a vehiclewhich is driving towards the edge of the road,your vehicle could come into contact with thecurb or other road boundaries. Be particularlyaware of other road users, e.g. cyclists, thatare directly next to your vehicle.Obstacles such as building site huts on thelane or projecting out into the lane are notdetected.An inappropriate steering intervention, e.g.after intentionally driving over a lanemarking,can be corrected at any time if you steerslightly in the opposite direction.DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist andStop&Go Pilot cannot continuously keep yourvehicle in lane. In some cases, the steeringintervention is not sufficient to bring the vehi-cle back to the lane. In such cases, you muststeer the vehicle yourself to ensure that itdoes not leave the lane.

Driving systems 163

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 166: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

The support provided by the system can beimpaired if:Rthere is poor visibility, e.g. due to insuffi-cient illumination of the road, or due tosnow, rain, fog or sprayRthere is glare, e.g. from oncoming traffic,the sun or reflections (e.g. when the roadsurface is wet)Rthe windshield is dirty, fogged up, damagedor covered, for instance by a sticker, in thevicinity of the cameraRno, or several, unclear lane markings arepresent for one lane, e.g. in a constructionareaRthe lane markings are worn away, dark orcovered up, e.g. by dirt or snowRthe distance to the vehicle in front is toosmall and the lanemarkings thus cannot bedetectedRthe lane markings change quickly, e.g.lanes branch off, cross one another ormergeRthe road is narrow and windingRthere are strong shadows cast on the roadThe system is switched to passive and no lon-ger assists you by performing steering inter-ventions if:Ryou actively change lanesRyou switch on the turn signalRtake your hands off the steeringwheel or donot steer for a prolonged period of time

i After you have finished changing lanes,Steering Assist and Stop&Go Pilot are auto-matically active again.

DISTRONIC PLUS Steering Assist does notprovide assistance:Ron very sharp cornersRwhen a loss of tire pressure or a defectivetire has been detected and displayed.

Pay attention also to the important safetynotes for DISTRONIC PLUS (Y page 157).The steering interventions are carried outwith a limited steering moment. The system

requires the driver to keep his hands on thesteering wheel and to steer himself.If you do not steer yourself or if you take yourhands off the steering wheel for a prolongedperiod of time, the system will first alert youwith a visual warning. A steering wheel sym-bol appears in themultifunction display. If youhave still not started to steer and have nottaken hold of the steering wheel after fiveseconds at the latest, a warning tone alsosounds to remind you to take control of thevehicle. SteeringAssist andStop&GoPilot areswitched to passive. DISTRONIC PLUSremains active.

Activating Steering Assist and Stop&GoPilotX Activate the DISTRONIC PLUS with Steer-ing Assist and Stop&Go Pilot function usingthe on-board computer (Y page 190).The DTR+: Steering Assistant Onmes-sage appears in the multifunction display.Steering Assist and Stop&Go Pilot areactive.

Information in the multifunction display

If Steering Assist and Stop&Go Pilot are acti-vated but not ready for a steering interven-tion, steering wheel symbol: appears ingray. If the system provides you with supportby means of steering interventions, sym-bol: is shown in green.

Deactivating Steering Assist and Stop&GoPilotX Deactivate the DISTRONIC PLUS withSteering Assist and Stop&Go Pilot functionusing the on-board computer(Y page 190).The DTR+: Steering Assistant Offmessage appears in the multifunction dis-

164 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Page 167: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

play. Steering Assist and Stop&Go Pilot aredeactivated.

When DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated or notavailable, Steering Assist and Stop&Go Pilotare deactivated automatically.

HOLD function

General notesThe HOLD function can assist the driver in thefollowing situations:Rwhen pulling away, especially on steepslopesRwhen maneuvering on steep slopesRwhen waiting in trafficThe vehicle is kept stationary without thedriver having to depress the brake pedal.The braking effect is canceled and the HOLDfunction deactivated when you depress theaccelerator pedal to pull away.

Important safety notes

G WARNINGWhen leaving the vehicle, it can still roll awaydespite being braked by the HOLD function if:Rthere is a malfunction in the system or inthe voltage supply.Rthe HOLD function has been deactivated bypressing the accelerator pedal or the brakepedal, e.g. by a vehicle occupant.Rthe electrical system in the engine com-partment, the battery or the fuses havebeen tampered with.Rthe battery is disconnectedThere is a risk of an accident.If you wish to exit the vehicle, always turn offthe HOLD function and secure the vehicleagainst rolling away.

! If DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD functionis activated, the vehicle brakes automati-cally in certain situations.

To prevent damage to the vehicle, deacti-vate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD func-tion in the following or other similar situa-tions:Rwhen towing the vehicleRin the car wash

Activation conditionsYou can activate the HOLD function if:Rthe vehicle is stationaryRthe engine is running or if it has been auto-matically switched off by the ECO start/stop functionRthe driver's door is closed or your seat beltis fastenedRthe parking brake is releasedRthe transmission is in position D, R or NRDISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated

Activating the HOLD function

X Make sure that the activation conditionsare met.

X Depress the brake pedal.X Quickly depress the brake pedal furtheruntilë: appears in the multifunctiondisplay.The HOLD function is activated. You canrelease the brake pedal.

i If depressing the brake pedal the firsttime does not activate the HOLD function,wait briefly and then try again.

Driving systems 165

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 168: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Deactivating the HOLD functionThe HOLD function is deactivated automati-cally if:Ryou accelerate and the transmission is inposition D or R.Ryou shift the transmission to position P.Ryou depress the brake pedal again with acertain amount of pressure untilë dis-appears from the multifunction display.Ryou activate DISTRONIC PLUS.When the HOLD function is activated, thetransmission is shifted automatically to posi-tion P if:Rthe driver's door is open and the driver'sseat belt is unfastened.Rthe engine is switched off, unless it is auto-matically switched off by the ECO start/stop function.Ra system malfunction occurs.Rthe power supply is not sufficient.

RACE START

Important safety notes

i Observe the safety notes for the SPORThandling mode (Y page 82).

RACE START is intended solely for activationon dedicated race circuits.RACE START enables optimal accelerationfrom a standing start. The precondition forthis is a suitable high-grip road surface.

i RACE START is only available in AMG vehi-cles.

Information in the Digital Operator'sManualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RConditions for activationRActivating RACE START

AIRMATIC

Vehicle level

Important safety notesG WARNINGWhen the vehicle is being lowered, peoplecould become trapped if their limbs arebetween the vehicle body and the wheels orunderneath the vehicle. There is a risk ofinjury.Make sure no one is underneath the vehicle orin the immediate vicinity of the wheel archeswhen the vehicle is being lowered.

G WARNINGVehicles with level control:The vehicle is slightly lowered if:Ryou have selected comfort suspension tun-ing andRyou lock the vehicle within approximately60 seconds of switching off the engine

You and people in the vicinity of the wheelarch or the underbodymay thus become trap-ped. There is a risk of injury.Make sure that nobody is in the vicinity of thewheel arch or the underbody when you lockthe vehicle.

! The vehicle is lowered by about 15 mm if:Ryou have selected "Comfort tuning"Ryou switch off the engine and thenRyou lock the vehiclewithin approximately60 seconds

When parking, position your vehicle so thatit does not make contact with the curb asthe vehicle is lowered. Your vehicle couldotherwise be damaged.

If you unlock the vehicle within 60 seconds ofhaving switched the engine off, the vehicle islowered slightly when Comfort suspensionmode is selected.Your vehicle regulates its height automati-cally. All-round level control ensures the bestpossible suspension and constant ground

166 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Page 169: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

clearance, even with a laden vehicle. Furthergeneral information on the vehicle level canbe found in the Digital Operator's Manual.

Setting the vehicle levelSelect the "Normal" setting for normal roadsurfaces and "Raised" for driving with snowchains or on particularly poor road surfaces.Your selection remains stored even if youremove the SmartKey from the ignition lock.

Setting raised level

X Start the engine.

If indicator lamp: is not lit:X Press the; button.Indicator lamp: lights up. The vehicleheight is adjusted to raised level.The Vehicle Rising message appears inthe display.

The "Raised level" setting is canceled if you:Rdrive at a speed over approximately 75mph(120 km/h)Rdrive for approximately three minutes at aspeed over 50 mph (80 km/h).

The "Raised level" remains active when youare not driving within these speed ranges.

Setting the normal levelX Start the engine.

If indicator lamp: is lit:X Press button;.Indicator lamp: goes out. The vehicle isadjusted to normal level.

Suspension tuning

General notesYou can find information about this in theDigital Operator's Manual.

AMG adaptive sport suspension sys-tem

Information in the Digital Operator'sManualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RVehicle levelRRear axle level controlRSuspension tuning

Important safety notes

G WARNINGWhen the vehicle is being lowered, peoplecould become trapped if their limbs arebetween the vehicle body and the wheels orunderneath the vehicle. There is a risk ofinjury.Make sure no one is underneath the vehicle orin the immediate vicinity of the wheel archeswhen the vehicle is being lowered.

G WARNINGVehicles with level control:The vehicle is slightly lowered if:Ryou have selected comfort suspension tun-ing andRyou lock the vehicle within approximately60 seconds of switching off the engine

You and people in the vicinity of the wheelarch or the underbody may thus become trap-ped. There is a risk of injury.Make sure that nobody is in the vicinity of thewheel arch or the underbody when you lockthe vehicle.

Driving systems 167

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 170: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

! The vehicle is lowered by about 0.8 in(20 mm) if:Ryou have selected "Comfortable tuning"Ryou switch off the engine and thenRyou lock the vehiclewithin approximately60 seconds

When parking, position your vehicle so thatit does not make contact with the curb asthe vehicle is lowered. Your vehicle couldotherwise be damaged.

Vehicle level

Important safety notesG WARNINGWhen the vehicle is being lowered, peoplecould become trapped if their limbs arebetween the vehicle body and the wheels orunderneath the vehicle. There is a risk ofinjury.Make sure no one is underneath the vehicle orin the immediate vicinity of the wheel archeswhen the vehicle is being lowered.

The vehicle may be lowered if you press thesuspension setting selector button or theAMG button. The vehicle also lowers if it isstationary.

! If Sport or Sport + suspension tuning hasbeen selected, the vehicle's ground clear-ance decreases. Make sure that no objectsbecome trapped or that the vehicle doesnot become damaged, for example, on thecurb.

i The vehicle levelmay change visibly at therear axle if you park the vehicle and theoutside temperature changes. If the tem-perature drops, the vehicle level lowers;with an increase in temperature, the vehi-cle level rises.

4MATIC (permanent four-wheel drive)If you fail to adapt your driving style, 4MATICcan neither reduce the risk of accident nor

override the laws of physics. 4MATIC cannottake account of road, weather and traffic con-ditions. 4MATIC is only an aid. You areresponsible for the distance to the vehicle infront, for vehicle speed, for braking in goodtime and for staying in your lane.If a drive wheel spins due to insufficient grip:ROnly depress the accelerator pedal as far asnecessary when pulling away.RAccelerate less when driving.

! Never tow the vehicle with one axleraised. This may damage the transfer case.Damage of this sort is not covered by theMercedes-Benz Limited Warranty. Allwheelsmust remain either on the ground orbe fully raised. Observe the instructions fortowing the vehicle with all wheels in fullcontact with the ground.

i In wintry driving conditions, themaximumeffect of 4MATIC can only be achieved ifyou use winter tires (M+S tires), with snowchains if necessary.

4MATIC ensures that all four wheels are per-manently driven. Together with ESP®, itimproves the traction of your vehicle when-ever a drive wheel spins due to insufficientgrip.

PARKTRONIC

Important safety notesPARKTRONIC is an electronic parking aid withultrasonic sensors. It monitors the areaaround your vehicle using six sensors in thefront bumper and six sensors in the rearbumper. PARKTRONIC indicates visually andaudibly the distance between your vehicleand an object.PARKTRONIC is only an aid. It is not a replace-ment for your attention to your immediatesurroundings. You are always responsible forsafe maneuvering, parking and exiting a park-ing space. When maneuvering, parking orpulling out of a parking space, make sure that

168 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Page 171: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

there are no persons, animals or objects inthe area in which you are maneuvering.

! When parking, pay particular attention toobjects above or below the sensors, suchas flower pots or trailer drawbars.PARKTRONIC does not detect such objectswhen they are in the immediate vicinity ofthe vehicle. You could damage the vehicleor the objects.The sensorsmay not detect snow and otherobjects that absorb ultrasonic waves.Ultrasonic sources such as an automaticcar wash, the compressed-air brakes on atruck or a pneumatic drill could causePARKTRONIC to malfunction.PARKTRONICmay not function correctly onuneven terrain.

PARKTRONIC is activated automatically whenyou:Rswitch on the ignitionRshift the transmission to position D, R or NRrelease the parking brakePARKTRONIC is deactivated at speeds above11 mph (18 km/h). It is reactivated at lowerspeeds.

Range of the sensors

General notesPARKTRONIC does not take objects into con-sideration that are:Rbelow the detection range, e.g. people, ani-mals or objects.Rabove the detection range, e.g. overhang-ing loads, truck overhangs or loadingramps.

: Sensors in the front bumper, left-handside (example)

The sensors must be free from dirt, ice orslush. They can otherwise not function cor-rectly. Clean the sensors regularly, takingcare not to scratch or damage them(Y page 268).

Range

Example: top view

Driving systems 169

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 172: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Front sensors

Center Approx. 40 in (approx.100 cm)

Corners Approx. 24 in (approx.60 cm)

Rear sensors

Center Approx. 48 in (approx.120 cm)

Corners Approx. 32 in (approx.80 cm)

Minimum distance

Center Approx. 8 in (approx.20 cm)

Corners Approx. 6 in (approx.15 cm)

If there is an obstacle within this range, therelevant warning displays light up and a warn-ing tone sounds. If the distance falls belowthe minimum, the distance may no longer beshown.

Information in the Digital Operator'sManualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RWarning displaysRDeactivating/activating PARKTRONICRProblems with PARKTRONIC

Active Parking Assist

General notesActive Parking Assist is an electronic parkingaid with ultrasound. It measures the road onboth sides of the vehicle. A parking symbolindicates a suitable parking space. Activesteering intervention and brake application

can assist you during parking. You may alsouse PARKTRONIC (Y page 168).

i The active braking application is onlyavailable on vehicles with automatic trans-mission.

Important safety notesActive Parking Assist is merely an aid. It is nota replacement for your attention to yourimmediate surroundings. You are alwaysresponsible for safe maneuvering, parkingand exiting a parking space. Make sure thatno persons, animals or objects are in themaneuvering range.When PARKTRONIC is switched off, ActiveParking Assist is also unavailable.

G WARNINGIf there are objects above the detection range:RActive Park Assist may steer too earlyRthe vehicle may not stop in front of theseobjects.

You may cause a collision as a result. There isa risk of an accident.If there are objects above the detection range,stop and deactivate Active Parking Assist.

G WARNINGWhile parking or pulling out of a parkingspace, the vehicle swings out and can driveonto areas of the oncoming lane. This couldresult in a collision with another road user.There is a risk of an accident.Pay attention to other road users. Stop thevehicle if necessary or cancel the Active Park-ing Assist parking procedure.

! If unavoidable, you should drive overobstacles such as curbs slowly and not at asharp angle. Otherwise, you may damagethe wheels or tires.

170 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Page 173: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Active Parking Assist may possibly indicateparking spaces which are not suitable forparking, for example:Rwhere parking or stopping is prohibitedRin front of driveways or entrances and exitsRon unsuitable surfacesParking tips:ROn narrow roads, drive as close to the park-ing space as possible.RParking spaces that are littered or over-grown might be identified or measuredincorrectly.RParking spaces that are partially occupiedby trailer drawbars might not be identifiedas such or be measured incorrectly.RSnowfall or heavy rainmay lead to a parkingspace being measured inaccurately.RPay attention to the PARKTRONIC(Y page 170) warning messages during theparking procedure.RYou can intervene in the steering procedureto correct it at any time. Active ParkingAssist will then be canceled.RWhen transporting a load which protrudesfrom your vehicle, you should not useActive Parking Assist.RNever use Active Parking Assist when snowchains are installed.RMake sure that the tire pressures arealways correct. This has a direct influenceon the parking characteristics of the vehi-cle.

Use Active Parking Assist for parking spaces:Rparallel or at right angles to the direction oftravelRthat are on straight roads, not bendsRthat are on the same level as the road, e.g.not on the pavement

Information in the Digital Operator'sManualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RDetecting parking spacesRParkingRExiting a parking spaceRCanceling Active Parking Assist

Rear view camera

General notes

Example: Sedan

Rear view camera: is an optical parking andmaneuvering aid. It shows the area behindyour vehicle with guidelines in the Audio 20 orCOMAND display.The area behind the vehicle is displayed as amirror image, as in the rear view mirror.

i The text shown in the Audio 20 orCOMAND display depends on the languagesetting. The following are examples of rearview camera messages in the COMANDdisplay.

Important safety notesThe rear view camera is only an aid. It is not areplacement for your attention to your imme-diate surroundings. You are always responsi-ble for safe maneuvering and parking. Whenmaneuvering or parking,make sure that thereare no persons, animals or objects in the areain which you are maneuvering.

Driving systems 171

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 174: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Under the following circumstances, the rearview camera will not function, or will functionin a limited manner:Rif the trunk lid or tailgate is openRin heavy rain, snow or fogRat night or in very dark placesRif the camera is exposed to very bright lightRif the area is lit by fluorescent bulbs or LEDlighting (the display may flicker)Rif there is a sudden change in temperature,e.g. when driving into a heated garage inwinterRif the camera lens is dirty or obstructed.Observe the notes on cleaning(Y page 268)Rif the rear of your vehicle is damaged. In thisevent, have the camera position and settingchecked at a qualified specialist workshop

The field of vision and other functions of therear view camera may be restricted due toadditional accessories on the rear of the vehi-cle (e.g. license plate holder, bicycle rack).On vehicles with height-adjustable chassis,leaving the standard height can result in inac-curacies in the guide lines, depending ontechnical conditions.

i The rear view camera is protected fromraindrops and dust by means of a flap.When the rear view camera is activated,this flap opens.The flap closes again when:Ryou have finished the maneuvering proc-essRyou switch off the engineRyou open the trunkObserve the notes on cleaning(Y page 268).For technical reasons, the flap may remainopen briefly after the rear view camera hasbeen deactivated.

! Objects not at ground level may appear tobe further away than they actually are, e.g.:Rthe bumper of a parked vehicleRthe drawbar of a trailerRthe ball coupling of a trailer tow hitchRthe rear section of an HGVRa slanted postUse the guidelines only for orientation.Approach objects no further than the bot-tom-most guideline.

The rear view camera may show a distortedview of obstacles, show them incorrectly ornot at all. The rear view camera does not showobjects in the following positions:Rvery close to the rear bumperRunder the rear bumperRin the area immediately above the tailgatehandle

Activating/deactivating the rear viewcameraX To activate:make sure that the SmartKeyis in position 2 in the ignition lock.

X Make sure that the Activation by Rgear function is selected in Audio 20 orCOMAND, see the Digital Operator's Man-ual.

X Engage reverse gear.The rear view camera flap opens. The areabehind the vehicle is shownwith guide linesin the Audio 20 or COMAND display.The image from the rear view camera isavailable throughout the maneuveringprocess.

To deactivate: the rear view camera deacti-vates if you shift the transmission toP or afterdriving forwards a short distance.

172 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Page 175: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Information in the Digital Operator'sManualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RMessages in the Audio 20 or COMAND dis-playR"Reverse parking" functionRWide-angle function

360° camera

General notesThe 360° camera is a system consisting offour cameras.The system analyzes images from the follow-ing cameras:RRear view cameraRFront cameraRTwo cameras in the exterior rear view mir-rors

The cameras capture the immediate sur-roundings of the vehicle. The system sup-ports you, e.g. when parking or if vision isrestricted at an exit.You can show pictures from the 360° camerain full-screen mode or in six different split-screen views on the COMAND/Audio 20 dis-play. A split-screen view also includes a topview of the vehicle. This view is calculatedfrom the data supplied by the installed cam-eras (virtual camera).The six split-screen views are:Rtop view and picture from the rear viewcamera (130° viewing angle)Rtop view and image from the front camera(130° viewing angle without displaying themaximum steering wheel angle)Rtop view and enlarged rear viewRtop view and enlarged front viewRtop view and images from the side mirrorcameras (rear wheel view)Rtop view and images from the side mirrorcameras (front wheel view)

When the function is active and you shift thetransmission from D or R to N, the dynamicguidelines are hidden.When you change between transmissionpositions D and R, you see the previouslyselected front or rear view.Distances measured by PARKTRONIC willalso be optically displayed:Rin split screen view as red or yellow brack-ets around the vehicle icon in the top view,orRat the bottom right as red or yellow brack-ets around the vehicle symbol in full-screenmode

The line thickness and color of the bracketsshow how far the vehicle is from an object.Ryellow brackets with thin lines:PARKTRONIC is activeRyellow brackets with normal lines: anobject is present in close range of the vehi-cleRred line: an object is present in the imme-diate close range of the vehicle

Important safety notesThe 360°camera is only an aid and may showa distorted view of obstacles, show themincorrectly or not at all. The 360°camera isnot a substitute for attentive driving.You are always responsible for safe maneu-vering and parking. When maneuvering orparking, make sure that there are no persons,animals or objects in the area inwhich you aremaneuvering.You are always responsible for safety, andmust always pay attention to your surround-ings when parking and maneuvering. Thisapplies to the areas behind, in front of andbeside the vehicle. You could otherwiseendanger yourself and others.The 360° camera will not function or willfunction in a limited manner:Rif the doors are openRif the exterior mirrors are folded in

Driving systems 173

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 176: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Rif the trunk lid/tailgate is openRin heavy rain, snow or fogRat night or in very dark placesRif the cameras are exposed to very brightlightRif the area is lit by fluorescent bulbs or LEDlighting (the display may flicker)Rif there is a sudden change in temperature,e.g. when driving into a heated garage inwinterRif the camera lenses are dirty or coveredRif the vehicle components in which thecameras are installed are damaged. In thisevent, have the camera position and settingchecked at a qualified specialist workshop.

Do not use the 360° camera in this case. Youcan otherwise injure others or cause damageto objects or the vehicle.Guide lines are always shown at road level.On vehicles with height-adjustable chassis,depending on technical conditions, leavingthe standard height can result in:Rinaccuracies in the guide linesRinaccuracies in the display of generatedimages (top view)

Activation conditionsThe 360° camera image can be displayed if:Ryour vehicle is equipped with a 360° cam-eraRthe SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignitionlockRCOMAND/Audio 20 is switched onRthe 360° Camera function is switched onSwitching on the 360° cameraX Press theØ button in the center con-sole for longer than two seconds.Depending on whether position D or R isengaged, the following is shown:

Ra split screen with top view and theimage from the front camera orRa split screen with top view and theimage from the rear view camera

orX Press theØ button in the center con-sole.The vehicle menu is displayed.

X Select 360° Camera and press7 to con-firm.Depending on whether position D or R isengaged, the following is shown:Ra split screen with top view and theimage from the front camera orRa split screen with top view and theimage from the rear view camera

Activating the 360° camera usingreverse gearThe 360° camera images can be automati-cally displayed by engaging reverse gear.X Make sure that the SmartKey is in position2 in the ignition lock.

X Make sure that the Activation by Rgear function is selected in COMAND/Audio 20 (see the separate COMAND/Audio 20 operating instructions).

X To show the360° camera image: engagereverse gear.The area behind the vehicle is shown in theCOMAND/Audio 20 display in split-screenmode. You see the top view of the vehicleand the image from the rear view camera.

Selecting the split-screen and fullscreen displaysSwitching between split screen viewsX To switch to the line with the vehicle icons:slide5 the controller.

X To select one of the vehicle icons: turn3 the controller.

174 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Page 177: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

X To switch to 180° View: turn3 thecontroller to select 180° View and press7 to confirm.

i The 180° View option is only available inthe following views:RTop view with picture from the rear viewcameraRTop viewwith picture from the front cam-era

Information in the Digital Operator'sManualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RDisplays in the COMAND/Audio 20 displayRWide-angle functionRObject detection

Exiting 360° camera display modeThe 360° camera display is stoppedRwhen you select transmission positionP, orRwhen you are driving at moderate speedsThe previous display appears on theCOMAND/Audio 20 display. You can alsoswitch the display by selecting the& sym-bol in the display and pressing7 the con-troller to confirm.

ATTENTION ASSIST

General notesATTENTION ASSIST helps you during long,monotonous journeys, such as on highways.It is active in the 37 mph (60 km/h) to125 mph (200 km/h) range. If ATTEN-TIONASSIST detects typical indicators of fati-gue or increasing lapses in concentration onthe part of the driver, it suggests taking abreak.

Important safety notesATTENTION ASSIST is only an aid to thedriver. It might not always recognize fatigueor increasing inattentiveness in time or fail torecognize them at all. The system is not asubstitute for a well-rested and attentivedriver.The functionality of ATTENTION ASSIST isrestricted and warnings may be delayed ornot occur at all:Rif the length of the journey is less thanapproximately 30 minutesRif the road condition is poor, e.g. if the sur-face is uneven or if there are potholesRif there is a strong side windRif you have adopted a sporty driving stylewith high cornering speeds or high rates ofaccelerationRif you are predominantly driving at a speedbelow37mph (60 km/h) or above 124mph(200 km/h)Rif you are driving with the DISTRONIC PLUSSteering Assist activatedRif the time has been set incorrectlyRin active driving situations, such as whenyou change lanes or change your speed

ATTENTION ASSIST is reset when you con-tinue your journey and starts assessing yourtiredness again if:Ryou switch off the engineRyou take off your seat belt and open thedriver's door, e.g. for a change of drivers orto take a break

Displaying the attention level

Driving systems 175

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 178: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

You can have current status information dis-played in the assistance menu (Y page 190)of the on-board computer.X Select the Assistance display for ATTEN-TION ASSIST using the on-board computer(Y page 190).

The following information is displayed:Rlength of the journey since the last break.Rthe attention level determined by ATTEN-TION ASSIST, displayed in a bar display infive levels from high to low.Rif ATTENTION ASSIST is unable to calculatethe attention level and cannot output awarning, the System Suspended messageappears. The bar display then changes thedisplay, e.g. if you are driving at a speedbelow37mph (60 km/h) or above 124mph(200 km/h).

Activating ATTENTION ASSISTX Activate ATTENTION ASSIST using the on-board computer (Y page 190).The system determines the attention levelof the driver depending on the settingselected:

Standard selected: the sensitivity withwhich the system determines the attentionlevel is set to normal.Sensitive selected: the sensitivity is sethigher. The attention level detected by Atten-tion Assist is adapted accordingly and thedriver is warned earlier.When ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated, theÀ symbol and OFF appear in the multi-function display in the assistance displaywhen the engine is running.When ATTENTION ASSIST has been deactiva-ted, it is automatically reactivated after theengine has been stopped. The sensitivityselected corresponds to the last selectionactivated (standard/sensitive).

Warning in the multifunction displayIf fatigue or increasing lapses in concentra-tion are detected, a warning appears in themultifunction display: Attention Assist:Take a Break!In addition to the message shown in the mul-tifunction display, you will then hear a warn-ing tone.X If necessary, take a break.X Confirm the message by pressing theabutton on the steering wheel.

On long journeys, take regular breaks in goodtime to allow yourself to rest properly. If youdo not take a break, you will be warned againafter 15 minutes at the earliest. This will onlyhappen if ATTENTION ASSIST still detectstypical indicators of fatigue or increasing lap-ses in concentration.

Traffic Sign Assist

General notesTraffic Sign Assist displays the maximumspeed permitted to the driver in the instru-ment cluster. The data and general traffic reg-ulations stored in the navigation system areused to determine the current speed limit.As Traffic Sign Assist is a map-based system,traffic signs put up temporarily (e.g. nearroadworks) are not detected.If a traffic sign that is relevant to your vehicleis passed, the display of the speed limits isupdated.Traffic signs with a restriction indicated by anadditional sign (e.g. in wet conditions) arealso shown.The traffic signs are only displayed with therestrictions if:Rthe regulation must be observed with therestriction, orRTraffic Sign Assist is unable to determinewhether the restriction applies

If Traffic Sign Assist is unable to determine amaximum permitted speed from any of the

176 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Page 179: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

available sources, no speed limit is displayedin the instrument cluster either.

Traffic Sign Assist is not available in all coun-tries. In this case, symbol: is shown in theassistance graphic display (Y page 190).

Important safety notesTraffic Sign Assist is only an aid and is notalways able to correctly display speed limits.Traffic signs always have priority over theTraffic Sign Assist display.The system may be either functionallyimpaired or temporarily unavailable if theinformation in the digital street map of thenavigation system is incorrect or out of date.

Instrument cluster display

Displaying the assistance graphicX Call up the assistance graphics displayfunction using the on-board computer(Y page 190).

X Select the Traffic Sign Assist display.Detected traffic signs are displayed in theinstrument cluster.

Speed limit with unknown restriction

: Maximum permitted speed; Maximum permitted speed for vehicles

for which the restriction in the additionalsign is relevant

= Additional sign for unknown restriction

A maximum permitted speed of 100 mph(100 km/h) and a speed limit of 80 km/h(80 mph) apply with an unknown restriction.

Speed limits in wet conditions

: Maximum permitted speed; Additional signs for wet conditionsA maximum permitted speed of 80 mph(80 km/h) applies in wet conditions and ifTraffic Sign Assist has determined that therestriction must be observed.

Canceling the speed limit

The speed limit no longer applies:.

i The unit for the speed limit (km/h ormph)depends on the country in which you aredriving. It is generally neither shown on thetraffic sign nor on the instrument clusterbut must be taken into account whenobserving the maximum permitted speed.

Lane Tracking package

General notesThe Lane Tracking package consists of BlindSpot Assist (Y page 178) and Lane KeepingAssist (Y page 179).

Driving systems 177

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 180: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Blind Spot Assist

General notesBlind Spot Assist uses a radar sensor systemto monitor the areas on both sides of yourvehicle. It supports you from a speed ofapproximately 20 mph (30 km/h). A warningdisplay in the exterior mirrors draws yourattention to vehicles detected in the moni-tored area. If you then switch on the corre-sponding turn signal to change lanes, you willalso receive an optical and audible collisionwarning. Blind Spot Assist uses sensors in therear bumper for monitoring purposes.

Important safety notesG WARNINGBlind Spot Assist does not react to:Rvehicles overtaken too closely on the side,placing them in the blind spot areaRvehicles which approach with a large speeddifferential and overtake your vehicle

As a result, Blind Spot Assist may not givewarnings in such situations. There is a risk ofan accident.Always observe the traffic conditions care-fully, and maintain a safe lateral distance.

Blind Spot Assist is only an aid. It may fail todetect some vehicles and is no substitute forattentive driving. Always ensure that there issufficient distance to the side for other roadusers and obstacles.

i USA only:This device has been approved by the FCCas a "Vehicular Radar System". The radarsensor is intended for use in an automotiveradar system only. Removing, tamperingwith, or altering the device will void anywarranties, and is not permitted by theFCC. Do not tamper with, alter, or use inany non-approved way.Any unauthorized modification to thisdevice could void the user’s authority tooperate the equipment.

Monitoring range of the sensorsIn particular, the detection of obstacles canbe impaired if:Rthere is dirt on the sensors or anything elsecovering the sensorsRthere is poor visibility, e.g. due to fog, heavyrain, snow or sprayRthere are narrow vehicles, e.g. motorcyclesor bicyclesRthe road has very wide lanesRthe road has narrow lanesRyou are not driving in the middle of the laneRthere are barriers or similar lane bordersVehicles in the monitoring range are then notindicated.

Example: Sedan

Blind Spot Assistmonitors the area up to 10 ft(3 m) behind your vehicle and directly next toyour vehicle, as shown in the diagram.If the lanes are narrow, vehicles driving in thelane beyond the lane next to your vehicle maybe indicated, especially if the vehicles are notdriving in themiddle of their lane. This may bethe case if there are vehicles driving at theinner edge of their lanes.

178 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Page 181: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Due to the nature of the system:Rwarnings may be issued in error when driv-ing close to crash barriers or similar solidlane borders.Rthe warning is canceled when driving for anextended period next to long vehicles, suchas trucks.

The two radar sensors for Blind Spot Assistare integrated into the sides of the rearbumper. Make sure that the bumper is free ofdirt, ice or slush in the vicinity of the sensors.The sensors must not be covered, for exam-ple by cycle racks or overhanging loads. Fol-lowing a severe impact or in the event of dam-age to the bumpers, have the function of thesensors checked at a qualified specialistworkshop. Blind Spot Assist may otherwisenot work properly.

Indicator and warning display

: Indicator lamp (yellow)Warning lamp (red)

Blind Spot Assist is not active at speeds belowapproximately 20mph (30 km/h). Vehicles inthe monitoring range are then not indicated.When Blind Spot Assist is activated, indicatorlamp: in the exterior mirrors lights up yel-low at speeds of up to 20 mph (30 km/h). Atspeeds above 20 mph (30 km/h), the indica-tor lamp goes out and Blind Spot Assist isoperational.If a vehicle is detected within the blind spotmonitoring range at speeds above 20 mph(30 km/h), warning lamp: on the corre-sponding side lights up red. This warning is

always emitted when a vehicle enters theblind spot monitoring range from behind orfrom the side. When you overtake a vehicle,the warning only occurs if the difference inspeed is less than 7 mph (12 km/h).The yellow indicator lamp goes out if reversegear is engaged. In this event, Blind SpotAssist is no longer active.The brightness of the indicator or warninglamps is adjusted automatically according tothe ambient light.

Information in the Digital Operator's Man-ualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you can findinformation about:RCollision warningRSwitching on Blind Spot Assist

Lane Keeping Assist

General notes

Lane Keeping Assist monitors the area infront of your vehicle with camera:, which ismounted at the top of the windshield. ActiveLaneKeepingAssist detects lanemarkings onthe road and can warn you before you leaveyour lane unintentionally.This function is available in the range between40 mph and 120 mph (60 km/h and200 km/h).A warning may be given if a front wheelpasses over a lanemarking. It will warn you bymeans of intermittent vibration in the steer-ing wheel for up to 1.5 seconds.

Driving systems 179

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 182: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Important safety notesG WARNINGLane Keeping Assist may not always clearlyrecognize lane markings.In this case, Lane Keeping Assist may:Rgive an unnecessary warningRnot give a warningThere is a risk of an accident.Always pay particular attention to the trafficsituation and stay in lane, in particular ifwarned by Lane Keeping Assist.

G WARNINGThe Lane Keeping Assist warning does notreturn the vehicle to the original lane. There isa risk of an accident.You should always steer, brake or accelerateyourself, in particular if warned by Lane Keep-ing Assist.

If you fail to adapt your driving style, LaneKeeping Assist can neither reduce the risk ofan accident nor override the laws of physics.Lane Keeping Assist cannot take into accountthe road, traffic and weather conditions. LaneKeeping Assist is merely an aid. You areresponsible for the distance to the vehicle infront, for vehicle speed, for braking in goodtime and for staying in your lane.The Lane Keeping Assist does not keep thevehicle in the lane.The systemmay be impaired or may not func-tion if:Rthere is poor visibility, e.g. due to insuffi-cient illumination of the road, or due tosnow, rain, fog or sprayRthere is glare, e.g. from oncoming traffic,the sun or reflections (e.g. when the roadsurface is wet)Rthe windshield is dirty, fogged up, damagedor covered, for instance by a sticker, in thevicinity of the cameraRthere are no, several or unclear lane mark-ings for a lane, e.g. in areas with road con-struction work

Rthe lane markings are worn away, dark orcovered up, e.g. by dirt or snowRthe distance to the vehicle in front is toosmall and the lanemarkings thus cannot bedetectedRthe lane markings change quickly, e.g.lanes branch off, cross one another ormergeRthe road is narrow and windingRthere are strong shadows cast on the road

Switching on Lane Keeping AssistYou can find information about this in theDigital Operator's Manual.

Active Driving Assistance package

General notesThe Active Driving Assistance package con-sists of DISTRONICPLUS (Ypage156), ActiveBlind Spot Assist (Y page 180) and ActiveLane Keeping Assist (Y page 183).

Active Blind Spot Assist

General notesActive Blind Spot Assist uses a radar sensorsystem, pointed toward the rear of the vehi-cle, to monitor the area to the sides of thevehicle which the driver is unable to see. Awarning display in the exterior mirrors drawsyour attention to vehicles detected in themonitored area. If you then switch on the cor-responding turn signal to change lanes, youwill also receive a visual and audible collisionwarning. If a risk of lateral collision is detec-ted, corrective braking may help you avoid acollision. Before a course-correcting brakeapplication, Active Blind Spot Assist evalu-ates the space in the direction of travel and atthe sides of the vehicle. For this, Active BlindSpot Assist uses the forward-facing radarsensors.Active Blind Spot Assist supports you from aspeed of approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).

180 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Page 183: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Important safety notesActive Blind Spot Assist is only an aid and isnot a substitute for attentive driving.

G WARNINGActive Blind Spot Assist does not react to:Rvehicles overtaken too closely on the side,placing them in the blind spot areaRvehicles which approach with a large speeddifferential and overtake your vehicle

As a result, Active Blind Spot Assist may nei-ther give warnings nor intervene in such sit-uations. There is a risk of an accident.Always observe the traffic conditions care-fully, and maintain a safe lateral distance.

i USA only:This device has been approved by the FCCas a "Vehicular Radar System". The radarsensor is intended for use in an automotiveradar system only. Removing, tamperingwith, or altering the device will void anywarranties, and is not permitted by theFCC. Do not tamper with, alter, or use inany non-approved way.Any unauthorized modification to thisdevice could void the user’s authority tooperate the equipment.

i Canada only: This device complies withRSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation issubject to the following two conditions:1. This device may not cause harmful inter-ference, and2. This devicemust accept any interferencereceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.Removal, tampering, or altering of thedevice will void any warranties, and is notpermitted. Do not tamper with, alter, or usein any non-approved way.Any unauthorized modification to thisdevice could void the user's authority tooperate the equipment.

Radar sensorsThe Active Blind Spot Assist radar sensors areintegrated into the front and rear bumpersand behind a cover in the radiator trim. Makesure that the bumpers and the cover in theradiator grill are free of dirt, ice or slush. Therear sensors must not be covered, for exam-ple by cycle racks or overhanging cargo. Fol-lowing a severe impact or in the event of dam-age to the bumpers, have the function of theradar sensors checked at a qualified special-ist workshop. Active Blind Spot Assist mayotherwise no longer work properly.

Monitoring areaG WARNINGActive Blind Spot Assist does not detect alltraffic situations and road users. There is arisk of an accident.Always make sure that there is sufficient dis-tance on the side for other traffic or obstacles.

Example: Sedan

Active Blind Spot Assist monitors the area upto 10 ft (3.0 m) behind your vehicle anddirectly next to your vehicle, as shown in thediagram.

Driving systems 181

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 184: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

The detection of obstacles can be impaired inthe case of:Rthere is dirt on the sensors or anything elsecovering the sensorsRpoor visibility, e.g. due to rain, snow orspray

Vehicles in the monitoring range are then notindicated or indicated with a delay.Active Blind Spot Assist may not detect nar-row vehicles, such as motorcycles or bicy-cles, or may only detect them too late.If the lanes are narrow, vehicles driving in thelane beyond the lane next to your vehicle maybe indicated, especially if the vehicles are notdriving in themiddle of their lane. This may bethe case if there are vehicles at the edge oftheir lane.Due to the nature of the system:Rwarnings may be issued in error when driv-ing close to crash barriers or similar solidlane borders.Rthe warning is canceled when driving for anextended period next to long vehicles, suchas trucks.

Warning display

: Warning displayActive Blind Spot Assist is not active atspeeds below approximately 20 mph(30 km/h). Vehicles in the monitoring rangeare then not indicated.When Active Blind Spot Assist is activated,indicator lamp: in the exteriormirrors lightsup yellow at speeds of up to 20 mph(30 km/h). At speeds above 20 mph

(30 km/h), the indicator lamp goes out andActive Blind Spot Assist is operational.If a vehicle is detected within the blind spotmonitoring range at speeds above 20 mph(30 km/h), warning lamp: on the corre-sponding side lights up red. This warning isalways given when a vehicle enters the blindspot monitoring range from behind or fromthe side. When you overtake a vehicle, thewarning only occurs if the difference in speedis less than 7 mph (12 km/h).The yellow indicator lamp goes out if reversegear is engaged. Active Blind Spot Assist isnot operational.The brightness of the warning lamps is auto-matically adapted to the brightness of thesurroundings.

Visual and acoustic collision warningIf you switch on the turn signals to changelanes and a vehicle is detected in the sidemonitoring range, you receive a visual andacoustic collision warning. You then hear adouble warning tone and redwarning lamp:flashes. If the turn signal remains on, detec-ted vehicles are indicated by the flashing ofred warning lamp:. There are no furtherwarning tones.

Course-correcting brake applicationIf Active Blind Spot Assist detects a risk of alateral collision in the monitoring range, acourse-correcting brake application is carriedout. This is meant to assist you in avoiding acollision.

G WARNINGA course-correcting brake application cannotalways prevent a collision. There is a risk of anaccident.Always steer, brake or accelerate yourself,especially if Active Blind Spot Assist warnsyou ormakes a course-correcting brake appli-cation. Always maintain a safe distance at thesides.

182 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Page 185: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Example: Sedan

If a course-correcting brake applicationoccurs, red warning lamp: flashes in theexterior mirror and a dual warning tonesounds. In addition, display; appears in themultifunction display underlining the dangerof a side collision.In very rare cases, the system may make aninappropriate brake application. An inappro-priate course-correcting brake applicationmay be interrupted at any time if you steerslightly in the opposite direction or acceler-ate, for example.The course-correcting brake application isavailable in the speed range between 20 mph(30 km/h) and 120 mph (200 km/h).Either no braking application, or a course-correcting brake application adapted to thedriving situation occurs if:Rthere are vehicles or obstacles, e.g. crashbarriers, located on both sides of your vehi-cle.Ra vehicle approaches you too closely at theside.

Ryou have adopted a sporty driving stylewithhigh cornering speeds.Ryou clearly brake or accelerate.Ra driving safety system intervenes, e.g.ESP® or PRE-SAFE® Brake.RESP® is switched off.Ra loss of tire pressure or a defective tire isdetected.

Information in the Digital Operator's Man-ualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RSwitching on Active Blind Spot Assist

Active Lane Keeping Assist

General notes

Active Lane Keeping Assist monitors the areain front of your vehicle by means of multi-function camera: at the top of the wind-shield. Various different areas to the front,rear and side of your vehicle are also moni-tored with the aid of the radar sensor system.Active Lane Keeping Assist detects lanemarkings on the road and can warn youbefore you leave your lane unintentionally. Ifyou do not react to the warning, a lane-cor-recting application of the brakes can bring thevehicle back into the original lane.This function is available in the range between40 mph and 120 mph (60 km/h and200 km/h).

Driving systems 183

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 186: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

For Active Lane Keeping Assist to assist youwhen driving, the radar sensor system mustbe operational

Important safety notesIf you fail to adapt your driving style, ActiveLane Keeping Assist can neither reduce therisk of accident nor override the laws of phys-ics. Active Lane Keeping Assist cannot takeaccount of road and weather conditions. Itmay not recognize traffic situations. ActiveLane Keeping Assist is only an aid. You areresponsible for the distance to the vehicle infront, for vehicle speed, for braking in goodtime and for staying in your lane.Active Lane Keeping Assist cannot continu-ously keep your vehicle in its lane.

G WARNINGActive Lane Keeping Assist cannot alwaysclearly detect lane markings.In such cases, Active Lane Keeping Assistcan:Rgive an unnecessary warning and thenmake a course-correcting brake applicationto the vehicleRnot give a warning or interveneThere is a risk of an accident.Always pay particular attention to the trafficsituation and keep within the lane, especiallyif Active Lane Keeping Assist alerts you. Ter-minate the intervention in a non-critical driv-ing situation.

The systemmay be impaired or may not func-tion if:Rthere is poor visibility, e.g. due to insuffi-cient illumination of the road, or due tosnow, rain, fog or sprayRthere is glare, e.g. from oncoming traffic,the sun or reflections (e.g. when the roadsurface is wet)Rthe windshield is dirty, fogged up, damagedor covered, for instance by a sticker, in thevicinity of the camera

Rthe radar sensors in the front or rear bump-ers or the radiator trim are dirty, e.g.obscured by snowRthere are no, several or unclear lane mark-ings for a lane, e.g. in areas with road con-struction workRthe lane markings are worn away, dark orcovered up, e.g. by dirt or snowRthe distance to the vehicle in front is toosmall and the lanemarkings thus cannot bedetectedRthe lane markings change quickly, e.g.lanes branch off, cross one another ormergeRthe road is narrow and windingRthere are strong shadows cast on the roadIf no vehicle is detected in the adjacent laneand broken lane markings are detected, nolane-correcting brake application is made.

Warning vibration in the steering wheelA warning may be given if a front wheelpasses over a lanemarking. It will warn you bymeans of intermittent vibration in the steer-ing wheel for up to 1.5 seconds.

Lane-correcting brake applicationG WARNINGA lane-correcting brake application cannotalways bring the vehicle back into the originallane. There is a risk of an accident.Always steer, brake or accelerate yourself,especially if Active Lane Keeping Assist warnsyou or makes a lane-correcting brake appli-cation.

G WARNINGActive Lane Keeping Assist only detects traf-fic conditions or road users to a limitedextent. In very rare cases, the system maymake an inappropriate brake application, e.g.after intentionally driving over a solid lanemarking. There is a risk of an accident.An inappropriate brake application may beinterrupted at any time if you steer slightly inthe opposite direction. Alwaysmake sure that

184 Driving systemsDrivingandparking

Page 187: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

there is sufficient distance on the side forother traffic or obstacles.

Example: Sedan

If you leave your lane, under certain circum-stances the vehicle will brake briefly on oneside. This is meant to assist you in bringingthe vehicle back to the original lane.If a lane-correcting brake application occurs,display: appears in the multifunction dis-play.A lane-correcting brake application can bemade after driving over a lane marking rec-ognize as being solid or broken. Before this, awarning must be given by means of intermit-tent vibration in the steering wheel. In addi-tion, a lane with lane markings on both sidesmust be recognized.In the case of a broken lane marking beingdetected, a lane-correcting brake applicationcan only be made if a vehicle has been detec-ted in the adjacent lane. The following vehi-cles can have an influence on brake applica-tion: oncoming traffic, vehicles that are over-taking and vehicles that are driving parallel toyour vehicle.

i A further lane-correcting brake applica-tion can only occur after your vehicle hasreturned to the original lane.

No lane-correcting brake application occursif:Ryou clearly and actively steer, brake oraccelerate.Ryou cut the corner on a sharp bend.

Ryou have adopted a sporty driving stylewithhigh cornering speeds or high rates ofacceleration.Ryou have switched on the turn signals.Ra driving safety system intervenes, e.g.ESP®, PRE-SAFE® Brake or Active BlindSpot Assist.RESP® is switched off.Rthe transmission is not in position D.Ran obstacle has been detected in the lane inwhich you are driving.Rwhen a loss of tire pressure or a defectivetire has been detected and displayed.

There is a possibility that the Active LaneKeeping Assist could misjudge the given traf-fic situation. An inappropriate brake applica-tion may be interrupted at any time if you:Rsteer slightly in the opposite directionRswitch on the turn signalRclearly brake or accelerateA lane-correcting brake application is inter-rupted automatically if:Ra driving safety system intervenes, e.g.ESP®, PRE-SAFE® Brake or Active BlindSpot Assist.Rlanemarkings can no longer be recognized.

Information in the Digital Operator's Man-ualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RSwitching on Active Lane Keeping Assist

Driving systems 185

Drivingandparking

Z

Page 188: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

186

Page 189: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Useful information ............................ 188Important safety notes ..................... 188Displays and operation .................... 188Menus and submenus ...................... 190Display messages ............................. 191Warning and indicator lamps in theinstrument cluster ............................ 202

187

On-board

computerand

displays

Page 190: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Useful information

i This Operator's Manual describes allmodels and all standard andoptional equip-ment of your vehicle available at the time ofpublication of the Operator's Manual.Country-specific differences are possible.Please note that your vehicle may not beequipped with all features described. Thisalso applies to safety-related systems andfunctions.

i Read the information on qualified special-ist workshops (Y page 31).

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf you operate information systems and com-munication equipment integrated in the vehi-cle while driving, you will be distracted fromtraffic conditions. You could also lose controlof the vehicle. There is a risk of an accident.Only operate the equipment when the trafficsituation permits. If you are not sure that thisis possible, park the vehicle paying attentionto traffic conditions and operate the equip-ment when the vehicle is stationary.

You must observe the legal requirements forthe country in which you are currently drivingwhen operating the on-board computer.

G WARNINGIf the instrument cluster has failed or mal-functioned, you may not recognize functionrestrictions in systems relevant to safety. Theoperating safety of your vehicle may beimpaired. There is a risk of an accident.Drive on carefully. Have the vehicle checkedat a qualified specialist workshop immedi-ately.

The on-board computer only showsmessagesor warnings from certain systems in the mul-tifunction display. You should therefore make

sure your vehicle is operating safely at alltimes.If the operating safety of your vehicle isimpaired, pull over as soon as it is safe to doso. Contact a qualified specialist workshop.Hybrid vehicles: always read the HYBRIDoperating instructions. You could otherwisefail to recognize dangers e.g. due to high volt-age.For an overview, see the instrument panelillustration (Y page 37).

Displays and operation

Information in the Digital Operator'sManualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RCoolant temperature displayRTachometerRSpeedometer with segmentsRMultifunction displayROutside temperature display

188 Displays and operationOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 191: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Operating the on-board computer

Overview

: Multifunction display= Right control panel? Left control panelA Back buttonX To activate the on-board computer: turnthe SmartKey to position 1 in the ignitionlock.

You can control the multifunction display andthe settings in the on-board computer usingthe buttons on the multifunction steeringwheel.

Left control panel

=

;

RCalls up the menu and menu bar

9

:

Press briefly:RScrolls in listsRSelects a submenu or functionRVehicles with Audio 20: in theAudio menu, selects the previ-ous or next stored station, whenthe preset list or station list isactive, or an audio trackRVehicles with COMAND: in theAudio menu, selects the previ-ous or next station, when thepreset list or station list is active,or an audio track or video sceneRIn the Tel (telephone) menu:switches to the phone book andselects a name or telephonenumber

9

:

Press and hold:RVehicles with Audio 20: in theAudio menu, selects the previ-ous or next station, when thepreset list or station list is active,selects an audio track usingrapid scrolling, or selects a videosceneRVehicles with COMAND: in theAudiomenu, selects a preset listor station list in the desired fre-quency range or an audio trackor video scene using rapid scroll-ingRIn the Tel (Telephone) menu:starts rapid scrolling if the phonebook is open

a RConfirms the selection or displaymessageRIn the Tel (Telephone) menu:switches to the telephone bookand starts dialing the selectednumber

Displays and operation 189

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 192: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Right control panel

~ RRejects or ends a callRExits the telephone book/redialmemory

6 RMakes or accepts a callRSwitches to the redial memory

WX

RAdjusts the volume

8 RMute

Back button

% Press briefly:RBackRVehicles with Audio 20:Switches off voice-operated con-trol for navigation (see manufac-turer's operating instructions)RVehicles with COMAND:Switches off the Voice ControlSystem (see the separate oper-ating instructions)RHides display messages or callsup the last Trip menu functionusedRExits the telephone book/redialmemory

% Press and hold:RCalls up the standard display inthe Trip menu

Menus and submenus

Menu overviewPress the= or; button on the steer-ing wheel to call up the menu bar and select amenu.Operating the on-board computer(Y page 189).

You can find more information on the individ-ual menus in the Digital Operator's Manual.Depending on the equipment installed in thevehicle, you can call up the following menus:RTrip menuRNavi menu (navigation instructions)RAudio menuRTel menu (telephone)RDriveAssist menu (assistance)RServ. menuRSett. menu (settings)RAMG menu in AMG vehicles

190 Menus and submenusOn

-board

computera

nddisplays

Page 193: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Display messages

Introduction

General notesThis section describes display messages relevant to safety together with their solutions. Adescription of other messages and their solutions can be found in the Digital Operator's Man-ual.Display messages appear in the multifunction display.Display messages with graphic displays may be shown in simplified form in the Operator'sManual and may therefore differ from the multifunction display.Please respond in accordancewith the displaymessages and follow the additional notes in thisOperator's Manual.Certain display messages are accompanied by an audible warning tone or a continuous tone.When the ignition is switched off, all display messages are deleted, apart from some high-priority display messages. Once the causes of the high-priority display messages have beenrectified, the corresponding display messages are also deleted.When you stop and park the vehicle, please observe the notes on the HOLD function(Y page 165) and parking (Y page 151).

Hiding display messagesX Press thea or% button on the steering wheel to hide the display message.The display message is cleared.

The multifunction display shows high-priority display messages in red. Some high-priority dis-play messages cannot be hidden.The multifunction display shows these messages continuously until the causes for the mes-sages have been remedied.

Message memoryThe on-board computer saves certain displaymessages in themessagememory. You can callup the display messages:X Press the= or; button on the steering wheel to select the Serv. menu.If there are display messages, the multifunction display shows 2 Messages, for example.

X Press the9 or: button to select the entry, e.g. 2 Messages.X Pressa to confirm.X Press the9 or: button to scroll through the display messages.

Display messages 191

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 194: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Safety systems

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

!÷Currently Unavail‐able See Opera‐tor's Manual

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System), ESP® (Electronic Stability Pro-gram), BAS (Brake Assist System), the HOLD function, PRE‑SAFE®and hill start assist are temporarily unavailable.BAS PLUS with Cross-Traffic Assist, COLLISION PREVENTIONASSIST PLUS, PRE‑SAFE® PLUS and PRE‑SAFE® Brake may alsohave failed.In addition, the ÷, å and ! warning lamps light up in theinstrument cluster.ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated.For example, the on-board voltage may be insufficient.

G WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above. The wheels could therefore lock if youbrake hard, for example.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec-ted. The braking distance in an emergency braking situation canincrease.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Drive on carefully.If the display message disappears, the functions mentionedabove are available again.

If the multifunction display still shows the display message:X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

!÷Inoperative SeeOperator's Manual

ABS, ESP®, BAS, the HOLD function, PRE‑SAFE® and hill startassist are not available due to a malfunction.BAS PLUS with Cross-Traffic Assist, COLLISION PREVENTIONASSIST PLUS, PRE‑SAFE® PLUS and PRE‑SAFE® Brake may alsohave failed.The$ (USA only) orJ (Canada only), ÷, å and !warning lamps in the instrument cluster also light up.ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated.

G WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above. The wheels could therefore lock if youbrake hard, for example.

192 Display messagesOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 195: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM SolutionsThe steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec-ted. The braking distance in an emergency braking situation canincrease.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

÷Inoperative SeeOperator's Manual

ESP®, BAS, the HOLD function, PRE‑SAFE® and hill start assist arenot available due to a malfunction.BAS PLUS with Cross-Traffic Assist, COLLISION PREVENTIONASSIST PLUS, PRE‑SAFE® PLUS and PRE‑SAFE® Brake may alsohave failed.In addition, the ÷ and å warning lamps light up in theinstrument cluster.The self-diagnosis function might not be complete, for example.ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated.

G WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above.The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thusincrease.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages 193

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 196: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

T!÷Inoperative SeeOperator's Manual

EBD (electronic brake force distribution), ABS, ESP®, BAS, theHOLD function, PRE-SAFE® and hill start assist are not availabledue to a malfunction.BAS PLUS with Cross-Traffic Assist, COLLISION PREVENTIONASSIST PLUS, PRE‑SAFE® PLUS and PRE‑SAFE® Brake may alsohave failed.In addition, the ÷, å and ! warning lamps light up in theinstrument cluster and a warning tone sounds.

G WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above. The front and rear wheels could thereforelock if you brake hard, for example.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec-ted. The braking distance in an emergency braking situation canincrease.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

$(USA

only)J(Canadaonly)Check Brake FluidLevel

There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir.In addition, the$ (USA only) orJ (Canada only) warninglamp lights up in the instrument cluster and a warning tonesounds.

G WARNINGThe braking effect may be impaired.There is a risk of an accident.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue drivingunder any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 151).X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.X Do not add brake fluid. This does not correct the malfunction.

194 Display messagesOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 197: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

6SRS. MalfunctionService Required

The restraint system is faulty. The 6 warning lamp also lightsup in the instrument cluster.

G WARNINGThe air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig-gered unintentionally or, in the event of an accident, may not betriggered.There is an increased risk of injury.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.Observe the additional information on restraint systems(Y page 48).

6Front Left Malfunc‐tion ServiceRequired or FrontRight MalfunctionService Required

The restraint system has malfunctioned at the front on the left orright. The 6 warning lamp also lights up in the instrument clus-ter.

G WARNINGThe air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig-gered unintentionally or, in the event of an accident, may not betriggered.There is an increased risk of injury.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

6Rear Left Malfunc‐tion ServiceRequired or RearRight MalfunctionService Required

The restraint system has malfunctioned at the rear on the left orright. The 6 warning lamp also lights up in the instrument clus-ter.

G WARNINGThe air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig-gered unintentionally or, in the event of an accident, may not betriggered.There is an increased risk of injury.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

6Rear Center Mal‐function ServiceRequired

The restraint system has malfunctioned at the rear center. The6 warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster.

G WARNINGThe air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig-gered unintentionally or, in the event of an accident, may not betriggered.There is an increased risk of injury.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages 195

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 198: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

6Left Side CurtainAirbag MalfunctionService Requiredor Right Side Cur‐tain Airbag Mal‐function ServiceRequired

There is a malfunction in the left-hand or right-hand window cur-tain air bag.The 6 warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster.

G WARNINGThe left or right window curtain air bag may either be triggeredunintentionally or, in the event of an accident, may not be trig-gered.There is an increased risk of injury.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

196 Display messagesOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 199: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

Front PassengerAirbag DisabledSee Operator's Man‐ual

The front-passenger air bag is deactivated during the journey, eventhough:Ran adultorRa person of the corresponding stature is on the front-passengerseat

If additional forces are applied to the seat, the system may inter-pret the occupant's weight as lower than it actually is.

G WARNINGThe front-passenger air bag does not deploy during an accident.There is an increased risk of injury.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 151).X Switch the ignition off.X Have the occupant get out of the vehicle.X Keep the seat unoccupied, close the front-passenger door andswitch on the ignition.

X Observe the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp in thecenter console and the multifunction display and check the fol-lowing:Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on:Rthe PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must then lightup and remain lit. If the indicator lamp is on, OCS has disabledthe front-passenger front air bag (Y page 58)Rthe Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator'sManual or Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Oper‐ator's Manual display messages must not be shown in themultifunction display

X Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary sys-tem checks have been completed.

X Make sure that the display messages do not appear in the mul-tifunction display.

If these conditions are fulfilled, the front-passenger seat can beoccupied again. Whether the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp remains lit or goes out depends on how OCS classifies theoccupant.If the conditions are not fulfilled, the system is not operating cor-rectly.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

Display messages 197

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 200: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM SolutionsObserve the additional information on OCS (Y page 58).

Front PassengerAirbag EnabledSee Operator's Man‐ual

The front-passenger air bag is enabled during the journey, eventhough:Ra child, a small adult or an object weighing less than the sys-tem's weight threshold is located on the front-passenger seatorRthe front-passenger seat is unoccupiedThe system may detect objects or forces applying additionalweight on the seat.

G WARNINGThe air bag may deploy unintentionally.There is an increased risk of injury.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 151).X Switch the ignition off.X Open the front-passenger door.X Remove the child and the child restraint system from the front-passenger seat.

X Make sure that there are no objects on the seat adding to theweight.The system may otherwise detect the additional weight andinterpret the seat occupant's weight as greater than it actuallyis.

X Keep the seat unoccupied, close the front-passenger door andswitch on the ignition.

X Observe the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp in thecenter console and the multifunction display and check the fol-lowing:

Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on:Rthe PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must then light upand remain lit. If the indicator lamp is on, OCS (Occupant Clas-sification System) has disabled the front-passenger front air bag(Y page 58)Rthe Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator'sManual or Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Oper‐ator's Manual display messages must not be shown in themultifunction display

198 Display messagesOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 201: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM SolutionsX Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary sys-tem checks have been completed.

X Make sure that the display messages do not appear in the mul-tifunction display.

If these conditions are fulfilled, the front-passenger seat can beoccupied again. Whether the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp remains lit or goes out depends on how OCS classifies theoccupant.If the conditions are not fulfilled, the system is not operating cor-rectly.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.Observe the additional information on OCS (Y page 58).

Engine

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

?Coolant Too HotStop Vehicle TurnEngine Off

The coolant is too hot.A warning tone also sounds.

G WARNINGDo not drive when your engine is overheated. This can cause somefluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment tocatch fire.Steam from the overheated engine can also cause serious burnswhich can occur just by opening the hood.There is a risk of injury.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine,paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 151).X Wait until the engine has cooled down.X Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is notblocked, e.g. by snow, slush or ice.

X Do not start the engine again until the display message goes outand the coolant temperature is below 248 ‡ (120 †). Other-wise, the engine could be damaged.

X Pay attention to the coolant temperature display.X If the temperature increases again, visit a qualified specialistworkshop immediately.

Under normal operating conditions and with the specified coolantlevel, the coolant temperature may rise to 248 ‡ (120 †).

Display messages 199

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 202: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Tires

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

CheckTires

The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly.The wheel position is displayed in the multifunction display.A warning tone also sounds.

G WARNINGWith tire pressures which are too low, there is a risk of the fol-lowing hazards:Rthey may burst, especially as the load and vehicle speedincrease.Rthey may wear excessively and/or unevenly, which may greatlyimpair tire traction.Rthe driving characteristics, as well as steering and braking, maybe greatly impaired.

There is a risk of an accident.X Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or brakingmaneuvers. Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 151).X Check the tires and, if necessary, follow the instructions for aflat tire (Y page 271).

X Check the tire pressure (Y page 294).X If necessary, correct the tire pressure.

WarningTire Malfunction

The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped suddenly. Thewheel position is shown in the multifunction display.

G WARNINGIf you drive with a flat tire, there is a risk of the following hazards:Ra flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle.Ryou could lose control of the vehicle.Rcontinued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build-up and possibly a fire.

There is a risk of an accident.X Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or brakingmaneuvers. Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 151).X Check the tires and, if necessary, follow the instructions for aflat tire (Y page 271).

200 Display messagesOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 203: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Vehicle

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

Risk of RollingAwayVehicle Not in 'P'

The driver's door is open or not fully closed and the selector leveris in position R, N or D.A warning tone also sounds.

G WARNINGThe vehicle may roll away.There is a risk of an accident.X Shift the selector lever to position P.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 151).X Close the driver's door completely.

A Wagon: the tailgate is open.

G WARNINGWhen the engine is running, exhaust gases can enter the vehicleinterior if the tailgate is open.There is a risk of poisoning.X Close the tailgate.

M The hood is open. A warning tone also sounds.

G WARNINGThe open hood may block your view when the vehicle is in motion.There is a risk of an accident.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 151).X Close the hood.

ÐPower Steering Mal‐function See Oper‐ator's Manual

The power steering is malfunctioning.A warning tone also sounds.

G WARNINGYou will need to use more force to steer.There is a risk of an accident.X Check whether you are able to apply the extra force required.X If you are able to steer safely: carefully drive on to a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

X If you are unable to steer safely: do not drive on. Contact thenearest qualified specialist workshop.

Display messages 201

On-board

computera

nddisplays

Z

Page 204: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster

General notesThis section describes indicator and warning lamps in the instrument cluster relevant to safetyand solutions. A description of other indicator and warning lamps in the instrument cluster andtheir solutions can be found in the Digital Operator's Manual.Some systems carry out a self-diagnosis when the ignition is switched on. Therefore, someindicator and warning lamps may light up or flash temporarily. This behavior is non-critical.These indicator and warning lamps only indicate a malfunction if they light up or flash afterstarting the engine or whilst driving.

Safety

Seat belts

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

ü

After starting theengine, the red seatbelt warning lamp lightsup for 6 seconds.

The seat belt warning lamp reminds the driver and front passengerto fasten their seat belts.X Fasten your seat belt (Y page 52).

ü

After starting theengine, the red seatbelt warning lamp lightsup. In addition, a warn-ing tone sounds for upto 6 seconds.

The driver's seat belt is not fastened.X Fasten your seat belt (Y page 52).The warning tone ceases.

ü

The red seat belt warn-ing lamp lights up afterthe engine starts, assoon as the driver's orthe front-passengerdoor is closed.

The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt.X Fasten your seat belt (Y page 52).The warning lamp goes out.

There are objects on the front-passenger seat.X Remove the objects from the front-passenger seat and stowthem in a secure place.The warning lamp goes out.

202 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument clusterOn

-board

computera

nddisplays

Page 205: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

ü

The red seat belt warn-ing lamp flashes and anintermittent audiblewarning sounds.

The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt. Thevehicle is being driven faster than 15mph (25 km/h) or has brieflybeen driven faster than 15 mph (25 km/h).X Fasten your seat belt (Y page 52).The warning lamp goes out and the intermittent warning toneceases.

There are objects on the front-passenger seat. The vehicle is beingdriven faster than 15 mph (25 km/h) or has briefly been drivenfaster than 15 mph (25 km/h).X Remove the objects from the front-passenger seat and stowthem in a secure place.The warning lamp goes out and the intermittent warning toneceases.

Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 203

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 206: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Safety systems

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

$ (USA only)J (Canada only)The red brake systemwarning lamp comes onwhile the engine is run-ning. A warning tonealso sounds.

G WARNINGThe brake boosting effect is malfunctioning and the braking char-acteristics may be affected.There is a risk of an accident.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue drivingunder any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 151).X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunctiondisplay.

$ (USA only)J (Canada only)The red brake systemwarning lamp comes onwhile the engine is run-ning. A warning tonealso sounds.

G WARNINGThere is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir.The braking effect may be impaired.There is a risk of an accident.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue drivingunder any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 151).X Do not add brake fluid. Adding more will not remedy the mal-function.

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunctiondisplay.

204 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument clusterOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 207: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

!

The yellowABSwarninglamp is lit while theengine is running.

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) is deactivated due to a malfunc-tion. Therefore, BAS (Brake Assist System), BAS PLUS with Cross-Traffic Assist, COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS, ESP® (Elec-tronic Stability Program), PRE‑SAFE®, PRE‑SAFE® PLUS,PRE‑SAFE® Brake, the HOLD function and hill start assist, forexample, are also deactivated.ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated.

G WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above. The wheels could therefore lock if youbrake hard, for example.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec-ted. The braking distance in an emergency braking situation canincrease.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunctiondisplay.

X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.If the ABS control unit is faulty, there is also a possibility that othersystems, such as the navigation system or the automatic trans-mission, will not be available.

Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 205

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 208: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

!

The yellowABSwarninglamp is lit while theengine is running. Awarning tone alsosounds.

EBD is not available due to a malfunction. Therefore, ABS, BAS,BAS PLUS with Cross-Traffic Assist, COLLISION PREVENTIONASSIST PLUS, ESP®, PRE‑SAFE®, PRE‑SAFE® PLUS, PRE‑SAFE®Brake, theHOLD function and hill start assist, for example, are alsounavailable.ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated.

G WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above. The front and rear wheels could thereforelock if you brake hard, for example.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec-ted. The braking distance in an emergency braking situation canincrease.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunctiondisplay.

X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

$ (USA only)J (Canada only)÷ å !

The red brake warninglamp, the yellow ESP®and ESP® OFF warninglamps and the yellowABS warning lamp arelit while the engine isrunning.

ABS and ESP® are not available due to a malfunction. Therefore,BAS, BAS PLUS with Cross-Traffic Assist, COLLISION PREVEN-TION ASSIST PLUS, EBD, PRE‑SAFE®, PRE‑SAFE® PLUS,PRE‑SAFE® Brake, the HOLD function and hill start assist, forexample, are also unavailable.ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated.

G WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above. The front and rear wheels could thereforelock if you brake hard, for example.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec-ted. The braking distance in an emergency braking situation canincrease.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunctiondisplay.

X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

206 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument clusterOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 209: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

÷

The yellow ESP® warn-ing lamp flashes whilethe vehicle is in motion.

ESP® or traction control has intervened because there is a risk ofskidding or at least one wheel has started to spin.Cruise control or DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated.X When pulling away, only depress the accelerator pedal as far asnecessary.

X Ease off the accelerator pedal while the vehicle is in motion.X Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions.X Do not deactivate ESP®.In rare cases (Y page 81) it may be best to deactivate ESP®.Observe the important safety notes on ESP® (Y page 81).

å

The yellow ESP® OFFwarning lamp is lit whilethe engine is running.

ESP® is deactivated.

G WARNING

If ESP® is switched off, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.Further driving systems or driving safety systems are thus restric-ted, e.g. Active Blind Spot Assist. The system does not performbraking actions.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Reactivate ESP®.In rare cases (Y page 81) it may be best to deactivate ESP®.Observe the important safety notes on ESP® (Y page 81).

X Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions.

If ESP® cannot be activated:X Drive on carefully.X Have ESP® checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

M

AMG vehicles only:The yellow SPORT han-dling mode warninglamp is lit while theengine is running.

SPORT handling mode is activated.

G WARNING

When SPORT handling mode is switched on, ESP® is unable tostabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Only switch to SPORT handling mode in accordance with theconditions described in the "Activating/deactivating SPORThandling mode" section (Y page 82).

Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 207

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 210: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

÷ å

The yellow ESP® andESP® OFF warninglamps are lit while theengine is running.

ESP®, BAS, BAS PLUS with Cross-Traffic Assist, COLLISION PRE-VENTION ASSIST PLUS, PRE‑SAFE®, PRE‑SAFE® PLUS,PRE‑SAFE® Brake, the HOLD function and hill start assist areunavailable due to a malfunction.ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated.

G WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above.The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thusincrease.If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunctiondisplay.

X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

6

The red restraint sys-tem warning lamp is litwhile the engine is run-ning.

The restraint system is faulty.

G WARNINGThe air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig-gered unintentionally or, in the event of an accident, may not betriggered.There is an increased risk of injury.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunctiondisplay.

X Drive on carefully.X Have the restraint system checked immediately at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

Observe the additional information on restraint systems(Y page 48).

208 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument clusterOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 211: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Engine

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

?

The red coolant warn-ing lamp comes onwhile the engine is run-ning. A warning tonealso sounds.

The coolant temperature has exceeded 248 ‡ (120 †). The air-flow to the engine radiatormay be blocked or the coolant levelmaybe too low.

G WARNINGThe engine is not being cooled sufficiently and may be damaged.Do not drive when your engine is overheated. This can cause somefluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment tocatch fire.Steam from the overheated engine can also cause serious burnswhich can occur just by opening the hood.There is a risk of injury.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunctiondisplay.

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine,paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 151).X Leave the vehicle and keep a safe distance from the vehicle untilthe engine has cooled down.

X Check the coolant level and add coolant, observing the warningnotes (Y page 265).

X If you need to add coolant more often than usual, have theengine coolant system checked.

X Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is notblocked, e.g. by snow, slush or ice.

X At coolant temperatures below 248 ‡ (120 †), drive to thenearest qualified specialist workshop.

X Avoid subjecting the engine to heavy loads, e.g. driving inmoun-tainous terrain, and stop-and-go traffic.

Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 209

On-board

computerand

displays

Z

Page 212: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Driving systems

Problem Possible causes/consequences andM Solutions

·

The red distance warn-ing lamp lights up whilethe vehicle is in motion.A warning tone alsosounds.

You are approaching a vehicle, a pedestrian or a stationary obsta-cle in your line of travel at too high a speed.X Be prepared to brake immediately.X Pay careful attention to the traffic situation. You may have tobrake or take evasive action.

Observe the additional information on PRE‑SAFE® Brake(Y page 84).Observe the additional information on the distance warning func-tion of COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS (Y page 78).

210 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument clusterOn

-board

computerand

displays

Page 213: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Tires

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

h

The yellow tire pressuremonitor warning lamp(pressure loss/malfunction) is lit.

The tire pressure monitor has detected a loss of pressure in atleast one of the tires.

G WARNINGWith tire pressures which are too low, there is a risk of the fol-lowing hazards:Rthey may burst, especially as the load and vehicle speedincrease.Rthey may wear excessively and/or unevenly, which may greatlyimpair tire traction.Rthe driving characteristics, as well as steering and braking, maybe greatly impaired.There is a risk of an accident.

X Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or brakingmaneuvers. Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 151).X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunctiondisplay.

X Check the tires and, if necessary, follow the instructions for aflat tire (Y page 271).

X Check the tire pressure (Y page 294).X If necessary, correct the tire pressure.

h

The yellow tire pressuremonitor warning lamp(pressure loss/malfunction) flashes forapproximately oneminute and thenremains lit.

The tire pressure monitor is faulty.

G WARNINGThe system is possibly unable to recognize or register low tirepressure.There is a risk of an accident.X Observe the additional display messages in the multifunctiondisplay.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 211

On-board

computera

nddisplays

Z

Page 214: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

212

Page 215: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

General notes .................................... 214Important safety notes ..................... 214Function restrictions ........................ 215Audio 20/COMAND operating sys-tem ..................................................... 216

213

Audio20

/COM

AND

Page 216: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

General notes

The Audio 20/COMAND section in theseoperating instructions describes the basicoperating principles.More information can befound in the Digital Operator's Manual.

Important safety notes

G WARNINGModifications to electronic components, theirsoftware as well as wiring can impair theirfunction and/or the function of other net-worked components. In particular, systemsrelevant to safety could also be affected. As aresult, these may no longer function as inten-ded and/or jeopardize the operating safety ofthe vehicle. There is an increased risk of anaccident and injury.Never tamper with the wiring as well as elec-tronic components or their software. Youshould have all work to electrical and elec-tronic equipment carried out at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

If you make any changes to the vehicle elec-tronics, the general operating permit is ren-dered invalid.

G WARNINGIf you operate information systems and com-munication equipment integrated in the vehi-cle while driving, you will be distracted fromtraffic conditions. You could also lose controlof the vehicle. There is a risk of an accident.Only operate the equipment when the trafficsituation permits. If you are not sure that thisis possible, park the vehicle paying attentionto traffic conditions and operate the equip-ment when the vehicle is stationary.

You must observe the legal requirements forthe country in which you are currently drivingwhen operating Audio 20/COMAND.

Audio 20/COMAND calculates the route tothe destination without taking account of thefollowing, for example:Rtraffic lightsRstop and yield signsRmerging lanesRparking or stopping in a no parking/nostopping zoneRother road and traffic rules and regulationsRnarrow bridgesAudio 20/COMAND can give incorrect navi-gation commands if the actual street/trafficsituation does not correspond with the digitalmap's data. Digital maps do not cover allareas nor all routes in an area. For example, aroute may have been diverted or the directionof a one-way street may have changed.For this reason, you must always observeroad and traffic rules and regulations duringyour journey. Road and traffic rules and reg-ulations always have priority over the sys-tem's driving recommendations.Navigation announcements are intended todirect you while driving without diverting yourattention from the road and driving.Please always use this feature instead of con-sulting the map display for directions. Look-ing at the icons or map display can distractyou from traffic conditions and driving, andincrease the risk of an accident.Bear in mind that at a speed of only 30 mph(approximately 50 km/h) your vehicle coversa distance of 44 feet (approximately 14 m)per second.This equipment complies with FCC radiationexposure limits set forth for uncontrolledequipment and meets the FCC radio fre-quency (RF) Exposure Guidelines in Supple-ment C to OET65.This equipment has very low levels of RFenergy that is deemed to comply withoutmaximum permissive exposure evaluation(MPE). But it is desirable that it should beinstalled and operated with at least 8 inches(20cm) and more between the radiator and a

214 Important safety notesAu

dio20/C

OMAN

D

Page 217: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

person's body (excluding extremities: hands,wrists, feet and legs.)

Function restrictions

For safety reasons, some functions arerestricted or unavailablewhile the vehicle is inmotion. You will notice this, for example,because either you will not be able to selectcertain menu items or a message will appearto this effect.

Function restrictions 215

Audio20

/COM

AND

Z

Page 218: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Audio 20/COMAND operating system

Overview

Components

: Display for Audio 20/COMAND; Audio 20/COMAND control panel= Controller and buttonsAudio 20/COMAND consists of:Rthe displayRthe control panel with a single drive or DVD changerRthe controller and buttonsRa slot for an SD cardRtwo connection options for USB or Media Interface in the center consoleAn iPod® is connected via USB cable.

FunctionsRHD FM radio/HD AM radio/satelliteradioRMedia

- COMANDmedia support: audio CD, MP3CD, DVD video, two connection optionsfor USB or Media Interface (e.g. iPod®),SD card, Bluetooth audioAudio 20 media support: if a single driveis available, audio CD and MP3 CD, twoconnection options for USB or Media

Interface (e.g. iPod®), SD card, BluetoothaudioIf the Media Interface is available, aniPod® can be connected directly to theUSB.

- Music search using all mediaRSound system

216 Audio 20/COMAND operating systemAu

dio20

/COM

AND

Page 219: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

You can select from the following soundsystems:- harman/kardon® Logic7® surroundsound system

- Bang & Olufsen BeoSound AMG soundsystem (COMAND)

RNavigation system- Navigation via the hard drive (COMAND)- Navigation via an SD card (if available forAudio 20)

- Destination entry, e.g. using keywordsearch (COMAND)

- Realistic 3D map with textured city mod-els

- Personal POIs and routes using SDmem-ory card (COMAND)

- Navigation functions, e.g. compass dis-play (COMAND)

- Dynamic route guidance with trafficreports via SIRIUS satellite radio(COMAND)

RCommunication- Messaging functions: text messages, e-mail (COMAND)

- Address book (COMAND)- Internet browser (COMAND)- Mercedes-Benz Apps with Google™,Local Search, Destination/Route down-load, Facebook, Google Street View™,stock prices, news and much more

- Mercedes-Benz mobile website- WiFi interface for the connection of asmartphone to COMAND

- WiFi hotspot functionality to connect atablet PC or notebook in order to enableaccess to the Internet using the custom-er's mobile phone (COMAND)

RSIRIUS Weather (COMAND)- Weather data as an information chart(current forecast, 5-day preview,detailed information)

- Weather data on the weather map, e.g.rain radar data, storm characteristics

and the track of tropical cyclones (hurri-canes, tornadoes)

RVehicle functions- Vehicle settings, e.g. fuel consumption- 360° camera- Rear view camera- Seat functionsRFavorites button (if available)Fast access to favorites functions using thefavorites button on the controller

Display

General notes! Do not use the space in front of the dis-play for storage. Objects placed here coulddamage the display or impair its function.Avoid any direct contact with the displaysurface. Pressure on the display surfacemay result in impairments to the display,which could be irreversible.

Wearing polarized sunglasses may impairyour ability to read the display.The display has an automatic temperature-controlled switch-off feature. The brightnessis automatically reduced if the temperature istoo high. The display may then temporarilyswitch off completely.

Overview

The example shows the display in SDmemorycard mode in COMAND.In the status bar at the top you will see thetime and other displays, depending on thesettings.

Audio 20/COMAND operating system 217

Audio20

/COM

AND

Z

Page 220: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Below it you will see the main display field.The climate control status display is brieflydisplayed when you operate the climate con-trol system.

Cleaning instructions! Do not touch the display. The display hasa very sensitive high-gloss surface; there isa risk of scratching. If you have to clean thescreen, however, use a mild cleaning agentand a soft, lint-free cloth.

The display must be switched off and havecooled down before you start cleaning. Cleanthe display screen, when necessary, with acommercially available microfiber cloth andcleaning agent for TFT/LCD displays. Do notapply pressure to the display surface whencleaning it, as this could cause irreversibledamage to the display. Then, dry the surfacewith a dry microfiber cloth.Avoid using alcoholic thinners, gasoline orabrasive cleaning agents. These could dam-age the display surface.

218 Audio 20/COMAND operating systemAu

dio20

/COM

AND

Page 221: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

COMAND control panel

Function Page

: Switches to radio mode 234Calls up the Radio menu 235

; Switches to the last selec-ted media mode ~

Calls up the Media menu ~

= Inserts and removes a CD/DVD from the single drive(COMAND, Audio 20) ~

Inserts a CD/DVD into theDVD changer (COMAND) ~

Removes a CD/DVD fromthe DVD changer(COMAND) ~

? Selects the previous stationfrom the station list ~

Skips backwards to a track ~

Rewinds ~

A Loads/ejects the CD/DVD8 Single disc drive(Audio 20, COMAND) ~

V DVD changer(COMAND) ~

Function Page

B Clear button 222• Deletes characters• Deletes an entry

C Selects the next stationfrom the station list ~

Skips forwards to a track ~

Fast forward ~

D Number pad ~

• Saves a station ~

• Mobile phone authoriza-tion ~

• Telephone number entry ~

• Searches for a contact ~

• Character entry ~

z Display of the currenttrack being played (if trackinformation is supportedfor the data carrier) ~

g Selects stations byentering the frequencymanually ~

g Selects a track ~

Audio 20/COMAND operating system 219

Audio20

/COM

AND

Z

Page 222: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Function Page

E Switches Audio 20/COMAND on/off ~

Adjusts the volume ~

F Inserts/removes an SDmemory card ~

G Accepts a call 190Makes a call 232Redial ~

Accepts a new call when acall is beingmade (call wait-ing) ~

H Rejects a call 232Ends an active call 232

Function Page

I Switches the sound on oroff ~

Switches navigationannouncements off(COMAND) ~

J Switches to navigationmode 225Calls up the navigation sys-tem menu ~

K Calls up the telephonemenu ~

L Calls up vehicle settings ~

220 Audio 20/COMAND operating systemAu

dio20

/COM

AND

Page 223: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Audio 20 control panel

Function Page

: Switches to radio mode 234Calls up the Radio menu 235

; Switches to the last selec-ted media mode ~

Calls up the Media menu ~

= Inserts and removes a CDfrom the single drive (if sin-gle drive available) ~

? Selects the previous stationfrom the station list ~

Skips backwards to a track ~

A Loads/ejects CDs (if but-ton available)8 Single drive ~

B Clear button 222• Deletes characters• Deletes an entry

C Selects the next stationfrom the station list ~

Skips forwards to a track ~

Function Page

D Number pad• Saves a station ~

• Authorizes (connects) amobile phone ~

• Telephone number entry ~

• Searches for a contact ~

g Selects stations byentering the frequencymanually ~

g Selects a track ~

E Switches Audio 20 on/off ~

Adjusts the volume ~

F Inserts/removes an SDmemory card ~

G Accepts a call 190Makes a call 232Redial ~

Accepts a new call when acall is beingmade (call wait-ing) ~

H Rejects a call ~

Ends an active call ~

Audio 20/COMAND operating system 221

Audio20

/COM

AND

Z

Page 224: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Function Page

I Switches the sound on oroff ~

Switches off navigationannouncements ~

J Calls up the sound menu ~

Switches to navigationmode ~

Function Page

K Calls up the telephonemenu ~

L Calls up vehicle settings ~

Buttons and controller

Overview

: Clear button; Switches the display on/off= Favorites button (if available)? Back buttonA ControllerInstead of the display on/off button, the vehi-cle may be equipped with the seat functionbutton.AMG vehicles: the controller is equipped withbuttons: and?.

ControllerThe controller in the center console lets you:Rselect menu items on the displayRenter charactersRselect a destination on the mapRsave entriesThe controller can be:Rturned3Rslid left or right1

Rslid forwards or back4Rslid diagonally2Rpressed briefly or pressed and held7

Back buttonYou can use the% button to exit amenu orto call up the basic display of the currentoperating mode.X To exit the menu: briefly press the%button.Audio 20/COMAND changes to the nexthigher menu level in the current operatingmode.

X To call up the basic display: press the% button for longer than two seconds.Audio 20/COMAND changes to the basicdisplay of the current operating mode.

Clear buttonX To delete individual characters: brieflypress the$ button on the control panel.

orX Briefly press the j clear button on thecontroller.

X To delete an entire entry: press and holdthe$ button on the control panel.

orX Press and hold thej clear button on thecontroller.

Favorites buttonYou can assign predefined functions usingtheg favorites button and call them up bypressing the button.

222 Audio 20/COMAND operating systemAu

dio20

/COM

AND

Page 225: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Display off buttonYou can switch the display on and off with the_ button.

Favorites

Overview of favorites

: To add a new favorite (Y page 223); To rename a selected favorite

(Y page 224)= To move a selected favorite

(Y page 224)? To delete a selected favorite

(Y page 224)Displaying the favorites overviewX Press the favorites button on the controller.The favorites are displayed.

X To show the menu bar: slide6 the con-troller.

You can manage a total of 20 favorites.Further information on how to select and dis-play a favorite (Y page 223).

Displaying and selecting favoritesX Press the favorites button on the controller.The favorites are displayed.

X To select a favorite: turn the controller.X To call up a favorite: press the controller.

Adding favorites

Adding predefined favoritesX Press the favorites button on the controller.The favorites are displayed.

X To show the menu bar: slide6 the con-troller.

X To select Reassign: turn and press thecontroller.The categories for the available favoritesare displayed.RNavigationREntertainmentRTelRVehicle

X To select a category: turn the controller andpress to confirm.The corresponding favorites are displayed.

X To select the desired favorite: turn andpress the controller.

X To store the favorite in the desired order:turn and press the controller.The favorite has been added.If a favorite is stored over another favorite,the favorite underneath is deleted.

Adding your own favoritesYou can store phone numbers from the phonebook, radio stations, preferred media or nav-igation locations as favorites.You can store phone numbers from the phonebook, preferred media or radio stations asfavorites.A phone number from the phone book is usedas an example.X To store the phone number as a favorite:press and hold the favorites button on thecontroller until the favorites are displayed.

X To store the favorite in the desired order:turn and press the controller.The favorite has been added.If a favorite is stored over another favorite,the favorite underneath is deleted.

Audio 20/COMAND operating system 223

Audio20

/COM

AND

Z

Page 226: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Renaming favoritesX Press the favorites button on the controller.The favorites are displayed.

X To select the favorite to be renamed: turnthe controller.

X To show the menu bar: slide6 the con-troller.

X To select Rename: turn and press the con-troller.

X To finish the entry: select OK.The favorite has been renamed.

Moving favorites

X Press the favorites button on the controller.The favorites are displayed.

X To select the favorite to be moved: turn thecontroller.

X To show the menu bar: slide6 the con-troller.

X To select Move: turn and press the control-ler.

X To store the favorite in the desired order:turn and press the controller.The favorite has been moved.If a favorite is stored over another favorite,the favorite underneath is deleted.

Deleting favoritesX Press the favorites button on the controller.The favorites are displayed.

X To select the favorite to be deleted: turn thecontroller.

X To show the menu bar: slide6 the con-troller.

X To select Delete: turn and press the con-troller.

X To select Yes: turn and press the controller.The favorite is deleted.

orX To select No: turn and press the controller.The process is canceled.

Vehicle settings

Calling up vehicle settingsX Press theØ button.orX Press Vehicle in the main function bar.The vehicle menu is displayed.

X To select Vehicle Settings: turn andpress the controller.The Vehicle Settings menu is active.

X To select the desired vehicle setting: turnand press the controller.The main area with the setting element isactive.

Selecting a different vehicle setting:X To activate the menu for selecting the vehi-cle setting: slide5 the controller.

Exiting the vehicle settings:X To select& in the display: slide6 andpress the controller.

Navigation

Introduction

Important safety notesG WARNINGIf you operate information systems and com-munication equipment integrated in the vehi-cle while driving, you will be distracted fromtraffic conditions. You could also lose controlof the vehicle. There is a risk of an accident.

224 Audio 20/COMAND operating systemAu

dio20

/COM

AND

Page 227: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Only operate the equipment when the trafficsituation permits. If you are not sure that thisis possible, park the vehicle paying attentionto traffic conditions and operate the equip-ment when the vehicle is stationary.

You must observe the legal requirements forthe country in which you are currently drivingwhen operating the navigation system.

General notesAudio 20 is equipped with MARGIN® MAPPILOT (see the manufacturer's operatinginstructions).Further information on navigation usingCOMAND can be found in the Digital Opera-tor's Manual.Among other things, correct functioning ofthe navigation systemdepends onGPS recep-tion. In certain situations, GPS reception maybe impaired, there may be interference orthere may be no reception at all, e.g. in tun-nels or parking garages.At vehicle speeds of above 5 km/h, dataentries are restricted.

i The functionality of a roof antenna (tele-phone, GPS) may be impaired if roof carri-ers are used.

Switching to navigation modeX Press the ß button.The map shows the vehicle's current posi-tion.

Showing/hiding the menuX To show: slide6 the controller when themap appears.

X To hide: press the% button.

Destination entry

General notesThe information given relating to destinationentry applies to COMAND. For information onAudio 20, see the manufacturer's operatinginstructions.

Destination entry optionsDestination entry may be blocked while driv-ing, depending on the country specifications.

Address input

Keyword search using fragments of words

From the list of last destinations (up to 50destinations)

Selecting a contact from the address book(contact with navigation dataL)

Selecting a POI (e.g. gas station, restau-rant) for different positions

On the map

Entering intermediate destinations

From Mercedes-Benz AppsRequirement (USA): mbrace is activated forthe Mercedes-Benz Apps.Requirement (Canada): a mobile phone isconnected via Bluetooth® or USB withCOMAND.

Entering geo-coordinates

Example: address entry

X Show the menu (Y page 225).X To select Destination: turn and press thecontroller.

X Select Address Entry.X Enter the address, e.g. as a city, street andhouse number.

Audio 20/COMAND operating system 225

Audio20

/COM

AND

Z

Page 228: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Calculating the routeX To confirm Start: press the controller.The route is calculated with the currentroute type.

Selecting a route typeX Show the menu (Y page 225).X To select Settings: turn and press thecontroller.

X Select Route Settings.X Select a route type.The route type is used for the next routecalculation. If Dynamic Traffic Route,Dynamic TRF. Route After Request orEco Route has been selected, trafficreports on the route are taken into account.i You can map the route to the destinationyourself with up to four intermediate stops.

Route guidanceNavigation announcements and route guid-ance displays guide you to your destination.The information given relating to destinationentry applies to COMAND. For information onAudio 20, see the manufacturer's operatinginstructions.

i Audio 20/COMAND can give incorrectnavigation commands if the actual street/traffic situation does not correspond withthe digital map's data. Road and trafficrules and regulations always have priorityover system driving recommendations.

Before and during a change of direction, themap is shown on the left side of the displayand a view of the intersection or a 3D image

on the right. Lane recommendations (whitedirectional arrows) may be shown at the bot-tom of the display for multilane roads.Navigation announcementsX To adjust the volume: during a navigationannouncement, turn the o control knob.

X To switch off: during a navigationannouncement, press the8 button onthe COMAND control panel.

Route informationX Show the menu (Y page 225).X To select Route: turn and press the con-troller.

X To display destination information:select Destination Information.

X To display the route list: select RouteList.

X To display the current position: selectWhere am I?.

Canceling/continuing route guidanceX Press the controller.X To select Destination: turn and press thecontroller.

X Select Cancel Active Route Guidanceor Continue Route Guidance.

Real-time traffic reportsThe information given relating to destinationentry applies to COMAND. For information onAudio 20, see the manufacturer's operatinginstructions.In order to receive real-time traffic reports viasatellite radio, you need to subscribe to SIR-IUS XM Satellite Radio Traffic Message Ser-vice.COMAND can receive traffic reports via sat-ellite radio and take account of these forroute guidance in the navigation system.Received traffic reports are displayed on themap either as text or as symbols.

226 Audio 20/COMAND operating systemAu

dio20

/COM

AND

Page 229: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

X To switch to navigation mode: press theØ button.

X To show themenu: slide6 the controller.X To select Traffic: turn and press the con-troller.If satellite signals cannot be received orthere are no traffic reports, you will see amessage to this effect.

X To close the report: press the controller.

Map functions

General notesThe information given relating to destinationentry applies to COMAND. For information onAudio 20, see the manufacturer's operatinginstructions.

Setting the map scaleRequirement: the map is in full screen mode,the menu is faded out (Y page 225).X Turn the controller until the desired scale isset.

Moving the mapRequirement: the map is in full screen mode,the menu is faded out (Y page 225).X Slide1,4 or2 the controller.The crosshair is shown. The map moves inthe corresponding direction under thecrosshair.i Pressing the controller selects a destina-tion in the map.

Selecting map orientationX Show the menu (Y page 225).X To select Options: turn and press the con-troller.

X Select Map Orientation.The # dot indicates the current setting.

X Turn and press the controller.The map orientation is set.

Building images and elevation modelingIn small map scales (20 m, 50 m), importantbuildings are depicted realistically on themap; other buildings are shown as models.Selected cities are realistically depicted usingelevation modeling.

Calling up the online map displayRequirement: a mobile phone with a datapackage must be connected to COMAND.X Show the menu (Y page 225).X Slide5 the controller twice.X Press the controller.The navigation menu appears.

X Turn the controller until Online Map Dis‐play is brought to the front.

X Press the controller.The online connection is established. Oncethe connection is established, the Google™Maps map shows the vicinity of the currentvehicle position.

Connecting and disconnecting amobile phone

Prerequisites

For telephony via the Bluetooth® interface,you require a Bluetooth®-capable mobilephone. The mobile phone must supportHands-Free Profile 1.0 or above.Activating Bluetooth® in Audio 20/COMANDX Press theØ button in the center con-sole.The Vehicle menu appears.

X To select System Settings: slide6,turn and press the controller to confirm.

X To select Activate Bluetooth: turn andpress the controller.This switches Bluetooth® on O or off ª.

Audio 20/COMAND operating system 227

Audio20/C

OMAN

D

Z

Page 230: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

On the mobile phoneX Switch on the mobile phone and enter thePIN when prompted to do so (see the man-ufacturer's operating instructions).

X Activate Bluetooth® and, if necessary,Bluetooth® visibility for other devices (seethemanufacturer's operating instructions).This visibility is for restricted periods oftime on somemobile phones (see the man-ufacturer's operating instructions).

X Set the Bluetooth® device name for themobile phone if necessary.

The Bluetooth® device names for all of onemanufacturer's products might be identical.To make it possible to clearly identify yourmobile phone, change the device name (seethe manufacturer's operating instructions).The name can be freely selected.If the mobile phone supports the PBAP(Phone Book Access Profile) and MAP(Message Access Profile) Bluetooth® pro-files, the following information will be trans-mitted after you connect:RPhone bookRCall listsRMessagesThe battery of the mobile phone shouldalways be kept sufficiently charged in order toprevent malfunctions.

i Not all mobile phones available on themarket are equally suitable. You can obtainmore detailed information about suitablemobile phones and about the connectionbetween the mobile phone and Audio 20/COMAND on the Internet athttp://www.mbusa-mobile.com.You can also obtain more information bycalling.In the USA, you can get in touch with theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Cen-ter on 1-800-FOR-MERCedes(1-800-367-6372).

In Canada, you can get in touch with theCustomer Relations Center on1-800-387-0100.

i Some displays (e.g. the signal strength)depend on the supported version of theHands-Free Profile.

Procedure and general informationSearching for and authorizing (connect-ing) a mobile phoneBefore using your mobile phone with Audio20/COMAND for the first time, you will needto search (Y page 229) for the phone andthen authorize it (Y page 229). Depending onthe mobile phone, authorization either takesplace bymeans of Secure Simple Pairing or byentering a passkey. Audio 20/COMANDautomatically makes the system suitable foryour mobile phone available. You can recog-nize Secure Simple Pairing by a code which isdisplayed in Audio 20/COMAND and on themobile phone. You can recognize the passkeysystem by the fact that you have to enter acode on the mobile phone and in Audio 20/COMAND. The mobile phone is always con-nected automatically after authorization.If Audio 20/COMAND does not detect yourmobile phone, this may be due to particularsecurity settings on your mobile phone. Youcan also start the search procedure andauthorization on the mobile phone(Y page 230).Device-specific information on authorizingand connecting Bluetooth®-capable mobilephones can be found on the Internet athttp://www.mercedes-benz.com/connect.You can authorize up to 15 mobile phones.Only one mobile phone can be connected toAudio 20/COMAND at any one time.De-authorizing (disconnecting) a mobilephoneThe connection is terminated automatically ifyou leave the receiver range of Audio 20/

228 Audio 20/COMAND operating systemAu

dio20

/COM

AND

Page 231: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

COMAND or deactivate Bluetooth® on yourmobile phone.If you no longer want the Bluetooth® connec-tion to be established automatically, themobile phone must be de-authorized (discon-nected) (Y page 231).

Searching for a mobile phone

X To call up the telephone menu: press the% button.

X To switch to the menu bar in the telephonemenu: slide6 the controller.

X To select Connect Device: turn the con-troller and press to confirm.The device list is displayed.

X To select Search for Phones: turn andpress the controller.A message is displayed that Bluetooth®must be activated on the mobile phone andmust be made visible to other devices.

X To select Start Search: press the con-troller.The available mobile phones are displayedin the device list.

The duration of the search depends on thenumber of Bluetooth® telephones withinrange and their characteristics.If a new phone is found, it appears in thedevice list with theÏ symbol. You can nowauthorize (connect) the mobile phone found(Y page 229).If the device list is already full, you will berequested to de-authorize a mobile phone(Y page 231).

When you call up the device list again, de-authorized devices will be removed from thelist. To update the device list, start the searchagain.Symbols in the device list

Sym-bol

Explanation

Ï New mobile phone found, not yetauthorized.

Ñ Mobile phone is authorized, but isnot connected.

# Mobile phone is authorized andconnected.

Authorizing a mobile phone (connect-ing)

Authorization via Secure Simple PairingOnce Audio 20/COMAND has found yourmobile phone, you can authorize (connect) it.X To select a mobile phone from the devicelist: turn the controller and press to con-firm.A code is displayed in Audio 20/COMANDand on the mobile phone.

The code is the sameX Audio 20/COMAND: select Yes.X Mobile phone: confirm the code. Depend-ing on the mobile phone used, you mayhave to confirm the connection to Audio20/COMAND as well as confirm for thePBAP and MAP Bluetooth® profiles. Theprompt to confirm may take up to twominutes to be displayed. Youmay also savethe confirmation on the mobile phone (seethemanufacturer's operating instructions).The mobile phone is now authorized andconnected to Audio 20/COMAND. You cannow speak using the hands-free system.

Further information on setting the transmis-sion and reception volume of the mobilephone can be found in the Digital Operator'sManual.

Audio 20/COMAND operating system 229

Audio20

/COM

AND

Z

Page 232: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

The code is differentX Audio 20/COMAND: select No.The process is canceled. Repeat theauthorization.

Authorization via passkey entry (accesscode)Once Audio 20/COMAND has found yourmobile phone, you can authorize (connect) it.X To select the Bluetooth® name of thedesiredmobile phone in the device list: turnand press the controller.The input menu for the passkey is dis-played.The passkey is a one- to sixteen-digit num-ber combination which you can chooseyourself.

X Audio 20/COMAND: enter the passkeyusing the character bar.

X Select ¬ once all the numbers havebeen entered.

X Mobile phone: enter the same passkeyand confirm your entry. Depending on themobile phone used, you may have to con-firm the connection to Audio 20/COMANDas well as confirm for the PBAP and MAPBluetooth® profiles. The prompt to confirmmay take up to two minutes to be dis-played. Youmay also save the confirmationon the mobile phone (see the manufactur-er's operating instructions).The mobile phone is now authorized andconnected to Audio 20/COMAND. You cannow speak using the hands-free system.

Further information on setting the transmis-sion and reception volume of the mobilephone can be found in the Digital Operator'sManual.If the Authorization Failed messageappears, you may have entered a differentpasskey or exceeded the prescribed timelimit. Repeat the procedure.

i Some mobile phones require a passkeywith four or more digits.

i If you wish to re-authorize the mobilephone after de-authorizing it, you canchoose another passkey for it.

Establishing the connection from themobile phone

The Bluetooth® device name of Audio 20/COMAND is "MB Bluetooth".X Audio 20/COMAND: call up the telephonemenu.

X To switch to the menu bar: slide6 thecontroller.

X To select Connect Device: turn the con-troller and press to confirm.The device list is displayed.

X To select Connect via Phone: turn andpress the controller.A message is displayed, stating that youcan start the search on your mobile phone.

X Mobile phone: start the search for a Blue-tooth® device (see manufacturer's operat-ing instructions).Audio 20/COMAND is displayed with thename "MBBluetooth" in themobile phone'sdevice list.

X Select "MB Bluetooth".A prompt appears in the Audio 20/COMAND display asking whether themobile phone should be authorized.

X Audio 20/COMAND: select Yes.If No is selected, the procedure is canceled.If your mobile phone supports Secure Sim-ple Pairing, a code is now displayed on bothdevices.

The code is the sameX Audio 20/COMAND: select Yes.X Mobile phone: confirm the code. Depend-ing on the mobile phone used, you mayhave to confirm the connection to Audio20/COMAND as well as confirm for thePBAP and MAP Bluetooth® profiles. Theprompt to confirm may take up to twominutes to be displayed. Youmay also save

230 Audio 20/COMAND operating systemAu

dio20/C

OMAN

D

Page 233: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

the confirmation on the mobile phone (seethemanufacturer's operating instructions).The mobile phone is now authorized andconnected to Audio 20/COMAND. You cannow speak using the hands-free system.

The code is differentX Audio 20/COMAND: select No.The process is canceled. Repeat the pro-cedure.

If your mobile phone does not support SecureSimple Pairing, you can findmore informationabout connecting the mobile phone in theDigital Operator's Manual.

Reconnecting automaticallyAudio 20/COMAND always searches for thelast connected mobile phone.If no connection can be made to the mostrecently connectedmobile phone, the systemsearches for the mobile phone that was con-nected before that one.

Switching between mobile phonesIf you have authorized more than one mobilephone, you can switch between the individualphones.X To call up the telephone menu: press the

% button.X To show the menu bar: slide6 the con-troller.

X To select Connect Device: turn the con-troller and press to confirm.The device list is displayed.

X To select the desired mobile phone: turnand press the controller.The selected mobile phone is searched forand connected if it is within Bluetooth®range and if Bluetooth® is activated.

Only one mobile phone can be connected atany one time. The currently connectedmobilephone is indicated by the # dot in the devicelist.

i You can only switch to another authorizedmobile phone if you are not currently mak-ing a call.

De-authorizing (disconnecting) amobilephoneMercedes-Benz USA, LLC recommends De-authorization in Audio 20/COMAND and onthe mobile phone. Subsequent authorizationmay otherwise fail.X To call up the telephone menu: press the

% button.X To show the menu bar: slide6 the con-troller.

X To select Connect Device: turn the con-troller and press to confirm.

X To highlight the desiredmobile phone in thedevice list: turn the controller.

X To selectG: slide9 the controller.X To select Deauthorize: turn and press thecontroller.A prompt appears, asking whether youreally wish to de-authorize this device.

X To select Yes: turn and press the controller.The mobile phone is de-authorized.

i Before re-authorizing the mobile phone,you should also delete the device name MBBluetooth from your mobile phone's Blue-tooth® list.

Using the telephone

Accepting a callX To select Accept: press the controller.orX Press6 on the multifunction steeringwheel.The call is accepted.

Further information on the functions you canuse during a call can be found in the DigitalOperator's Manual.

Audio 20/COMAND operating system 231

Audio20

/COM

AND

Z

Page 234: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

i You can also accept the call by voice com-mand using the Voice Control System (seethe separate operating instructions).

i If the phone number of the caller is trans-ferred, it appears in the display. If thephone number is saved in the phone book,the contact's name is also displayed. If thephone number is not transferred,Unknownis shown in the display.

Rejecting a callX To select Reject: turn the controller andpress to confirm.

orX Press~ on the multifunction steeringwheel.

Ending an active callX To select= in the telephone menu: turnand press the controller.

orX Press~ on the multifunction steeringwheel.The active call is ended.

Making a call

Using the telephone menuX To call up the telephone menu: press the

% button.X To select all numbers one after the other inthe telephone menu: turn and press thecontroller each time.

X To selectw in the telephone menu: turnand press the controller.The call is made.

Using call listsX To call up the telephone menu: press the

% button.X To switch to the menu bar: slide6 thecontroller.

X To select Call Lists: turn and press thecontroller.

X To select Calls Received or CallsDialed: turn and press the controller.The relevant list is displayed.

X To select an entry andmake a call: turn andpress the controller.

Using the phone bookX To call up the telephone menu: press the

% button.X To select Name in the telephone menu: turnand press the controller.The phone book is displayed with an activecharacter bar.

X To select characters: turn the controllerand press to confirm.The first contact with the selected firstcharacter is highlighted in the phone book.

X Select the characters of the contact you aresearching for one by one, pressing and con-firming with the controller each time.

X To end the search: select ¬.The contacts in the phone book are dis-played.

X To select a contact: turn and press the con-troller.

If a contact contains more than one phonenumber:X To select a telephone number: turn andpress the controller.

Further information on the phone book can befound in the Digital Operator's Manual.

Setting up an Internet connection

Procedure and general informationUSA: to use Mercedes-Benz Apps and Inter-net access, mbrace must be activated andoperational. Furthermore, mbrace must beactivated for Mercedes-Benz Apps and Inter-net access. No further settings are required.Canada: in order to set up a mobile phone forInternet access, your mobile phone must beconnected via Bluetooth® to Audio 20/COMAND. If you are using Internet access for

232 Audio 20/COMAND operating systemAu

dio20

/COM

AND

Page 235: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

the first time, you must enable the connectedmobile phone for Internet access(Y page 233). If the connected mobile phonesupports the Bluetooth® PAN profile, you donot need to make additional settings. TheInternet connection is established. If the con-nected mobile phone does not support thenamed Bluetooth® profile, predefined(Y page 233) or manual access data(Y page 233) must be set.

Enabling the mobile phone for InternetaccessX To call up the telephone menu: press the

% button.X To switch to the main function bar: slide5 the controller.

X To select TEL/®: press the controller.X To select Internet: turn and press thecontroller.The menu with the Internet functions is dis-played.

X To switch to the menu bar: slide6 thecontroller.

X To select Settings: turn and press thecontroller.

X To select Configure Internet Set‐tings: turn and press the controller.The device list is displayed.

X To select Search for Bluetooth Phone:turn and press the controller.Mobile phones are displayed that:Rare connected with Audio 20/COMANDRfulfill the conditions for the Internet func-tionsRhave not yet been set up for the Internetfunction

X To select a mobile phone from the devicelist: turn the controller and press to con-firm.If the mobile phone supports the Blue-tooth® PAN profile, Internet access is setup. You can use the Internet functions.If the connected mobile phone does notsupport the named Bluetooth® profile, pre-defined (Y page 233) or personalizedaccess data (Y page 233) must be set.

Setting access data of themobile phonenetwork provider

Selecting the predefined access data ofthe mobile phone network providerX To select Predefined Settings: turn andpress the controller.A list of countries appears.

X To select Confirm Settings: turn andpress the controller.

If the mobile phone network provider pro-vides multiple access data options, the rele-vant access data still has to be selected. Thisdepends on the data package used, for exam-ple.

Manually setting the access data of themobile phone network providerX To select Manual Settings: turn andpress the controller.An overview of the provider settingsappears.

X Set access data (Y page 234).X To confirm settings: select Confirm Set‐tings and turn and press the controller.

Audio 20/COMAND operating system 233

Audio20

/COM

AND

Z

Page 236: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

The access data for the mobile phone net-work provider is selected once for the mobilephone connected and is loaded again eachtime the mobile phone is connected.You must set the access data of the mobilephone network provider who provides theSIM card and the associated data package(access settings) for the connected mobilephone. The access data remains the samewhen you are in a different country (roaming).The access data of another network is notselected.

Setting access dataSet the access data in accordance with yourdata package. You can contact your mobilephone network provider to obtain the preciseaccess data.Explanation of the access data

Input field Meaning

Phone Num‐ber:

Access number for estab-lishing the connectionThe access numberdepends on the mobilephone used. For GSM/UMTS mobile phones,*99***1# is used as astandard.

AccessPoint:

APNnetwork access point(Access Point Name)You can obtain this infor-mation from your mobilephone network provider.Entry is not necessary forall mobile phone networkproviders and mobilephones.

PDP Type: Internet protocol used.You can obtain this infor-mation from your mobilephone network provider.

Input field Meaning

User ID: The user identificationcan be obtained from yourmobile phone networkprovider.Entry is not necessary forall mobile phone networkproviders.

Password: The password can beobtained from yourmobile phone networkprovider.Entry is not necessary forall mobile phone networkproviders.

Auto DNS: Automatic allocation ofDNS servers is activated.If the function is deactiva-ted, the DNS serveraddresses must beentered manually.DNS (Domain NameService)

DNS1:DNS2:

Fields for entering theDNS server addressesmanually. The addresscan be obtained from yourmobile phone networkprovider.

Radio mode

Switching toX Press the $ button.The radio display appears. You will hear thelast station played on the last wavebandselected.

234 Audio 20/COMAND operating systemAu

dio20

/COM

AND

Page 237: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Overview

Example COMAND: Main function bar; Status bar with compass display= Main display field with available stations

and relevant information? Display of radio station selectedA Radio menu barSelecting the main function barX Slide5 the controller.

Selecting the menu barX Slide6 the controller.

Menu optionsX In radio mode: slide6 the controller.The radio menu bar appears.

X To select Options: turn and press the con-troller.

The following setting options are availa-ble to you:RTag This Track: saves track informationon an Apple® device for a later purchaseoption via iTunes®REnter Frequency: manual frequencyentryRCurrent Station/Channel Listing: listof available stationsREdit Station Preset: selects and editsstation presets

RShow Station Information: switchesartist and track display and station nameon/offRHD Radio: switches HD Radio on/off

Setting the waveband

X Using the button: in radio mode press the$ button.

X Turn the controller until the required wave-band is in the center. Press the controller.

orX Using the radiomenu bar: in radio mode,slide6 the controller.

X To select Band/Preset: turn and press thecontroller.

X Turn the controller until the required wave-band is selected. Press the controller.

Selecting a stationRTo select via the main display field: inradio mode, turn the controller until thedesired station is in the center.RVia the "Options"menu: using CurrentStation/Channel Listing or EnterFrequency select or enter the desired sta-tion.RUsing the search function (COMAND): inradio mode, selectè in the menu barand enter the first letters of the desiredstation using the controller.

Audio 20/COMAND operating system 235

Audio20

/COM

AND

Z

Page 238: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Radio text/radio text plusThis function is not available in all countries.X To switch on radio text: in radio mode,select Info in the menu bar.Additional information from the currentstation is displayed.

236 Audio 20/COMAND operating systemAu

dio20

/COM

AND

Page 239: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Useful information ............................ 238Stowage areas ................................... 238Features ............................................. 251

237

Stow

ageandfeatures

Page 240: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Useful information

i This Operator's Manual describes allmodels and all standard andoptional equip-ment of your vehicle available at the time ofpublication of the Operator's Manual.Country-specific differences are possible.Please note that your vehicle may not beequipped with all features described. Thisalso applies to safety-related systems andfunctions.

i Read the information on qualified special-ist workshops (Y page 31).

Stowage areas

Loading guidelines

G WARNINGIf objects, luggage or loads are not secured ornot secured sufficiently, they could slip, tipover or be flung around and thereby hit vehicleoccupants. There is a risk of injury, particu-larly in the event of sudden braking or a sud-den change in direction.Always store objects so that they cannot beflung around. Secure objects, luggage orloads against slipping or tipping before thejourney.

G WARNINGCombustion engines emit poisonous exhaustgases such as carbon monoxide. Exhaustgases can enter the vehicle interior if thetrunk lid/tailgate is open when the engine isrunning, especially if the vehicle is in motion.There is a risk of poisoning.Always switch off the engine before openingthe trunk lid/tailgate. Never drive with thetrunk lid/tailgate open.

G WARNINGThe exhaust tail pipe and tail pipe trim canbecome very hot. If you come into contactwith these parts of the vehicle, you could burnyourself. There is a risk of injury.

Always be particularly careful around theexhaust tail pipe and the tail pipe trim. Allowthese components to cool down before touch-ing them.

The handling characteristics of a laden vehi-cle are dependent on the distribution of theload within the vehicle. For this reason, youshould observe the following notes whentransporting a load:RNever exceed the maximum permissiblegross vehicle mass or the gross axle weightrating for the vehicle (including occupants).The values are specified on the vehicleidentification plate on the B-pillar of thedriver's door.RThe trunk/cargo compartment is the pre-ferred place to store objects.RPosition heavy loads as far forwards as pos-sible and as low down in the trunk/cargocompartment as possible.RThe load must not protrude above theupper edge of the seat backrests.RAlways place the load against the rear orfront seat backrests. Make sure that theseat backrests are securely locked intoplace.RAlways place the load behind unoccupiedseats if possible.RUse the cargo tie-down rings and the parcelnets to transport loads and luggage.RUse cargo tie-down rings and fasteningmaterials appropriate for the weight andsize of the load.RWhen transporting objects in the cargocompartment, the combined cargo coverand net must always be installed (cargocompartment cover and cargo net).RSecure the load with sufficiently strong andwear-resistant tie-downs. Pad sharp edgesfor protection.

238 Stowage areasStow

ageandfeatures

Page 241: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Stowage spaces

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf objects in the passenger compartment arestowed incorrectly, they can slide or bethrown around and hit vehicle occupants.There is a risk of injury, particularly in theevent of sudden braking or a sudden changein direction.RAlways stow objects so that they cannot bethrown around in such situations.RAlways make sure that objects do not pro-trude from stowage spaces, parcel nets orstowage nets.RClose the lockable stowage spaces whiledriving.RAlways stow and secure heavy, hard, poin-ted, sharp-edged, fragile or bulky objects inthe trunk/cargo compartment.

Observe the loading guidelines (Y page 238).

Information in the Digital Operator'sManualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RGlove boxREyeglasses compartmentRStowage compartment in the center con-soleRStowage compartment under the armrestRStowage compartment under the frontseatsRStowage compartment in the rearRStowage net in the rear

Stowage netsStowage nets are located in the front-passenger footwell and on the left-hand sideof the trunk/cargo compartment.

Observe the loading guidelines (Y page 238)and the safety notes regarding stowagespaces (Y page 239).

Through-loading facility in the rear

The through-loading facility is opened fromthe trunk.X Fold down the rear seat armrest.X Press release catch:.The flap opens downwards.

Observe the loading guidelines (Y page 238).

Through-loading facility in the rearbench seat (Sedan)

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf the rear bench seat/rear seat and seatbackrest are not engaged they could fold for-wards, e.g. when braking suddenly or in theevent of an accident.RThe vehicle occupant would thereby bepushed into the seat belt by the rear benchseat/rear seat or by the seat backrest. Theseat belt can no longer offer the intendedlevel of protection and could even causeinjuries.RObjects or loads in the trunk cannot berestrained by the seat backrest.

There is an increased risk of injury.

Stowage areas 239

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Page 242: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Before every trip, make sure that the seatbackrests and the rear bench seat/rear seatare engaged.

Observe the loading guidelines (Y page 238).The left-hand and right-hand rear seat backr-ests can be folded down separately toincrease the trunk capacity.

Folding the seat backrest forward

i Vehicles with memory function: when youfold one or both parts of the rear seat back-rest forwards, the respective front seatmoves forward slightly, when necessary, inorder to avoid contact.

X Vehicles without memory function: if nec-essary, move the driver's or front-passenger seat forward.

X Open the trunk.X Pull right-hand or left-hand rear seat back-rest release handle:.The corresponding rear seat backrest isreleased.The rear seat head restraints are lowered.

X Fold rear seat backrest; forwards.X Move the driver's or front-passenger seatback if necessary.

Folding the seat backrest back

! Make sure that the seat belt does notbecome trapped when folding the rear seatbackrest back. Otherwise, it could be dam-aged.

X Move the driver's or front-passenger seatforward if necessary.

X Fold rear seat backrest: back until itengages.If the rear seat backrest is not engaged andlocked, this will be shown in the multifunc-tion display in the instrument cluster. Awarning tone also sounds.

X Adjust the head restraints if necessary.X Move the driver's or front-passenger seatback if necessary.

i You should always engage the rear seatbackrests if you do not need the through-loading feature. This will prevent unauthor-ized access to the trunk from the vehicleinterior.

240 Stowage areasStow

ageandfeatures

Page 243: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

EASY-PACK through-loading facility inthe rear bench seat (Wagon)

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf the rear bench seat/rear seat and seatbackrest are not engaged they could fold for-wards, e.g. when braking suddenly or in theevent of an accident.RThe vehicle occupant would thereby bepushed into the seat belt by the rear benchseat/rear seat or by the seat backrest. Theseat belt can no longer offer the intendedlevel of protection and could even causeinjuries.RObjects or loads in the trunk/cargo com-partment cannot be restrained by the seatbackrest.

There is an increased risk of injury.Before every trip, make sure that the seatbackrests and the rear bench seat/rear seatare engaged.

Observe the loading guidelines (Y page 238).

Folding the rear seat backrests forward

! When folding the rear seat backrest for-wards, ensure that there are no items lyingon the seat cushions. These items couldotherwise be damaged or could themselvesdamage the rear seats.

The left-hand and right-hand rear seat backr-ests can be folded forwards separately toincrease the cargo compartment capacity.The combined cargo cover and net canremain installed.i When you fold one or both parts of therear seat backrests forwards, the headr-ests are also lowered if necessary. In thecase of vehicles with memory function, therespective front seat is moved forwardsslightly to avoid contact with the seatbehind it.

X Vehicles without memory function: if nec-essary, move the driver's or front-passenger seat forward.

X Pull the left-hand or right-hand release han-dle at the rear in cargo compartment: orat the side beside backrests;.The corresponding backrest folds for-wards.

X Move the driver's or front-passenger seatback if necessary.

Stowage areas 241

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Page 244: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Folding the rear seat backrest back

! Make sure that the seat belt does notbecome trapped when folding the rear seatbackrest back. Otherwise, it could be dam-aged.

X Move the driver's or front-passenger seatforward if necessary.

X Fold seat backrest: back until it engages.If the rear seat backrest is not engaged andlocked, this will be shown in the multifunc-tion display in the instrument cluster. Awarning tone also sounds.

X Adjust the head restraints if necessary(Y page 116).

X Move the driver's or front-passenger seatback if necessary.

Securing cargo

Plastic hooks (Sedan)

On vehicles without a through-loading featurein the rear bench seat, six plastic hooks areinstalled to the trunk floor.

Cargo tie-down rings

General notesObserve the following notes on securingloads:RObserve the loading guidelines(Y page 238).RSecure the load using the cargo tie-downrings.RDistribute the load on the cargo tie-downrings evenly.RDo not use elastic straps or nets to securea load, as these are only intended as ananti-slip protection for light loads.RDo not route tie-downs across sharp edgesor corners.RPad sharp edges for protection.

Trunk/cargo compartment

Cargo tie-down rings: (Sedan)

Cargo tie-down rings: (Wagon)

242 Stowage areasStow

ageandfeatures

Page 245: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

EASY-PACK cargo compartment cover(Wagon)

Important safety notes

G WARNINGOn its own, the cargo compartment covercannot secure or restrain heavy objects,items of luggage and heavy loads. You couldbe hit by an unsecured load during suddenchanges in direction, braking or in the event ofan accident. There is an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.Always store objects so that they cannot beflung around. Secure objects, luggage orloads against slipping or tipping over, e.g. byusing tie downs, even if you are using thecargo compartment cover.

! When loading the vehicle, make sure thatyou do not stack the load in the cargo com-partment higher than the lower edge of theside windows. Do not place heavy objectson top of the cargo compartment cover.

The cargo compartment cover and the cargonet are attached to anchorages on the rightand left in the cargo compartment as a com-bined cargo cover and net.When the tailgate is opened, the cargo com-partment cover is automatically raised tomake loading easier. It is automatically low-ered again when the tailgate is closed.When the cargo compartment cover is clip-ped in, there should be no objects obstructingthe downwards movement of the cover in thecargo compartment when the tailgate isclosed. The cargo compartment cover willotherwise be raised again.

Extending/retracting the cargo com-partment cover

X To extend: pull cargo compartmentcover: back by grab handle; and clip itinto the retainers on the left and right.

X To retract: unhook cargo compartmentcover: from the retainers on the left andright and guide it forwards by grab han-dle; until it is fully retracted.

Installing/removing the combinedcargo cover and net

Stowage areas 243

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Page 246: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

You can reach the combined cargo cover andnet to install and remove it from the cargocompartment and, with the seat backrest fol-ded forwards, from the left-hand rear door.X Make sure that the cargo net and the cargocompartment cover are rolled up.

X To remove: press button;.X Fold the combined cargo cover and net for-wards on the left-hand side with the seatbackrest folded forwards, and fold it back-wards with the seat backrest folded up.

X First, detach the combined cargo cover andnet from left-hand catch: and thenremove it from right-hand fixture=.

X To install: push the combined cargo coverand net up to the stop into right-hand fix-ture=.

X Place the combined cargo cover and netinto the left-hand fixture and push it intocatch: until the combined cargo coverand net engages audibly.

X Make sure that red lock status indicator?is no longer visible. The combined cargocover and net will otherwise not be lockedin place.

Attaching the combined cargo coverand net to the rear seat backrest

! If you have attached the combined cargocover and net to a rear seat backrest that isfolded forwards, do not fold the backrestback.

X Fold the left and right seat backrest for-wards (Y page 241).

X Insert combined cargo cover and net;into two guides: and push it up to thestop in the direction of the arrow.

Cargo net (Wagon)

Important safety notes

G WARNINGOn its own, the cargo net cannot secure orrestrain heavy objects, items of luggage andheavy loads. You could be hit by an unsecuredload during sudden changes in direction,braking or in the event of an accident. There isan increased risk of injury or even fatal injury.Always store objects so that they cannot beflung around. Secure objects, luggage orloads against slipping or tipping over, e.g. byusing tie downs, even if you are using thecargo net.

It is important to use a cargo net if you loadthe vehicle with small objects above the seatbackrests. For safety reasons, always use acargo net when transporting loads.Damaged cargo nets can no longer fulfill theirprotective function and must be replaced.Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

244 Stowage areasStow

ageandfeatures

Page 247: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Cargo net without cargo compartmentenlargement

X Pull the cargo net up by tab: and hook itinto eyelets;.

Cargo net with cargo compartmentenlargement

X Make sure that the cargo net is attached tothe rear seat backrest (Y page 243).

X Guide the cargo net up by tab: and hookit into eyelets;.

Coat hooks on the tailgate (Wagon)

: Coat hook

EASY-PACK trunk box (Sedan)

Important safety notes

G WARNINGWhen the load surface moves up, your handsmay become trapped on the frame of theEASY-PACK trunk box. There is a risk of injury.When the load surface moves up, make surethat your hands are not within the sweep ofthe load surface. If someone becomes trap-ped, carefully push the center of the load sur-face downward.

! When the EASY-PACK trunk box is pulledout, no objects may be placed on the frameof the box, nor should the frame be pushedfrom above. Otherwise, the box could bedamaged.

! Sharp-edged, pointed or fragile objectscan damage the EASY-PACK trunk box andthen be thrown out. There is a risk of injury.Do not transport sharp-edged, pointed orfragile objects in the EASY-PACK trunk box.Always store and secure these or similarobjects in the trunk outside of the EASY-PACK trunk box.

! If you exceed the maximum permittedload of the EASY-PACK trunk box, objectscan be thrown out of the EASY-PACK trunkbox and strike vehicle occupants. There is arisk of injury, particularly in the event of

Stowage areas 245

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Page 248: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

sudden braking or a sudden change indirection.Always observe the maximum permittedload of the EASY-PACK trunk box. Alwaysstore and secure heavy objects in the trunkoutside of the EASY-PACK trunk box.

The maximum permitted load of the EASY-PACK trunk box is 22 lbs (10 kg). With a loadof above approximately 11 lbs (5 kg), the bot-tom of the box moves downward until it restson the mat of the trunk floor. Thus, overload-ing of the box is avoided.

Adjusting the height to any position

X Pull the box out by handle: in the direc-tion of the arrow all the way to the stop.

X Lowering the load surface: push the cen-ter of load surface; down by hand in thedirection of the arrow until load surface;has reached the desired position and thebox is the desired size.

X To raise the load surface: press switch=.Load surface; of the box moves up auto-matically.

X To stow the box: push the box in by han-dle: all the way to the stop.

Removing and installing

X To install: insert retainer; of box: intoslots=

X Raise box: and press hooksA intoanchorage? as far as they will go.

X Turn left-hand rotating catchB clockwiseand right-hand rotating catchB counter-clockwise by 90°.

X To remove: turn left-hand rotating catchB counter-clockwise and right-hand rotat-ing catchB clockwise by 90°.

X Move box: downwards and pull it outfrom anchorages?.

i Store the EASY-PACK trunk box on a flatsurface after removal, e.g. on a suitableshelf.

EASY-PACK load-securing kit (Wagon)

Components and storageThe EASY-PACK load-securing kit allows youto use your cargo compartment for a variety

246 Stowage areasStow

ageandfeatures

Page 249: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

of purposes. The accessory parts are locatedunder the cargo compartment floor.X Open the EASY-PACK folding luggage-com-partment floor (Y page 249).

EASY-PACK load-securing kit accessory parts: Telescopic rod; Bag containing the brackets and luggage

holder

Inserting the brackets into the loadingrail

X Insert bracket: into the center of loadingrail?.

X Press release button; and pushbracket: into the desired position in load-ing rail?.

X Let go of release button;.X Press locking button=.Bracket: is locked in loading rail?.

X If necessary, fold cargo tie-down ringAupwards.

Luggage holder

! Only use the luggage holder to securecargo with a maximum weight of 15.4 lbs(7 kg) andwith dimensions that the luggageholder can safely and securely contain.

The luggage holder can be used to securelight loads against the side wall of the cargocompartment to prevent them from movingaround.X To install: insert two bracketsA into theleft or right loading rail (Y page 247).

X Press release button: of the luggageholder and pull the strap out slightly.

X Insert luggage holder; into bracketsAand, while doing so, press release button= and push the luggage holder downwardsuntil it engages.

X Press release button: of the luggageholder and pull the strap out in the directionof the arrow.

X Place the load between the strap and thecargo compartment side wall.

X Using one hand, press locking button: ofthe luggage holder.

X With your other hand, let the strap go slowlyuntil the load is secured.

X Make sure that locking button? on brack-etsA is pressed.This keeps bracketsA in place on theloading rail.

X To remove: press release button= onrespective bracketA and remove luggageholder; by pulling upwards and out.

Stowage areas 247

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Page 250: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Telescopic rod

The telescopic rod can be used to secure theload against the rear seats to prevent it frommoving around.X To install: insert one bracket; into boththe left and the right loading rails and slideit to the desired position (Y page 247).

X Insert telescopic rod: into brackets;and, while doing so, press release but-ton? and push the rod downwards until itengages.

X Make sure that locking button= on brack-ets; is pressed.This keeps brackets; in place on theloading rail.

X To remove: press release button? onrespective bracket; and remove tele-scopic rod: by pulling it upwards and out.

Stowage well under the trunk floor(Sedan)! Unhook the handle before again beforeclosing the trunk lid and clip it in securely toprevent the handle flap from protruding.Otherwise, you could damage the handle.

The TIREFIT kit, the vehicle tool kit, etc. arelocated in the stowage compartment.X To open: pull handle: up.

X Hook handle: into rain trough;.

EASY-PACK folding floorwith stowagecompartment under the cargo com-partment floor (Wagon)

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf you drive when the EASY-PACK folding flooris open, objects could be flung around, thusstriking vehicle occupants. There is a risk ofinjury, particularly in the event of suddenbraking or a sudden change in direction.Always close the EASY-PACK folding floorbefore a journey.

! Do not apply pressure to the EASY-PACKfolding luggage-compartment floor when itis fully open. You may otherwise damage

248 Stowage areasStow

ageandfeatures

Page 251: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

the hinges of the EASY-PACK folding lug-gage-compartment floor.

! Vehicles with a B&O sound system: do notremove the EASY-PACK folding floor.Removing the EASY-PACK folding floor willcause the cable set or the amplifier to bedamaged because the amplifier module isscrewed to the underside of the EASY-PACK folding floor.

Opening and closing the folding cargocompartment floor

The parts of the EASY-PACK load-securing kitare contained beneath the EASY-PACK fold-ing floor. Beneath the insert, you will find, forexample, the TIREFIT kit or the emergencyspare wheel and the vehicle tool kit.X To open: open the tailgate.X Holding the ribbing, press handle: down-wards;.Handle: folds upwards.

X Pull EASY-PACK folding luggage-compart-ment floor= in the direction of the arrow

by handle: until it reaches the desiredposition and engages in side?.

X To close: disengage the EASY-PACK fold-ing luggage-compartment floor and pull itback.

X Press the EASY-PACK folding luggage-com-partment floor down; until it engages.

Installing and removing the foldingcargo compartment floor

120° positionX Remove the combined cargo cover and net(Y page 243).

X To remove: move EASY-PACK folding lug-gage-compartment floor: into the 120°position and lift it upwards.

X To install: push EASY-PACK folding lug-gage-compartment floor: to the stop,move it into the 120° position and makesure it engages audibly.

X Pull EASY-PACK folding luggage-compart-ment floor: forwards.

EASY-PACK rear sill protector(Wagon)! Before closing the tailgate, refasten theEASY-PACK rear sill protector on the under-side of the EASY-PACK folding luggage-compartment floor.The EASY-PACK rear sill protector couldotherwise be damaged.

Stowage areas 249

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Page 252: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

The EASY-PACK rear sill protector is attachedto the underside of the EASY-PACK foldingcargo compartment floor by means of mag-nets. It is designed to prevent clothingbecoming stained and the paintwork beingscratched when loading.X Open the EASY-PACK folding luggage-com-partment floor (Y page 249).

X Use tab; to detach EASY-PACK rear sillprotector: from the magnets and place itover the loading sill.

X Close the EASY-PACK folding cargo com-partment floor.

Roof carrier

Important safety notes

G WARNINGWhen you load the roof, the center of gravityof the vehicle rises and the driving character-istics change. If you exceed themaximum roofload, the driving characteristics, as well assteering and braking, will be greatly impaired.There is a risk of an accident.Never exceed the maximum roof load andadjust your driving style.

! Mercedes-Benz recommends that youonly use roof carriers that have been testedand approved for Mercedes-Benz vehicles.This helps to prevent damage to the vehi-cle.

Position the load on the roof carrier in sucha way that the vehicle will not sustain dam-age even when it is in motion.Ensure that when the roof carrier is instal-led:Ryou can raise the sliding sunroof or thepanorama roof with power tilt/slidingpanel fully (depending on the vehicle'sequipment)Ryou can open the tailgate or trunk lid fullyRthe roof carrier does not come into con-tact with the antenna

! To avoid damaging or scratching the cov-ers, do not use metallic or hard objects toopen them.

Youwill find information on themaximum roofload in the "Technical data" section(Y page 344).An incorrectly secured roof carrier or roofload may become detached from the vehicle.You must therefore ensure that you observethe roof carrier manufacturer's installationinstructions.

250 Stowage areasStow

ageandfeatures

Page 253: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Attaching the roof carrier (Sedan)

Vehicles with a steel roof or sliding sunroof (illus-tration)

Vehicles with a panorama roof with power tilt/slid-ing panelX Open covers: carefully in the direction ofthe arrow.

X Fold covers: upwards.X Only secure the roof carrier to the anchor-age points under covers:.

X Observe the manufacturer's installationinstructions.

Attaching the roof carrier (Wagon)X Secure the roof carrier to the roof rails.X Observe the manufacturer's installationinstructions.

Features

Information in the Digital Operator'sManualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RCup holderRBottle holderRRoller sunblinds on the rear side windowsRRear window roller sunblind (Sedan)RAshtrayRCigarette lighterR12 V socketsR115 V socket

Sun visors

Overview

G WARNINGIf themirror cover of the vanitymirror is foldedup when the vehicle is in motion, you could beblinded by incident light. There is a risk of anaccident.Always keep the mirror cover folded downwhile driving.

: Mirror light; Additional sun visor= Bracket? Retaining clip, e.g. for a car park ticketA Vanity mirrorB Mirror cover

Features 251

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Page 254: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Information in the Digital Operator'sManualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RVanity mirror in the sun visorRGlare from the side

mbrace

Information in the Digital Operator'sManualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RDownloading destinations in COMANDRSearch & SendRVehicle remote openingRVehicle remote closingRStolen vehicle recovery serviceRVehicle remote malfunction diagnosisRDownloading routesRSpeed alertRGeo fencingRTriggering the vehicle alarm

i Thembrace system is only available in theUSA.

General notesThe mbrace system is only available in theUSA.You must have a license agreement to acti-vate the mbrace service. Make sure that yoursystem is activated and operational. To log in,press the ï MB Info call button. If any ofthe steps mentioned are not carried out, thesystem may not be activated.If you have questions about the activation,contact one of the following telephone hot-lines:Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Centerat 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372)or 1-866-990-9007

Shortly after successfully registering with thembrace service, a user ID and password willbe sent to you by mail. You can use this pass-word to log onto thembrace area under "Own-ers Online" at http://www.mbusa.com.The system is available if:Rit has been activated and is operationalRthe correspondingmobile phone network isavailable for transmitting data to the Cus-tomer CenterRa service subscription is availableRthe starter battery is sufficiently chargedDetermining the location of the vehicle on amap is only possible if:RGPS reception is available.Rthe vehicle position can be forwarded tothe Customer Assistance Center.

The mbrace systemTo adjust the volume during a call, proceed asfollows:X Press theW orX button on the mul-tifunction steering wheel.

orX Use the COMAND/Audio 20 volume con-trol.

The system offers various services, e.g.:RAutomatic and manual emergency callRRoadside Assistance callRMB Info callYou can find information and a description ofall available features under "Owners Online"at http://www.mbusa.com.

System self-testAfter you have switched on the ignition, thesystem carries out a self-diagnosis.

252 FeaturesStow

ageandfeatures

Page 255: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

A malfunction in the system has been detec-ted if one of the following occurs:RThe indicator lamp in the SOS button doesnot come on during the system self-test.RThe indicator lamp in the F RoadsideAssistance button does not light up duringself-diagnosis of the system.RThe indicator lamp in the ï MB Info callbutton does not light up during self-diag-nosis of the system.RThe indicator lamp in one or more of thefollowing buttons continues to light up redafter the system self-diagnosis:- SOS button- F Roadside Assistance call button- ï MB Info call buttonRThe Inoperative or the Service NotActivated message appears in the multi-function display after the system self-diag-nosis.

If a malfunction is indicated as outlinedabove, the systemmay not operate as expec-ted. In the event of an emergency, help willhave to be summoned by other means.Have the system checked at the nearestauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center or contactthe following service hotlines:Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Centerat 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372)or 1-866-990-9007

Emergency call

Important safety notesG WARNINGIt can be dangerous to remain in the vehicle,even if you have pressed the SOS button in anemergency if:Ryou see smoke inside or outside of the vehi-cle, e.g. if there is a fire after an accidentRthe vehicle is on a dangerous section ofroadRthe vehicle is not visible or cannot easily beseen by other road users, particularly whendark or in poor visibility conditions

There is a risk of an accident and injury.Leave the vehicle immediately in this or simi-lar situations as soon as it is safe to do so.Move to a safe location along with other vehi-cle occupants. In such situations, secure thevehicle in accordance with national regula-tions, e. g. with a warning triangle.

General notesObserve the notes on system activation(Y page 252).An emergency call is dialed automatically if anair bag or Emergency Tensioning Device istriggered. You cannot end an automaticallytriggered emergency call yourself.An emergency call can also be initiated man-ually.As soon as the emergency call has been ini-tiated, the indicator lamp in the SOS buttonflashes. The Connecting Call messageappears in the multifunction display.The audio output is muted.Once the connection has been made, theCall Connected message appears in themultifunction display.

Features 253

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Page 256: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

All important information on the emergency istransmitted, for example:Rcurrent location of the vehicle (as deter-mined by the GPS system)Rvehicle identification numberRinformation on the severity of the accidentShortly after the emergency call has been ini-tiated, a voice connection is automaticallyestablished between the Customer Assis-tance Center and the vehicle occupants.RIf the vehicle occupants respond, theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Cen-ter attempts to getmore information on theemergency.RIf there is no response from the vehicleoccupants, an ambulance is immediatelysent to the vehicle.

If no voice connection can be established tothe Mercedes-Benz Customer AssistanceCenter, the systemhas been unable to initiatean emergency call.This can occur, for example, if the relevantmobile phone network is not available. Theindicator lamp in the SOS button flashes con-tinuously.The Call Failed message appears in themultifunction display and must be confirmed.In this case, summon assistance by othermeans.

Making an emergency call

X To initiate an emergency call manually:press cover: briefly to open.

X Press SOS button; briefly.The indicator lamp in SOS button;flashes until the emergency call is conclu-ded.

X Wait for a voice connection to theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Cen-ter.

X After the emergency call, close cover:.If the mobile phone network is unavailable,mbrace will not be able to make the emer-gency call. If you leave the vehicle immedi-ately after pressing the SOS button, you willnot know whether mbrace placed the emer-gency call. In this case, always summon assis-tance by other means.

Roadside Assistance button

X To call Roadside Assistance: press Road-side Assistance button:.This initiates a call to the Mercedes-BenzCustomer Assistance Center.The indicator lamp in Roadside Assistancebutton: flashes while the call is active.The Connecting Callmessage appears inthe multifunction display. The audio outputis muted.

If a connection can be made, the Call Con‐nectedmessage appears in themultifunctiondisplay.

254 FeaturesStow

ageandfeatures

Page 257: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

If a mobile phone network and GPS receptionare available, the system transfers data to theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center,for example:Rcurrent location of the vehicleRvehicle identification numberThe COMAND/Audio 20 display indicatesthat a call is active. During the call, you canchange to the navigation menu by pressingthe NAVI button in COMAND/Audio 20, forexample.Voice output is not available in this case.A voice connection is established betweenthe Mercedes-Benz Customer AssistanceCenter and the vehicle occupants.From the remote malfunction diagnosis, theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Centercan ascertain the nature of the problem. Inthe Digital Operator's Manual, you will findinformation on remote malfunction diagno-sis.The Mercedes-Benz Customer AssistanceCenter either sends a qualified Mercedes-Benz technician or makes arrangements foryour vehicle to be transported to the nearestauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.You may be charged for services such asrepair work and/or towing.You can findmore information in the separatembrace manual.The system has not been able to initiate aRoadside Assistance call, if:Rthe indicator lamp for Roadside Assistancecall button F is flashing continuously.Rno voice connection to the Mercedes-BenzCustomer Assistance Center was estab-lished.

This can occur if the relevant mobile phonenetwork is not available, for example.The Call Failed message appears in themultifunction display.

X To end a call: press the~ button on themultifunction steering wheel.

orX Press the corresponding COMAND/Audio20 button for ending a phone call.

MB Info call button

X To call MB Info: press MB Info call but-ton:.This initiates a call to the Mercedes-BenzCustomer Assistance Center.The indicator lamp inMB Info call button:flasheswhile the connection is beingmade.The Connecting Callmessage appears inthe multifunction display. The audio outputis muted.

If a connection can be made, the Call Con‐nectedmessage appears in themultifunctiondisplay.If a mobile phone network and GPS receptionare available, the system transfers data to theMercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center,for example:Rcurrent location of the vehicleRvehicle identification numberThe COMAND/Audio 20 display indicatesthat a call is active. During the call, you canchange to the navigation menu by pressingthe NAVI button in COMAND/Audio 20, forexample.Voice output is not available in this case.A voice connection is established betweenthe Mercedes-Benz Customer AssistanceCenter and the vehicle occupants.

Features 255

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Page 258: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

You receive information about operating yourvehicle, about the nearest authorizedMercedes-Benz Center and about other prod-ucts and services from Mercedes-Benz.You can find further information on thembrace system under "Owners Online" athttp://www.mbusa.com.The system has not been able to initiate anMB Info call, if:Rthe indicator lamp in MB Info call button

ï is flashing continuously.Rno voice connection to the Mercedes-BenzCustomer Assistance Center was estab-lished.

This can occur if the relevant mobile phonenetwork is not available, for example.The Call Failed message appears in themultifunction display.X To end a call: press the~ button on themultifunction steering wheel.

orX Press the corresponding COMAND/Audio20 button for ending a phone call.

Call priorityWhen service calls are active, e.g. RoadsideAssistance or MB Info calls, an emergencycall can still be initiated. In this case, an emer-gency call will take priority and override allother active calls.The indicator lamp of the respective buttonflashes until the call is ended.An emergency call can only be terminated bythe Mercedes-Benz Customer AssistanceCenter.All other calls can be ended by pressing:Rthe~ button on themultifunction steer-ing wheelRthe corresponding button in COMAND/Audio 20 to end the voice call

When a call is initiated, the audio system ismuted.

The mobile phone is no longer connected toCOMAND/Audio 20.However, if you want to use your mobilephone, do so only when the vehicle is station-ary and in a safe location.

Garage door opener

General notes

The HomeLink® garage door opener integra-ted in the rear-viewmirror allows you to oper-ate up to three different door and gate sys-tems.Use the integrated garage door opener onlyon garage doors that:Rhave safety stop and reverse features andRmeet current U.S. federal safety standardsOnce programed, the integrated garage dooropener in the rear-viewmirror will assume thefunction of the garage door system's remotecontrol. Please also read the operatinginstructions for the garage door system.When programming a garage door opener,park the vehicle outside the garage. Do notrun the engine while programming.Certain garage door drives are incompatiblewith the integrated garage door opener. If youhave difficulty programing the integratedgarage door opener, contact an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.Alternatively, you can call the following tele-phone assistance services:RUSA:Mercedes-BenzCustomer AssistanceCenter at 1-800-FOR-MERCedesRCanada: Customer Service at1-800-387-0100RHomeLink® hotline 1-800-355-3515 (freeof charge)

More information on HomeLink® and/orcompatible products is also available onlineat http://www.homelink.com.Notes on the declaration of conformity(Y page 31).

256 FeaturesStow

ageandfeatures

Page 259: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

USA: FCC ID: CB2HMIHL4Canada: IC: 279B-HMIHL4

Important safety notes

G WARNINGWhen you operate or program the garage doorwith the integrated garage door opener, per-sons in the range of movement of the garagedoor can become trapped or struck by thegarage door. There is a risk of injury.When using the integrated garage dooropener, always make sure that nobody iswithin the range of movement of the garagedoor.

G WARNINGCombustion engines emit poisonous exhaustgases such as carbon monoxide. Inhalingthese exhaust gases leads to poisoning. Thereis a risk of fatal injury. Therefore never leavethe engine running in enclosed spaces with-out sufficient ventilation.

Programming

Programming buttonsPay attention to the "Important safety notes"(Y page 257).

Garage door remote controlA is not inclu-ded with the integrated garage door opener.X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 137).

X Select one of buttons; to? to use tocontrol the garage door drive.

X To start programming mode: press andhold one of buttons; to? on the inte-grated garage door opener.The garage door opener is now in program-ming mode. After a short time, indicatorlamp: lights up yellow.Indicator lamp: lights up yellow as soonas button;,= or? is programmed forthe first time. If the selected button hasalready been programmed, indicatorlamp: will only light up yellow after tenseconds have elapsed.

X Release button;,= or?. Indicatorlamp: flashes yellow.

X To program the remote control: pointgarage door remote controlA towardsbuttons; to? on the rear-view mirror ata distance of 2 to 8 inches (5 to 20 cm).

X Press and hold buttonB on remote controlA until indicator lamp: lights up green.When indicator lamp: lights up green:programming is finished.When indicator lamp: flashes green: pro-gramming was successful. The next step isto synchronize the rolling code(Y page 257).

X Release buttonB on remote controlA forthe garage door drive system.If indicator lamp: lights up red: repeat theprograming procedure for the correspond-ing button on the rear-view mirror. Whendoing so, vary the distance between remotecontrolA and the rear-view mirror.The required distance between remotecontrolA and the integrated garage dooropener depends on the garage door drivesystem. Several attempts might be neces-sary. You should test every position for atleast 25 seconds before trying anotherposition.

Synchronizing the rolling codePay attention to the "Important safety notes"(Y page 257).If the garage door system uses a rolling code,you will also have to synchronize the garage

Features 257

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Page 260: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

door system with the integrated garage dooropener in the rear-view mirror. To do this youwill need to use the programming button onthe door drive control panel. The program-ming button may be positioned in differentplaces depending on the manufacturer. It isusually located on the door drive unit on thegarage ceiling.Familiarize yourself with the garage doordrive operating instructions, e.g. under "Pro-gramming of additional remote controls",before carrying out the following steps.Your vehicle must be within reach of thegarage door or gate opener drive. Make surethat neither your vehicle nor any persons/objects are present within the sweep of thedoor or gate.X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 137).

X Get out of the vehicle.X Press the programming button on the doordrive unit.Usually, you now have 30 seconds to ini-tiate the next step.

X Get into the vehicle.X Press previously programmed button;,= or? on the integrated garage dooropener until the door closes.The rolling code synchronization is thencomplete.

Notes on programming the remote con-trolCanadian radio frequency laws require a"break" (or interruption) of the transmissionsignals after broadcasting for a few seconds.Therefore, these signals may not last longenough for the integrated garage dooropener. The signal is not recognized duringprogramming. Comparable with Canadianlaw, some U.S. garage door openers also fea-ture a "break".

Proceed as follows:Rif you live in CanadaRif you have difficulties programming thegarage door opener (regardless of whereyou live) when using the programmingsteps.

X Press and hold one of buttons; to? onthe integrated garage door opener.After a short time, indicator lamp: lightsup yellow.

X Release the button.Indicator lamp: flashes yellow.

X Press buttonB of garage door remotecontrolA for two seconds, then release itfor two seconds.

X Press buttonB again for two seconds.X Repeat this sequence on buttonB ofremote controlA until indicator lamp:lights up green.When indicator lamp: lights up green:programming is finished.When indicator lamp: flashes green: pro-gramming was successful. The next step isto synchronize the rolling code.

X Release buttonB of remote controlA ofthe garage door drive.If indicator lamp: lights up red: repeat theprogramming process for the correspond-ing button on the rear-view mirror. Whendoing so, vary the distance between remotecontrolA and the rear-view mirror.The required distance between remotecontrolA and the integrated garage dooropener depends on the garage door drivesystem. Several attempts might be neces-sary. You should test every position for atleast 25 seconds before trying anotherposition.

258 FeaturesStow

ageandfeatures

Page 261: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Problems when programmingIf you are experiencing problems programingthe integrated garage door opener on therear-view mirror, take note of the followinginstructions:RCheck the transmitter frequency used bygarage door drive remote controlA andwhether it is supported. The transmitterfrequency can usually be found on the backof the garage door drive remote control.The integrated garage door opener is com-patible with devices that have units whichoperate in the frequency range of 280 to433 MHz.RReplace the batteries in garage doorremote controlA. This increases the like-lihood that garage door remote controlAwill transmit a strong and precise signal tothe integrated garage door opener.RWhen programming, hold remote controlA at varying distances and angles from thebuttonwhich you are programming. Try var-ious angles at a distance between 2and12 inches (5to 30 cm) or at the same anglebut at varying distances.RIf another remote control is available for thesame garage door drive, repeat the sameprogramming steps with this remote con-trol. Before performing these steps, makesure that new batteries have been installedin garage door drive remote controlA.RNote that some remote controls only trans-mit for a limited amount of time (the indi-cator lamp on the remote control goes out).Press buttonB on remote controlA againbefore transmission ends.RAlign the antenna cable of the garage dooropener unit. This can improve signal recep-tion/transmission.

Opening/closing the garage doorAfter it has been programmed, the integratedgarage door opener performs the function ofthe garage door system remote control.

Please also read the operating instructionsfor the garage door system.X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 137).

X Press button;,= or? which you haveprogrammed to operate the garage door.Garage door system with a fixed code: indi-cator lamp: lights up green.Garage door system with a rolling code:indicator lamp: flashes green.The transmitter will transmit a signal aslong as the button is pressed. The trans-mission is halted after a maximum of tenseconds and indicator lamp: lights upyellow.

X Press button;,= or? again if neces-sary.

Clearing the memoryMake sure that you clear the memory of theintegrated garage door opener before sellingthe vehicle.X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 137).

X Press and hold buttons; and?.The indicator lamp initially lights up yellowand then green.

X Release buttons; and?.The memory of the integrated garage dooropener in the rear-view mirror is cleared.

Floormats

G WARNINGObjects in the driver's footwell can restrict thepedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal.The operating and road safety of the vehicle isjeopardized. There is a risk of an accident.Make sure that all objects in the vehicle arestowed correctly, and that they cannot enterthe driver's footwell. Install the floormatssecurely and as specified in order to ensuresufficient clearance for the pedals. Do not use

Features 259

Stow

ageandfeatures

Z

Page 262: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

loose floormats and do not place floormats ontop of one another.

X Slide the seat backwards.X To install: place the floormat in the foot-well.

X Press studs: onto retainers;.X To remove: pull the floormat off retain-ers;.

X Remove the floormat.

260 FeaturesStow

ageandfeatures

Page 263: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Useful information ............................ 262Engine compartment ........................ 262Maintenance ...................................... 266Care .................................................... 266

261

Maintenance

andcare

Page 264: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Useful information

i This Operator's Manual describes allmodels and all standard andoptional equip-ment of your vehicle available at the time ofpublication of the Operator's Manual.Country-specific differences are possible.Please note that your vehicle may not beequipped with all features described. Thisalso applies to safety-related systems andfunctions.

i Read the information on qualified special-ist workshops (Y page 31).

Engine compartment

Hood

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf the hood is unlatched, it may open up whenthe vehicle is in motion and block your view.There is a risk of an accident.Never unlatch the hood while driving. Beforeevery trip, ensure that the hood is locked.

G WARNINGWhen opening and closing the hood, it maysuddenly fall into the closed position. There isa risk of injury to persons within range ofmovement of the hood.Open and close the hood only when no one iswithin its range of movement.

G WARNINGOpening the hood when the engine is over-heated or when there is a fire in the enginecompartment could expose you to hot gasesor other service products. There is a risk ofinjury.Let an overheated engine cool down beforeopening the hood. If there is a fire in theengine compartment, keep the hood closedand contact the fire department.

G WARNINGThe engine compartment contains movingcomponents. Certain components, such asthe radiator fan, may continue to run or startagain suddenly when the ignition is off. Thereis a risk of injury.If you need to do any work inside the enginecompartment:Rswitch off the ignitionRnever reach into the area where there is arisk of danger from moving components,such as the fan rotation areaRremove jewelry and watchesRkeep items of clothing and hair, for exam-ple, away from moving parts

G WARNINGThe ignition system and the fuel injection sys-tem work under high voltage. If you touchcomponents which are under voltage, youcould get an electric shock. There is a risk ofinjury.Never touch components of the ignition sys-tem or fuel injection system when the ignitionis switched on.

G WARNINGHybrid vehicles: be sure to read the "HYBRID"supplement. Otherwise, you could fail to rec-ognize dangers.

Opening the hood

G WARNINGCertain components in the engine compart-ment, such as the engine, radiator and partsof the exhaust system, can become very hot.Working in the engine compartment poses arisk of injury.Where possible, let the engine cool down andtouch only the components described in thefollowing.

262 Engine compartmentMaintenance

andcare

Page 265: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

G WARNINGWhen the hood is open and the windshieldwipers are set inmotion, you can be injured bythe wiper linkage. There is a risk of injury.Always switch off the windshield wipers andthe ignition before opening the hood.

! Make sure that the windshield wipers arenot folded away from the windshield. Youcould otherwise damage the windshieldwipers or the hood.

X Make sure that the windshield wipers areturned off.

X Pull release lever: on the hood.The hood is released.

X Reach into the gap, pull hood catch han-dle; up and lift the hood.If you lift the hood by approximately 15 in(40 cm), the hood is opened and held openautomatically by the gas-filled strut.

Closing the hoodX Lower the hood and let it fall from a heightof approximately 8 in (20 cm).

X Check that the hood has engaged properly.If the hood can be raised slightly, it is notproperly engaged. Open it again and closeit with a little more force.

RadiatorVehicles with a diesel engine: do not coverthe radiator, for examplewith awinter front orbug cover. The readings of the on-board-diag-nostic system may otherwise be inaccurate.Some of these readings are required by lawand must be accurate at all times.

Engine oil

General notes

G WARNINGHybrid vehicles: be sure to read the "HYBRID"supplement. Otherwise, you could fail to rec-ognize dangers.

Depending on your driving style, the vehicleconsumes up to 0.9 US qt (0.8 liters) of oil per600 miles (1,000 km). The oil consumptionmay be higher than this when the vehicle isnew or if you frequently drive at high enginespeeds.Depending on the engine, the oil dipstick maybe in a different location.When checking the oil level:Rpark the vehicle on a level surface.Rthe engine should be switched off forapproximately five minutes if the engine isat normal operating temperature.Rif the engine is not at normal operatingtemperature, e.g. if the engine was onlystarted briefly, wait about 30 minutesbefore carrying out the measurement.

Engine compartment 263

Maintenance

andcare

Z

Page 266: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Checking the oil level using the oil dip-stick

G WARNINGCertain components in the engine compart-ment, such as the engine, radiator and partsof the exhaust system, can become very hot.Working in the engine compartment poses arisk of injury.Where possible, let the engine cool down andtouch only the components described in thefollowing.

Example: vehicles with a gasoline engine

Example: vehicles with a diesel engineX Pull oil dipstick: out of the dipstick guidetube.

X Wipe off oil dipstick:.X Slowly slide oil dipstick: into the guidetube to the stop, and take it out again.If the level is between MIN mark= andMAX mark;, the oil level is correct.

X If the oil level has dropped to MIN mark=or below, add 1.1US qt (1.0 liter) engine oil.

Adding engine oil

G WARNINGCertain components in the engine compart-ment, such as the engine, radiator and partsof the exhaust system, can become very hot.Working in the engine compartment poses arisk of injury.Where possible, let the engine cool down andtouch only the components described in thefollowing.

G WARNINGIf engine oil comes into contact with hot com-ponents in the engine compartment, it mayignite. There is a risk of fire and injury.Make sure that engine oil is not spilled next tothe filler neck. Let the engine cool down andthoroughly clean the engine oil off the com-ponents before starting the engine.

H Environmental noteWhen adding oil, take care not to spill any. Ifoil enters the soil or waterways, it is harmful tothe environment.

! Only use engine oils and oil filters thathave been approved for vehicles with a ser-vice system. You can obtain a list of theengine oils and oil filters tested andapproved in accordance with theMercedes-Benz Specifications for ServiceProducts at any Mercedes-Benz Servicecenter.Damage to the engine or exhaust system iscaused by the following:Rusing engine oils and oil filters that havenot been specifically approved for theservice systemRreplacing engine oil and oil filters afterthe interval for replacement specified bythe service system has been exceededRusing engine oil additives.

! Do not add toomuch oil. adding toomuchengine oil can result in damage to the

264 Engine compartmentMaintenance

andcare

Page 267: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

engine or to the catalytic converter. Haveexcess engine oil siphoned off.

ExampleX Turn cap: counter-clockwise and removeit.

X Add engine oil.If the oil level is at or below theMINmark onthe oil dipstick, add 1.1 US qt (1.0 l) ofengine oil.

X Replace cap: on the filler neck and turnclockwise.Ensure that the cap locks into placesecurely.

X Check the oil level again with the oil dip-stick (Y page 264).

Further information on engine oil(Y page 341).

Additional service products

Checking coolant level

G WARNINGCertain components in the engine compart-ment, such as the engine, radiator and partsof the exhaust system, can become very hot.Working in the engine compartment poses arisk of injury.Where possible, let the engine cool down andtouch only the components described in thefollowing.

G WARNINGThe engine cooling system is pressurized, par-ticularly when the engine is warm. Whenopening the cap, you could be scalded by hotcoolant spraying out. There is a risk of injury.Let the engine cool down before opening thecap. Wear eye and hand protection whenopening the cap. Open the cap slowly half aturn to allow pressure to escape.

X Park the vehicle on a level surface.Only check the coolant level when the vehi-cle is on a level surface and the engine hascooled down.

X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 137).On vehicles with KEYLESS-GO, press theStart/Stop button twice (Y page 138).

X Check the coolant temperature display inthe instrument cluster.The coolant temperature must be below158 ‡ (70 †).

X Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 137).

X Slowly turn cap: half a turn counter-clockwise to allow excess pressure toescape.

X Turn cap: further counter-clockwise andremove it.If the coolant is at the level ofmarker bar=in the filler neck when cold, there is enoughcoolant in coolant expansion tank;.If the coolant level is approximately 0.6 in(1.5 cm) above marker bar= in the filler

Engine compartment 265

Maintenance

andcare

Z

Page 268: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

neck when warm, there is enough coolantin expansion tank;.

X If necessary, add coolant that has been tes-ted and approved by Mercedes-Benz.

X Replace cap: and turn it clockwise as faras it will go.

For further information on coolant, see(Y page 342).

Adding washer fluid to the windshieldwasher system

G WARNINGCertain components in the engine compart-ment, such as the engine, radiator and partsof the exhaust system, can become very hot.Working in the engine compartment poses arisk of injury.Where possible, let the engine cool down andtouch only the components described in thefollowing.

G WARNINGWindshield washer concentrate could ignite ifit comes into contact with hot engine compo-nents or the exhaust system. There is a risk offire and injury.Make sure that no windshield washer con-centrate is spilled next to the filler neck.

X To open: pull cap: upwards by the tab.X Add the premixed washer fluid.X To close: press cap: onto the filler neckuntil it engages.

If the washer fluid level drops below the rec-ommended minimum of 1 liter, a messageappears in the multifunction display prompt-ing you to add washer fluid.Further information on windshield washerfluid/antifreeze (Y page 343).

Maintenance

ASSYST PLUSThe Digital Operator's Manual contains moreinformation on the ASSYST PLUS serviceinterval display.

Care

General notes

H Environmental noteDispose of empty packaging and cleaningcloths in an environmentally responsibleman-ner.

! For cleaning your vehicle, do not use anyof the following:Rdry, rough or hard clothsRabrasive cleaning agentsRsolventsRcleaning agents containing solventsDo not scrub.Do not touch the surfaces or protectivefilms with hard objects, e.g. a ring or icescraper. You could otherwise scratch ordamage the surfaces and protective film.

! Do not park the vehicle for an extendedperiod straight after cleaning it, particularlyafter having cleaned the wheels with wheelcleaner. Wheel cleaners could causeincreased corrosion of the brake discs andbrake pads/linings. For this reason, youshould drive for a few minutes after clean-ing. Braking heats the brake discs and thebrake pads/linings, thus drying them. Thevehicle can then be parked.

266 CareMaintenance

andcare

Page 269: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Regular care of your vehicle is a condition forretaining the quality in the long term.Use care products and cleaning agents rec-ommended and approved by Mercedes-Benz.

Exterior care

Automatic car wash

G WARNINGBraking efficiency is reduced after washingthe vehicle. There is a risk of an accident.After the vehicle has been washed, brakecarefully while paying attention to the trafficconditions until full braking power is restored.

! If DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD functionis activated, the vehicle brakes automati-cally in certain situations.To prevent damage to the vehicle, deacti-vate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD func-tion in the following or other similar situa-tions:Rwhen towing the vehicleRin the car wash

! Never clean your vehicle in a TouchlessAutomatic Car Wash as these use specialcleaning agents. These cleaning agents candamage the paintwork or plastic parts.

! Make sure that:Rthe side windows and the sliding sunroofare fully closed.Rthe ventilation/heating is switched off(the OFF button has been pressed).Rthe windshield wiper switch is in position0.

Otherwise, the vehicle might be damaged.

! In car washes with a towing mechanism,make sure that the automatic transmissionis in transmission positionN, otherwise thevehicle could be damaged.RVehicles with a SmartKey:Do not remove the SmartKey from theignition lock. Do not open the driver's

door or front-passenger door when theengine is switched off. Otherwise, theautomatic transmission selects parkposition P automatically and locks thewheels. You can prevent this by shiftingthe automatic transmission to N before-hand.RVehicles with KEYLESS-GO:Do not open the driver's door or front-passenger door when the engine isswitched off. Otherwise, the automatictransmission selects park position Pautomatically and locks the wheels.

! If the key is within the rear detectionrange of KEYLESS-GO, situations such asthe following could lead to the uninten-tional opening of the trunk lid/tailgate:Rusing a car washRusing a power washerMake sure that the SmartKey is at least10 ft (3 m) away from the vehicle.

Observe the following to make sure that theautomatic transmission stays in position N:X Make sure the vehicle is stationary and theignition is switched off.

X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 137).Use the SmartKey instead of the Start/Stop button on vehicles with KEYLESS-GO.

X Depress and hold the brake pedal.X Shift the automatic transmission to posi-tion N.

X Release the brake pedal.X Release the parking brake.X Switch off the ignition and leave the Smart-Key in the ignition lock.

You can wash the vehicle in an automatic carwash from the very start.If the vehicle is very dirty, pre-wash it beforecleaning it in an automatic car wash.After using an automatic car wash, wipe offwax from the windshield and the wiperblades. This will prevent smears and reduce

Care 267

Maintenance

andcare

Z

Page 270: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

wiping noises caused by residue on the wind-shield.

Information in the Digital Operator'sManualIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RWashing by handRPower washersRCleaning the paintworkRMatte finish careRCleaning the wheelsRCleaning the windowsRCleaning wiper bladesRCleaning the exterior lightingRCleaning the mirror turn signalsRCleaning the sensorsRCleaning the rear view cameraRCleaning the 360° cameraRCleaning the exhaust pipes

Interior careIn the Digital Operator's Manual you will findinformation on the following topics:RCleaning the displayRCleaning the plastic trimRCleaning the steering wheel and gear orselector leverRCleaning genuine wood and trim stripsRCleaning the seat coversRCleaning the seat beltsRCleaning the headliner and carpets

268 CareMaintenance

andcare

Page 271: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Useful information ............................ 270Where will I find...? ........................... 270Flat tire .............................................. 271Battery (vehicle) ................................ 275Jump-starting .................................... 279Towing and tow-starting .................. 281Fuses .................................................. 284

269

Roadside

Assistance

Page 272: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Useful information

i This Operator's Manual describes allmodels and all standard andoptional equip-ment of your vehicle available at the time ofpublication of the Operator's Manual.Country-specific differences are possible.Please note that your vehicle may not beequipped with all features described. Thisalso applies to safety-related systems andfunctions.

i Read the information on qualified special-ist workshops (Y page 31).

Where will I find...?

Vehicle tool kit

General notesThe vehicle tool kit can be found in the stow-age well under the trunk floor (Y page 248) orcargo compartment floor (Y page 249).Depending on the vehicle equipment, thevehicle tool kit is on the left-hand side or theright-hand side in the stowage well under thetrunk floor/cargo compartment floor.

Vehicles with a TIREFIT kit

Vehicle tool kit in the left-hand stowagewell (exam-ple: equipment and country-specific variationspossible): Tire sealant filler bottle; Folding wheel chock= One pair of gloves (under jack)? Tire inflation compressor

A Towing eyeB JackC Alignment boltD Fuse allocation chartE Lug wrenchX Open the trunk lid/tailgate.X Sedan: lift up the floor of the trunk(Y page 248).

X Wagon: remove the seat cushions of thefolding bench seat; see the Digital Opera-tor's Manual, keyword "Folding bench seat(cargo compartment)".

Vehicles with a sparewheel/"Minispare" emergency sparewheel

(Example: equipment and country-specific varia-tions possible): Vehicle tool kit tray; Stowage well= Spare wheel/"Minispare" emergency

spare wheelX Open the trunk lid/tailgate.X Sedan: lift up the floor of the trunk(Y page 248).

X Wagon: remove the seat cushions of thefolding bench seat; see the Digital Opera-tor's Manual, keyword "Folding bench seat(cargo compartment)".

The vehicle tool kit contains:RFolding wheel chockRFuse allocation chartRJack

270 Where will I find...?Roadside

Assistance

Page 273: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

RAlignment boltROne pair of glovesRLug wrenchRTowing eye

Vehicles with a collapsible spare wheel

(Example: equipment and country-specific varia-tions possible): Towing eye; One pair of gloves= Jack? Folding wheel chockA Alignment boltB Sheet for faulty wheelC Tire inflation compressorD Lug wrenchE Fuse allocation chartX Open the trunk lid/tailgate.X Sedan: lift up the floor of the trunk(Y page 248).

X Wagon: remove the seat cushions of thefolding bench seat; see the Digital Opera-tor's Manual, keyword "Folding bench seat(cargo compartment)".

Flat tire

Preparing the vehicleYour vehicle may be equipped with:RMOExtended tires (tires with run-flat prop-erties) (Y page 272)

Vehicle preparation is not necessary onvehicles with MOExtended tiresRa TIREFIT kit (Y page 270)Ran emergency spare wheel (Y page 329)Vehicles equipped withMOExtended tires arenot equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory.It is therefore recommended that you addi-tionally equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit ifyou mount tires that do not feature run-flatproperties, e.g. winter tires. A TIREFIT kit maybe obtained from a qualified specialist work-shop.Information on changing/mounting a wheel(Y page 309).X Stop the vehicle on solid, non-slippery andlevel ground, as far away as possible fromtraffic.

X Switch on the hazard warning lamps.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away(Y page 151).

X If possible, bring the front wheels into thestraight-ahead position.

X Vehicles with AIRMATIC: make sure that"normal" level is selected (Y page 166).

X Switch off the engine.X Remove the SmartKey from the ignitionlock.

or, on vehicles with KEYLESS‑GO:X Open the driver's door.The on-board electronics now have status0. This is the same as the SmartKey havingbeen removed.

X Remove the Start/Stop button from theignition lock (Y page 138).

X Make sure that the passengers are notendangered as they do so. Make sure thatno one is near the danger area while awheel is being changed. Anyone who is notdirectly assisting in the wheel changeshould, for example, stand behind the bar-rier.

X Get out of the vehicle. Pay attention to traf-fic conditions when doing so.

X Close the driver's door.

Flat tire 271

Roadside

Assistance

Page 274: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

MOExtended tires (tires with run-flatproperties)

General notesWith MOExtended tires (tires with run flatcharacteristics), you can continue to driveyour vehicle even if there is a total loss ofpressure in one or more tires. The affectedtiremust not showany clearly visible damage.You can recognize MOExtended tires by theMOExtended marking which appears on thesidewall of the tire. You will find this markingnext to the tire size designation, the load-bearing capacity and the speed index(Y page 303).MOExtended tires may only be used in con-junction with an active tire pressure monitor.If a pressure loss warning messageappears in the multifunction display:Robserve the instructions in the displaymes-sages (Y page 200).Rcheck the tire for damage.Rif driving on, observe the following notes.The driving distance possible in run-flat modeis approximately 50 miles (80 km) when thevehicle is partially laden and approximately18 miles (30 km) when the vehicle is fullyladen.In addition to the vehicle load, the driving dis-tance possible depends upon:Rvehicle speedRroad conditionRoutside temperatureThe driving distance possible in run-flat modemay be reduced by extreme driving condi-tions/maneuvers, or it can be increasedthrough a moderate style of driving.The driving distance possible in run-flat modeis counted from themoment the tire pressureloss warning appears in the multifunction dis-play.You must not exceed a maximum speed of50 mph (80 km/h).

When replacing one or all tires, pleaseobserve the following specifications for yourvehicle's tires:RsizeRthe type andRthe "MOExtended" markIf a tire has gone flat and cannot be replacedwith a MOExtended tire, a standard tire maybe used as a temporary measure. Make surethat you use the proper size and type (sum-mer or winter tire).Vehicles equippedwithMOExtended tires arenot equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory.It is therefore recommended that you addi-tionally equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit ifyou mount tires that do not feature run-flatproperties, e.g. winter tires. A TIREFIT kit maybe obtained from a qualified specialist work-shop.

Important safety notes

G WARNINGWhen driving in emergency mode, the drivingcharacteristics deteriorate, e.g. when corner-ing, accelerating quickly and when braking.There is a risk of an accident.Do not exceed the stated maximum speed.Avoid abrupt steering and driving maneuvers,and driving over obstacles (curbs, potholes,off-road). This applies in particular to a ladenvehicle.Stop driving in emergency mode if:Ryou hear banging noises.Rthe vehicle starts to shake.Ryou see smoke and smell rubber.RESP® is intervening constantly.Rthere are tears in the sidewalls of the tire.After driving in emergency mode, have thewheel rims checked at a qualified specialistworkshop with regard to their further use. Thedefective tire must be replaced in every case.

272 Flat tireRoadside

Assistance

Page 275: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

TIREFIT kit

Important safety notesTIREFIT is a tire sealant.You can use TIREFIT to seal punctures of up to0.16 in (4 mm), particularly those in the tiretread. You can use TIREFIT at outside tem-peratures down to Ò4 ‡ (Ò20 †).

G WARNINGIn the following situations, the tire sealant isunable to provide sufficient breakdown assis-tance, as it is unable to seal the tire properly:Rthere are cuts or punctures in the tire largerthan those mentioned above.Rthe wheel rim is damaged.Ryou have driven at very low tire pressures oron a flat tire.

There is a risk of an accident.Do not drive the vehicle. Contact a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

G WARNINGThe tire sealant is harmful and causes irrita-tion. It must not come into contact with yourskin, eyes or clothing or be swallowed. Do notinhale TIREFIT fumes. Keep tire sealant awayfrom children. There is a risk of injury.If you come into contact with the tire sealant,observe the following:RRinse off the tire sealant from your skinimmediately with water.RIf the tire sealant comes into contact withyour eyes, immediately rinse them thor-oughly with clean water.RIf tire sealant is swallowed, immediatelyrinse your mouth out thoroughly and drinkplenty of water. Do not induce vomiting,and seek medical attention immediately.RImmediately change out of clothing whichhas come into contact with tire sealant.RIf an allergic reaction occurs, seek medicalattention immediately.

! Do not operate the tire inflation compres-sor for longer than eight minutes at a timewithout a break. It may otherwise overheat.The tire inflation compressor can be oper-ated again once it has cooled down.

Comply with the manufacturer’s safetyinstructions on the sticker on the tire inflationcompressor.

Using the TIREFIT kit

X Do not remove any foreign objects whichhave penetrated the tire, e.g. screws ornails.

X Remove the tire sealant bottle, the accom-panying TIREFIT sticker and the tire infla-tion compressor from the stowage wellunderneath the trunk floor/cargo compart-ment floor (Y page 270).

X Affix part: of the TIREFIT sticker to theinstrument cluster within the driver's fieldof vision.

X Affix part; of the TIREFIT sticker near thevalve on the wheel with the defective tire.

Flat tire 273

Roadside

Assistance

Z

Page 276: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

X Pull plug?with the cable and hoseA outof the housing.

X Screw hoseA onto flangeB of tire seal-ant bottle:.

X Place tire sealant bottle: head down-wards into recess; of the tire inflationcompressor.

X Remove the cap from valveC on the faultytire.

X Screw filler hoseD onto valveC.X Insert connector? into a 12 V socket(Y page 251) in your vehicle.

X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 137).

X Press on/off switch= on the tire inflationcompressor to I.The tire inflation compressor is switchedon. The tire is inflated.First, tire sealant is pumped into the tire.The pressure can briefly rise to approx-imately 500 kPa (5 bar/73 psi).Do not switch off the tire inflation com-pressor during this phase.

X Allow the tire inflation compressor to runfor five minutes. The tire should then haveattained a pressure of at least 180 kPa(1.8 bar/26 psi).

If a pressure of 180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi) hasbeen attained after five minutes, see "Tirepressure reached" (Y page 274).If a tire pressure of 180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi)has not been attained after five minutes, see"Tire pressure not reached" (Y page 274).

If tire sealant leaks out, allow it to dry. It canthen be removed like a layer of film.If your clothes are soiled with tire sealant,have them cleaned with perchloroethylene ata dry cleaner as soon as possible.

Tire pressure not reachedIf a pressure of 180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi) hasnot been attained after five minutes:X Switch off the tire inflation compressor.X Unscrew the filler hose from the valve ofthe faulty tire.

X Very slowly drive forwards or reverseapproximately 30 ft (10 m).

X Pump up the tire again.After a maximum of five minutes the tirepressuremust be at least 180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi).

G WARNINGIf the required tire pressure is not reachedafter the specified time, the tire is too badlydamaged. The tire sealant cannot repair thetire in this instance. Damaged tires and a tirepressure that is too low can significantlyimpair the vehicle's braking and driving char-acteristics. There is a risk of accident.Do not continue driving. Contact a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

Tire pressure reached

G WARNINGA tire temporarily sealed with tire sealantimpairs the driving characteristics and is notsuitable for higher speeds. There is a risk ofaccident.You should therefore adapt your driving styleaccordingly and drive carefully. Do not exceedthe specified maximum speed with a tire thathas been repaired using tire sealant.

The maximum speed for a tire sealed with tiresealant is 50 mph (80 km/h). The upper partof the TIREFIT sticker must be affixed to the

274 Flat tireRoadside

Assistance

Page 277: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

instrument cluster in the driver's field ofvision.

! Residue from the tire sealant may comeout of the filler hose after use. This couldcause stains.Therefore, place the filler hose in the plasticbag which contained the TIREFIT kit.

H Environmental noteHave the used tire sealant bottle disposed ofprofessionally, e.g. at a qualified specialistworkshop.

If a tire pressure of 180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi)has been attained after five minutes:X Switch off the tire inflation compressor.X Unscrew the filler hose from the valve ofthe faulty tire.

X Stow the tire sealant bottle and the tireinflation compressor.

X Pull away immediately.X Stop after driving for approximately tenminutes and check the tire pressure withthe tire inflation compressor.The tire pressure must now be at least130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi).

G WARNINGIf the required tire pressure is not reachedafter driving for a short period, the tire is toobadly damaged. The tire sealant cannot repairthe tire in this instance. Damaged tires and atire pressure that is too low can significantlyimpair the vehicle's braking and driving char-acteristics. There is a risk of accident.Do not continue driving. Contact a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

i In cases such as the one mentionedabove, contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. Or call 1-800-FOR-MERCedes(in the USA) or 1-800-387-0100 (in Can-ada).

X Correct the tire pressure if it is still at least130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi). See the Tire andLoading Information placard on the driver's

side B-pillar or the tire pressure table in thefuel filler flap for values.

X To increase the tire pressure: switch onthe tire inflation compressor.

X To reduce the tire pressure: depresspressure release buttonE next to pres-sure gaugeF.

X When the tire pressure is correct, unscrewthe filler hose from the valve of the sealedtire.

X Screw the valve cap onto the tire valve ofthe sealed tire.

X Pull the tire sealant bottle out of the tireinflation compressor.The filler hose remains attached to the tiresealant bottle.

X Drive to the nearest qualified specialistworkshop and have the tire changed there.

X Have the tire sealant bottle replaced assoon as possible at a qualified specialistworkshop.

X Have the tire sealant bottle replaced everyfour years at a qualified specialist work-shop.

Battery (vehicle)

Important safety notesSpecial tools and expert knowledge arerequired when working on the battery, e.g.removal and installation. You should there-fore have all work involving the battery car-ried out at a qualified specialist workshop.

Battery (vehicle) 275

Roadside

Assistance

Z

Page 278: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

G WARNINGWork carried out incorrectly on the batterycan lead, for example, to a short circuit andthus damage the vehicle electronics. This canlead to function restrictions applying tosafety-relevant systems, e.g the lighting sys-tem, the ABS (anti-lock braking system) or theESP® (Electronic Stability Program). The oper-ating safety of your vehicle may be restricted.You could lose control of the vehicle, forexample:Rwhen brakingRin the event of abrupt steering maneuversand/or when the vehicle's speed is notadapted to the road conditions

There is a risk of an accident.In the event of a short circuit or a similar inci-dent, contact a qualified specialist workshopimmediately. Do not drive any further. Youshould have all work involving the battery car-ried out at a qualified specialist workshop.

For further information about ABS and ESP®,see (Y page 75) and (Y page 80).

G WARNINGElectrostatic build-up can lead to the creationof sparks, which could ignite the highly explo-sive gases of a battery. There is a risk of anexplosion.Before handling the battery, touch the vehiclebody to remove any existing electrostaticbuild-up.

The highly flammable gasmixture formswhencharging the battery as well as when jump-starting.Always make sure that neither you nor thebattery is electrostatically charged. A build-up of electrostatic charge can be caused, forexample:Rby wearing clothing made from syntheticfibersRdue to friction between clothing and seats

Rif you push or pull the battery across thecarpet or other synthetic materialsRif you wipe the battery with a cloth

G WARNINGDuring the charging process, a battery produ-ces hydrogen gas. If a short circuit occurs orsparks are created, the hydrogen gas canignite. There is a risk of an explosion.RMake sure that the positive terminal of aconnected battery does not come into con-tact with vehicle parts.RNever placemetal objects or tools on a bat-tery.RIt is important that you observe the descri-bed order of the battery terminals whenconnecting and disconnecting a battery.RWhen jump-starting, make sure that thebattery poles with identical polarity areconnected.RIt is particularly important to observe thedescribed order when connecting and dis-connecting the jumper cables.RNever connect or disconnect the batteryterminals while the engine is running.

G WARNINGBattery acid is caustic. There is a risk of injury.Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Donot inhale any battery gases. Do not lean overthe battery. Keep children away from batter-ies. Wash away battery acid immediately withplenty of clean water and seek medical atten-tion.

H Environmental noteBatteries contain dangeroussubstances. It is against thelaw to dispose of them withthe household rubbish. Theymust be collected separatelyand recycled to protect theenvironment.Dispose of batteries in anenvironmentally friendlymanner. Take discharged

276 Battery (vehicle)Roadside

Assistance

Page 279: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

batteries to a qualified spe-cialist workshop or a specialcollection point for used bat-teries.

! Have the battery checked regularly at aqualified specialist workshop.Observe the service intervals in the Main-tenance Booklet or contact a qualified spe-cialist workshop for more information.

! You should have all work involving thebattery carried out at a qualified specialistworkshop. In the exceptional case that it isnecessary for you to disconnect the batteryyourself, make sure that:Ryou switch off the engine and remove theSmartKey. On vehicles with KEYLESS-GO, ensure that the ignition is switchedoff. Check that all the indicator lamps inthe instrument cluster are off. Otherwise,electronic components, such as thealternator, may be damaged.Ryou first remove the negative terminalclamp and then the positive terminalclamp. Never swap the terminal clamps.Otherwise, the vehicle's electronic sys-tem may be damaged.Rthe transmission is locked in position Pafter disconnecting the battery. The vehi-cle is secured against rolling away. Youcan then no longer move the vehicle.

The battery and the cover of the positiveterminal clamp must be installed securelyduring operation.

Comply with safety precautions and take pro-tective measures when handling batteries.

Risk of explosion.

Fire, open flames and smoking areprohibited when handling the bat-tery. Avoid creating sparks.

Battery acid is caustic. Avoid con-tact with skin, eyes or clothing.Wear suitable protective clothing,especially gloves, apron and face-guard.Rinse any acid spills immediatelywith clear water. Contact a physi-cian if necessary.Wear eye protection.

Keep children away.

Observe this Operator's Manual.

HYBRID vehicles: make sure that you readthe "HYBRID" supplement included in thevehicle literature. You could otherwise fail torecognize dangers e.g. due to high voltage.For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recom-mends that you only use batteries which havebeen tested and approved for your vehicle byMercedes-Benz. These batteries provideincreased impact protection to prevent vehi-cle occupants from suffering acid burnsshould the battery be damaged in the event ofan accident.In order for the battery to achieve the maxi-mum possible service life, it must always besufficiently charged.The vehicle battery, like other batteries, candischarge over time if you do not use thevehicle. In this case, have the battery discon-nected at a qualified specialist workshop. Youcan also charge the battery with a chargerrecommended by Mercedes-Benz. Contact aqualified specialist workshop for further infor-mation.Have the battery condition of charge checkedmore frequently if you use the vehicle mainlyfor short trips or if you leave it standing idlefor a lengthy period. Consult a qualified spe-

Battery (vehicle) 277

Roadside

Assistance

Z

Page 280: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

cialist workshop if you wish to leave yourvehicle parked for a long period of time.

i Remove the SmartKey if you park thevehicle and do not require any electricalconsumers. The vehicle will then use verylittle energy, thus conserving batterypower.

i If the power supply has been interrupted,e.g. if you reconnect the battery, you willhave to:Rset the clock. Information on setting theclock can be found in the Digital Opera-tor's Manual.On vehicles with COMAND and a naviga-tion system, the clock is set automati-cally.Rreset the function for folding the exteriormirrors in/out automatically, by foldingthe mirrors out once (Y page 117).

Charging the battery

G WARNINGDuring charging and jump-starting, explosivegases can escape from the battery. There is arisk of an explosion.Particularly avoid fire, open flames, creatingsparks and smoking. Ensure there is sufficientventilation while charging and jump-starting.Do not lean over a battery.

G WARNINGBattery acid is caustic. There is a risk of injury.Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Donot inhale any battery gases. Do not lean overthe battery. Keep children away from batter-ies. Wash away battery acid immediately withplenty of clean water and seek medical atten-tion.

G WARNINGA discharged battery can freeze at tempera-tures below freezing point. When jump-start-ing the vehicle or charging the battery, gases

can escape from the battery. There is a risk ofan explosion.Allow the frozen battery to thaw out beforecharging it or jump-starting.

! Only use battery chargers with a maxi-mum charging voltage of 14.8 V.

! Only charge the battery using the jump-starting connection point.

The jump-starting connection point is in theengine compartment (Y page 279).X Open the hood.X Connect the battery charger to the positiveterminal and ground point in the sameorder as when connecting the donor bat-tery in the jump-starting procedure(Y page 279).

If the indicator/warning lamps do not light upat low temperatures, it is very likely that thedischarged battery has frozen. In this case,you may neither charge the battery nor jump-start the vehicle. The service life of a thawed-out battery may be shorter. The starting char-acteristics may be impaired, especially at lowtemperatures. Have the thawed-out batterychecked at a qualified specialist workshop.Never charge a battery still installed in thevehicle unless a battery charger unitapproved by Mercedes-Benz is being used . Abattery charger unit specially adapted forMercedes-Benz vehicles and tested andapproved byMercedes-Benz is available as anaccessory. It permits the charging of the bat-tery in its installed position. Contact anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center for furtherinformation and availability. Read the batterycharger's operating instructions beforecharging the battery.

278 Battery (vehicle)Roadside

Assistance

Page 281: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Jump-starting

For the jump-starting procedure, use only the jump-starting connection point, consisting of apositive terminal and a ground point, in the engine compartment.

G WARNINGBattery acid is caustic. There is a risk of injury.Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Do not inhale any battery gases. Do not lean over thebattery. Keep children away from batteries. Wash away battery acid immediately with plenty ofclean water and seek medical attention.

G WARNINGDuring charging and jump-starting, explosive gases can escape from the battery. There is a riskof an explosion.Particularly avoid fire, open flames, creating sparks and smoking. Ensure there is sufficient ven-tilation while charging and jump-starting. Do not lean over a battery.

G WARNINGDuring the charging process, a battery produces hydrogen gas. If a short circuit occurs or sparksare created, the hydrogen gas can ignite. There is a risk of an explosion.RMake sure that the positive terminal of a connected battery does not come into contact withvehicle parts.RNever place metal objects or tools on a battery.RIt is important that you observe the described order of the battery terminals when connectingand disconnecting a battery.RWhen jump-starting, make sure that the battery poles with identical polarity are connected.RIt is particularly important to observe the described order when connecting and disconnectingthe jumper cables.RNever connect or disconnect the battery terminals while the engine is running.

G WARNINGA discharged battery can freeze at temperatures below freezing point. When jump-starting thevehicle or charging the battery, gases can escape from the battery. There is a risk of an explosion.Allow the frozen battery to thaw out before charging it or jump-starting.

! Vehicles with a gasoline engine: avoid repeated and lengthy starting attempts. Other-wise, the catalytic converter could be damaged by non-combusted fuel.

HYBRID vehicles: make sure that you read the "HYBRID" supplement included in the vehicleliterature. You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers e.g. due to high voltage.

Jump-starting 279

Roadside

Assistance

Z

Page 282: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Do not start the vehicle using a rapid charging device. If your vehicle's battery is discharged,the engine can be jump-started from another vehicle or from a second battery using jumpercables. Observe the following points:RThe battery is not accessible in all vehicles. If the other vehicle's battery is not accessible,jump-start the vehicle using a second battery or a jump-starting device.RVehicles with a gasoline engine: only jump-start the vehicle when the engine and exhaustsystem are cold.RDo not start the engine if the battery is frozen. Let the battery thaw first.ROnly jump-start from batteries with a 12 V voltage rating.ROnly use jumper cables which have a sufficient cross-section and insulated terminal clamps.RIf the battery is fully discharged, leave the battery that is being used to jump-start connectedfor a few minutes before attempting to start. This charges the battery slightly.RMake sure that the two vehicles do not touch.Make sure that:Rthe jumper cables are not damaged.Rwhen the jumper cables are connected to the battery, uninsulated sections of the terminalclamp do not come into contact with other metal sections.Rthe jumper cables cannot come into contact with parts which can move when the engine isrunning, such as the V-belt pulley or the fan.

X Apply the parking brake firmly.X Shift the transmission to position P.X Switch off all electrical consumers, e.g. rear window defroster, lighting, etc.X Open the hood.

Position numberB identifies the charged battery of the other vehicle or an equivalent jump-starting device.

280 Jump-startingRoadside

Assistance

Page 283: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

X Slide cover: of positive terminal; in the direction of the arrow.X Connect positive terminal; on your vehicle to positive terminal= of donor batteryBusing the jumper cable, always begin with positive terminal; on your own vehicle first.

X Start the engine of the donor vehicle and run it at idling speed.X Connect negative terminal? of donor batteryB to ground pointA of your vehicle usingthe jumper cable, connecting the jumper cable to battery of other vehicleB first.

X Start the engine.X Before disconnecting the jumper cables, let the engine run for several minutes.X First, remove the jumper cables from ground pointA and negative terminal?, then frompositive clamp; and positive terminal=. Begin each time at the contacts on your ownvehicle first.

X Close cover: of positive clamp; after removing the jumper cables.X Have the battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

i Jump-starting is not considered to be a normal operating condition.

i Jumper cables and further information regarding jump-starting can be obtained at anyqualified specialist workshop.

Towing and tow-starting

Important safety notes

G WARNINGFunctions relevant to safety are restricted orno longer available if:Rthe engine is not running.Rthe brake system or the power steering ismalfunctioning.Rthere is a malfunction in the voltage supplyor the vehicle's electrical system.

If your vehicle is being towed, much moreforce may be necessary to steer or brake.There is a risk of an accident.In such cases, use a tow bar. Before towing,make sure that the steering moves freely.

G WARNINGWhen towing or tow-starting another vehicleand its weight is greater than the permissiblegross weight of your vehicle, the:Rthe towing eye could detach itselfRthe vehicle/trailer combination could roll-over.

There is a risk of an accident.When towing or tow-starting another vehicle,its weight should not be greater than the per-missible gross weight of your vehicle.

i Details on the permissible gross vehicleweight of your vehicle can be found on thevehicle identification plate (Y page 336).

! If DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD functionis activated, the vehicle brakes automati-cally in certain situations.To prevent damage to the vehicle, deacti-vate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD func-tion in the following or other similar situa-tions:Rwhen towing the vehicleRin the car wash

! Only secure the tow rope or tow bar at thetowing eyes. Otherwise, the vehicle couldbe damaged.

! Do not use the towing eye for recovery,this could damage the vehicle. If in doubt,recover the vehicle with a crane.

Towing and tow-starting 281

Roadside

Assistance

Z

Page 284: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

! When towing, pull away slowly andsmoothly. If the tractive power is too high,the vehicles could be damaged.

! Do not tow with sling-type equipment.This could damage the vehicle.

! When towing vehicles with KEYLESS-GO,use the key instead of the Start/Stop but-ton. Otherwise, the automatic transmissionmay shift to position P when the driver's orfront-passenger door are opened, whichcould lead to damage to the transmission.

! The vehicle can be towed a maximum of30 miles (50km). The towing speed of30 mph (50 km/h) must not be exceeded.If the vehicle has to be towed more than30miles (50km), the entire vehicle must beraised and transported.

! If you tow or tow-start another vehicle, itsweight must not exceed the maximum per-missible gross vehicle weight of your vehi-cle.

HYBRID vehicles: make sure that you readthe "HYBRID" supplement included in thevehicle literature. You could otherwise fail torecognize dangers e.g. due to high voltage.It is better to have the vehicle transportedthan to have it towed away.If the vehicle has suffered transmission dam-age, have it transported on a transporter ortrailer.The automatic transmission must be in posi-tion N when the vehicle is being towed.The battery must be connected and charged.Otherwise, you:Rcannot turn the SmartKey to position 2 inthe ignition lockRcannot shift the automatic transmission toposition N

In the event of damage to the electricalsystemIf the battery is defective, the automatictransmission will be locked in position P. Toshift the automatic transmission to position

N, you must provide power to the vehicle'selectrical system in the same way as whenjump-starting (Y page 279).Have the vehicle transported on a transporteror trailer.

i Disarm the automatic locking feature(Y page 95). You could otherwise be lockedout when pushing or towing the vehicle.

Installing/removing the towing eye

Installing the towing eye

G WARNINGThe exhaust tail pipemay be very hot. There isa risk of burns when removing the rear cover.Do not touch the exhaust pipe. Take particularcare when removing the rear cover.

Towing eye covers (example: Sedan)

Themountings for the removable towing eyesare located in the bumpers. They are at thefront and at the rear, behind the covers.X Remove the towing eye from the vehicletool kit (Y page 270).

X Press the mark on cover: inwards in thedirection of the arrow.

282 Towing and tow-startingRoadside

Assistance

Page 285: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

X Take cover: off the opening.X Screw in the towing eye clockwise as far asit will go and tighten it.

Removing the towing eyeX Unscrew and remove the towing eye.X Attach cover: to the bumper and pressuntil it engages.

X Place the towing eye in the vehicle tool kit.

Towing a vehicle with both axles onthe groundIt is important that you observe the safetyinstructions when towing away your vehicle(Y page 281).The automatic transmission automaticallyshifts to positionPwhen you open the driver'sor front-passenger door or when you removethe SmartKey from the ignition lock. In orderto ensure that the automatic transmissionstays in position N when towing the vehicle,you must observe the following points:X Make sure that the vehicle is stationary andthe SmartKey in the ignition lock is in posi-tion 0.

X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.On vehicles with KEYLESS-GO, use theSmartKey instead of the Start/Stop button(Y page 139).

X Depress and hold the brake pedal.X Shift the automatic transmission to posi-tion N.

X Release the brake pedal.X Release the parking brake.X Switch on the hazard warning lamps, seethe Digital Operator's Manual.

X Leave the SmartKey in position 2 in theignition lock.i When towing with the hazard warninglamps switched on, use the combinationswitch as usual to signal a change of direc-

tion. In this case, only the indicator lampsfor the direction of travel flash. After reset-ting the combination switch, the hazardwarning lamp starts flashing again.

Towing the vehicle with the rear axleraised! Vehicles with 4MATIC must not be towedwith either the front or the rear axle raised,as doing so will damage the transmission.

! Vehicles with automatic transmissionmust not be towedwith the rear axle raised.The vehicle/trailer combination may oth-erwise swerve or even roll over.

! The ignition must be switched off if youare towing the vehicle with the rear axleraised. Intervention by ESP® could other-wise damage the brake system.

Transporting the vehicle! You may only secure the vehicle by thewheels, not by parts of the vehicle such asaxle or steering components. Otherwise,the vehicle could be damaged.

The towing eye can be used to pull the vehicleonto a trailer or transporter for transportingpurposes.X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

X Shift the automatic transmission to posi-tion N.

As soon as the vehicle has been loaded:X Prevent the vehicle from rolling away byapplying the parking brake.

X Shift the automatic transmission to posi-tion P.

X Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni-tion lock and remove the SmartKey fromthe ignition lock.

X Secure the vehicle.

Towing and tow-starting 283

Roadside

Assistance

Z

Page 286: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Notes on 4MATIC vehicles! Vehicles with 4MATIC must not be towedwith either the front or the rear axle raised,as doing so will damage the transmission.

If the vehicle has transmission damage ordamage to the front or rear axle, have it trans-ported on a transporter or trailer.In the event of damage to the electricalsystemIf the battery is defective, the automatictransmission will be locked in position P. Toshift the automatic transmission to positionN, you must provide power to the vehicle'selectrical system in the same way as whenjump-starting (Y page 279).Have the vehicle transported on a transporteror trailer.

Tow-starting (emergency enginestarting)! Vehicles with automatic transmissionmust not be started by tow-starting. Thiscould otherwise damage the transmission.

i You can find information on "Jump-start-ing" under (Y page 279).

Fuses

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf you manipulate or bridge a faulty fuse or ifyou replace it with a fuse with a higher amper-age, the electric cables could be overloaded.This could result in a fire. There is a risk of anaccident and injury.Always replace faulty fuses with the specifiednew fuses having the correct amperage.

! Only use fuses that have been approvedfor Mercedes-Benz vehicles and whichhave the correct fuse rating for the systemconcerned. Otherwise, components or sys-tems could be damaged.

The fuses in your vehicle serve to close downfaulty circuits. If a fuse blows, all the compo-nents on the circuit and their functions stopoperating.Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses ofthe same rating, which you can recognize bythe color and value. The fuse ratings are listedin the fuse allocation chart.If a newly inserted fuse also blows, have thecause traced and rectified at a qualified spe-cialist workshop, e.g. an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.

Before changing a fusePay attention to the important safety notes(Y page 284).X Secure the vehicle against rolling away(Y page 151).

X Switch off the engine.X Switch off all electrical consumers.X Remove the SmartKey from the ignitionlock.

or, on vehicles with KEYLESS‑GO:X Open the driver's door.The on-board electronics now have status0. This is the same as the SmartKey havingbeen removed.The driver’s door can be closed again.

All indicator lamps in the instrument clustermust be off.The fuses are located in various fuse boxes:RFuse box in the engine compartment on theleft-hand side of the vehicle, when viewedin the direction of travelRFuse box in the trunk/cargo compartmenton the right-hand side of the vehicle, whenviewed in the direction of travel

The fuse allocation chart is located in thevehicle tool kit in the stowage compartmentunder the trunk/cargo compartment floor(Y page 270).

284 FusesRoadside

Assistance

Page 287: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Fuse box in the engine compartmentPay attention to the important safety notes(Y page 284).

G WARNINGWhen the hood is open and the windshieldwipers are set inmotion, you can be injured bythe wiper linkage. There is a risk of injury.Always switch off the windshield wipers andthe ignition before opening the hood.

! Make sure that no moisture can enter thefuse box when the cover is open.

! When closing the cover, make sure that itis lying correctly on the fuse box. Moistureseeping in or dirt could otherwise impairthe operation of the fuses.

X Make sure that the windshield wipers areturned off.

X Open the hood.X Use a dry cloth to remove any moisturefrom the fuse box.

X To open: remove lines; from the guides.X Move lines; aside. Route the lines behindconnection= to do this.

X Open clamp:.X Remove the fuse box cover forwards.X To close: check whether the seal is lyingcorrectly in the cover.

X Insert the cover at the rear of the fuse boxinto the retainer.

X Fold down cover and close clamps:.

X Secure lines; in the guides.X Close the hood.

Fuse box in the trunkPay attention to the important safety notes(Y page 284).

! Make sure that no moisture can enter thefuse box when the cover is open.

! When closing the cover, make sure that itis lying correctly on the fuse box. Moistureseeping in or dirt could otherwise impairthe operation of the fuses.

X Open the trunk lid.X To open: release cover: at the top rightand left-hand sides with a flat object.

X Open cover: downwards in the directionof the arrow.

Fuse box in the cargo compartmentPay attention to the important safety notes(Y page 284).

! Make sure that no moisture can enter thefuse box when the cover is open.

! When closing the cover, make sure that itis lying correctly on the fuse box. Moistureseeping in or dirt could otherwise impairthe operation of the fuses.

Fuses 285

Roadside

Assistance

Z

Page 288: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

X Open the tailgate.X To open: pull handle: on the cover.X Open the cover downwards.X Swing paneling; forwards.

286 FusesRoadside

Assistance

Page 289: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Useful information ............................ 288Important safety notes ..................... 288Operation ........................................... 288Winter operation ............................... 290Tire pressure ..................................... 291Loading the vehicle .......................... 298All about wheels and tires ............... 301Changing a wheel .............................. 309Wheel and tire combinations ........... 314Emergency spare wheel ................... 329

287

Wheelsandtires

Page 290: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Useful information

i This Operator's Manual describes allmodels and all standard andoptional equip-ment of your vehicle available at the time ofpublication of the Operator's Manual.Country-specific differences are possible.Please note that your vehicle may not beequipped with all features described. Thisalso applies to safety-related systems andfunctions.

i Read the information on qualified special-ist workshops (Y page 31).

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf wheels and tires of the wrong size are used,the wheel brakes or suspension componentsmay be damaged. There is a risk of an acci-dent.Always replace wheels and tires with thosethat fulfill the specifications of the originalpart.When replacing wheels, make sure to use thecorrect:RdesignationRmodelWhen replacing tires, make sure to use thecorrect:RdesignationRmanufacturerRmodel

G WARNINGA flat tire severely impairs the driving, steer-ing and braking characteristics of the vehicle.There is a risk of accident.Tires without run-flat characteristics:Rdo not drive with a flat tire.Rimmediately replace the flat tire with youremergency spare wheel or spare wheel, orconsult a qualified specialist workshop.

Tires with run-flat characteristics:Rpay attention to the information and warn-ing notices on MOExtended tires (tires withrun-flat characteristics).

Accessories that are not approved for yourvehicle by Mercedes-Benz or are not beingused correctly can impair the operatingsafety.Before purchasing and using non-approvedaccessories, visit a qualified specialist work-shop and ask about:RsuitabilityRlegal stipulationsRfactory recommendationsInformation on the sizes and types of wheelsand tires for your vehicle can be found under"Wheel/tire combinations" (Y page 314).Information on tire pressure can be found:Ron the vehicle's Tire and Loading Informa-tion placard on the B-pillar (Y page 298)Ron the tire pressure label on the fuel fillerflap (Y page 146)Runder "Tire pressure" (Y page 291)

Operation

Information on drivingCheck the tire pressure when the vehicle isheavily laden and adjust prior to a trip.While driving, pay attention to vibrations,noises and unusual handling characteristics,e.g. pulling to one side. This may indicate thatthe wheels or tires are damaged. If you sus-pect that a tire is defective, reduce yourspeed immediately. Stop the vehicle as soonas possible to check the wheels and tires fordamage. Hidden tire damage could also becausing the unusual handling characteristics.If you find no signs of damage, have the tiresand wheels checked at a qualified specialistworkshop.When parking your vehicle, make sure thatthe tires do not get deformed by the curb or

288 OperationWheelsandtires

Page 291: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

other obstacles. If it is necessary to drive overcurbs, speed humps or similar elevations, tryto do so slowly and at an obtuse angle. Oth-erwise, the tires, particularly the sidewalls,may be damaged.

Regular checking of wheels and tires

G WARNINGDamaged tires can cause tire inflation pres-sure loss. As a result, you could lose control ofyour vehicle. There is a risk of accident.Check the tires regularly for signs of damageand replace any damaged tires immediately.

Regularly check the wheels and tires of yourvehicle for damage at least once a month, aswell as after driving off-road or on roughroads. Damaged wheels can cause a loss oftire pressure. Pay particular attention to dam-age such as:Rcuts in the tiresRpuncturesRtears in the tiresRbulges on tiresRdeformation or severe corrosion on wheelsRegularly check the tire tread depth and thecondition of the tread across the whole widthof the tire (Y page 289). If necessary, turn thefront wheels to full lock in order to inspect theinner side of the tire surface.All wheels must have a valve cap to protectthe valve against dirt and moisture. Do notmount anything onto the valve other than thestandard valve cap or other valve capsapproved by Mercedes-Benz for your vehicle.Do not use any other valve caps or systems,e.g. tire pressure monitoring systems.Regularly check the pressure of all the tiresparticularly prior to long trips. Adjust the tirepressure as necessary (Y page 291).Observe the notes on the emergency sparewheel (Y page 329).

The service life of tires depends, among otherthings, on the following factors:RDriving styleRTire pressureRDistance covered

Notes on tire tread

G WARNINGInsufficient tire tread will reduce tire traction.The tire is no longer able to dissipate water.This means that on wet road surfaces, the riskof hydroplaning increases, in particular wherespeed is not adapted to suit the driving con-ditions. There is a risk of accident.If the tire pressure is too high or too low, tiresmay exhibit different levels of wear at differ-ent locations on the tire tread. Thus, youshould regularly check the tread depth andthe condition of the tread across the entirewidth of all tires.Minimum tire tread depth for:RSummer tires:â in (3 mm)RM+S tires:ã in (4 mm)For safety reasons, replace the tires beforethe legally prescribed limit for the minimumtire tread depth is reached.

Marking: shows where the bar indicator(arrow) for tread wear is integrated into thetire tread.Tread wear indicators (TWI) are required bylaw. Six indicators are positioned on the tiretread. They are visible once a tread depth of

Operation 289

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 292: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

approximatelyá in (1.6 mm) has beenreached. If this is the case, the tire is so wornthat it must be replaced.

Selecting, mounting and replacingtiresROnly mount tires and wheels of the sametype and make.Exception: it is permissible to install a dif-ferent type or make in the event of a flattire. Observe the "MOExtended tires (tireswith run-flat characteristics" section(Y page 272).ROnly mount tires of the correct size ontothe wheels.RBreak in new tires at moderate speeds forthe first 60miles (100 km). They only reachtheir full performance after this distance.RDo not drive with tires which have too littletread depth, as this significantly reducesthe traction on wet roads (hydroplaning).RReplace the tires after six years at the lat-est, regardless of wear.

Observe the notes on the emergency sparewheel (Y page 329).

MOExtended tires (tires with run-flatproperties)With MOExtended tires (tires with run flatcharacteristics), you can continue to driveyour vehicle even if there is a total loss ofpressure in one or more tires.MOExtended tires may only be used in con-junction with an active tire pressure monitorand only on wheels specifically tested byMercedes-Benz.Notes on driving with MOExtended tires witha flat tire (Y page 272).Vehicles equippedwithMOExtended tires arenot equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory.It is therefore recommended that you addi-tionally equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit ifyou mount tires that do not feature run-flat

properties, e.g. winter tires. A TIREFIT kit canbe obtained from a qualified specialist work-shop.

Winter operation

General notesYou can find information about this in theDigital Operator's Manual.

Driving with summer tiresAt temperatures below 45‡ (+7†), summertires lose elasticity and therefore traction andbraking power. Change the tires on your vehi-cle to M+S tires. Using summer tires at verycold temperatures could cause cracks toform, thereby damaging the tires perma-nently. Mercedes-Benz cannot acceptresponsibility for this type of damage.

G WARNINGDamaged tires can cause tire inflation pres-sure loss. As a result, you could lose control ofyour vehicle. There is a risk of accident.Check the tires regularly for signs of damageand replace any damaged tires immediately.

M+S tires

G WARNINGM+S tires with a tire tread depth of less thanã in (4 mm) are not suitable for use in winterand do not provide sufficient traction. There isa risk of an accident.M+S tires with a tread depth of less thanã in(4 mm) must be replaced immediately.

Further information can be found in the Digi-tal Operator's Manual.

290 Winter operationWheelsandtires

Page 293: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Snow chains

G WARNINGIf snow chains are installed to the frontwheels, they may drag against the vehiclebody or chassis components. This couldcause damage to the vehicle or the tires.There is a risk of an accident.To avoid hazardous situations:Rnever install snow chains to the frontwheelsRalways install snow chains in pairs to therear wheels.

Further information can be found in the Digi-tal Operator's Manual.

Tire pressure

Tire pressure specifications

Important safety notes

G WARNINGUnderinflated or overinflated tires pose thefollowing risks:Rthe tires may burst, especially as the loadand vehicle speed increase.Rthe tires may wear excessively and/orunevenly, which may greatly impair tiretraction.Rthe driving characteristics, as well as steer-ing and braking, may be greatly impaired.

There is a risk of an accident.Follow recommended tire inflation pressuresand check the pressure of all the tires includ-ing the spare wheel:Rmonthly, at leastRif the load changesRbefore beginning a long journeyRunder different operating conditions, e.g.off-road driving

If necessary, correct the tire pressure.

i The specifications on the sample Tire andLoading Information placard and tire pres-sure tables are examples. Tire pressurespecifications are vehicle-specific and maydeviate from the data shown here. The tirepressure specifications that are valid foryour vehicle can be found on the Tire andLoading Information placard and tire pres-sure table on the vehicle.

General notesThe recommended tire pressures for the tiresmounted at the factory can be found on thelabels described here.Operation with an emergency sparewheel: information on operation with anemergency spare wheel can be found in thegeneral notes in the "Emergency sparewheel"section (Y page 329).Further information on tire pressures can beobtained at a qualified specialist workshop.

Tire and Loading Information placard

: Recommended tire pressuresThe Tire and Loading Information placard ison the B-pillar on the driver's side(Y page 298).The Tire and Loading Information placard con-tains the recommended tire pressures forcold tires. The recommended tire pressuresare valid for the maximum permissible loadand up to the maximum permissible vehiclespeed.

Tire pressure 291

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 294: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Tire pressure tableThe tire pressure table is on the inside of thefuel filler flap.

Example: tire pressure table for all tires permittedfor this vehicle by the factory

The tire pressure table contains the recom-mended pressures for cold tires for variousoperating conditions, i.e. differing load andspeed conditions.

Example: tire pressure table with tire dimensions

If a tire size precedes a tire pressure, the tirepressure information following is only validfor that tire size. The load conditions "partiallyladen" and "fully laden" are defined in thetable for different numbers of occupants andamounts of luggage. The actual number ofseats may differ.

Some tire pressure tables show only the rimdiameters instead of the full tire size, e.g.R18. The rim diameter is part of the tire sizeand can be found on the tire sidewall(Y page 303).If the tire pressures have been set to thelower values for lighter loads and/or lowerroad speeds, the pressures should be reset tothe higher values:Rif you want to drive with an increased loadand/orRif you want to drive at higher road speeds

i The tire pressures for increased loadsand/or higher road speeds, shown in thetire pressure table, may have a negativeeffect on driving comfort.

If the tire pressure is not set correctly, thiscan lead to an excessive build-up of heat anda sudden loss of pressure.Formore information, contact a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Important notes on tire pressure

G WARNINGIf the tire pressure drops repeatedly, thewheel, valve or tire may be damaged. Tirepressure that is too low may result in a tireblow-out. There is a risk of an accident.RCheck the tire for foreign objects.RCheck whether the wheel is losing air or thevalve is leaking.

292 Tire pressureWheelsandtires

Page 295: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

If you are unable to rectify the damage, con-tact a qualified specialist workshop.

G WARNINGIf you fit unsuitable accessories onto tirevalves, the tire valves may be overloaded andmalfunction, which can cause tire pressureloss. Due to their design, retrofitted tire pres-sure monitors keep the tire valve open. Thiscan also result in tire pressure loss. There is arisk of an accident.Only screw the standard valve cap or othervalve caps approved by Mercedes-Benz foryour vehicle onto the tire valve.

Use a suitable pressure gauge to check thetire pressure. The outer appearance of a tiredoes not permit any reliable conclusion aboutthe tire pressure. On vehicles equipped withthe electronic tire pressure monitor, the tirepressure can be checked in the on-boardcomputer.The tire temperature and pressure increasewhen the vehicle is in motion. This is depend-ent on the driving speed and the load.Therefore, you should only correct tire pres-sures when the tires are cold.The tires are cold:Rif the vehicle has been parked withoutdirect sunlight on the tires for at least threehours andRif the vehicle has not been driven furtherthan 1 mile (1.6 km)

The tire temperature changes depending onthe outside temperature, the vehicle speedand the tire load. If the tire temperaturechanges by 18 ‡ (10 †), the tire pressurechanges by approximately 10 kPa (0.1 bar/1.5 psi). Take this into account when check-ing the pressure of warm tires. Only correctthe tire pressure if it is too low for the currentoperating conditions. If you check the tirepressure when the tires are warm, the result-ing value will be higher than if the tires werecold. This is normal. Do not reduce the tire

pressure to the value specified for cold tires.The tire pressure would otherwise be too low.Observe the recommended tire pressures forcold tires:Ron the Tire and Loading Information placardon the B-pillar on the driver's sideRin the tire pressure table on the inside of thefuel filler flap

Underinflated or overinflated tires

Underinflated tires

G WARNINGTires with pressure that is too low can over-heat and burst as a consequence. In addition,they also suffer from excessive and/or irreg-ular wear, which can severely impair the brak-ing properties and the driving characteristics.There is a risk of an accident.Avoid tire pressures that are too low in all thetires, including the spare wheel.

Underinflated tires may:Roverheat, leading to tire defectsRadversely affect handlingRwear excessively and/or unevenlyRhave an adverse effect on fuel consumption

Overinflated tires

G WARNINGTires with excessively high pressure can burstbecause they are damaged more easily byroad debris, potholes etc. In addition, theyalso suffer from irregular wear, which canseverely impair the braking properties and thedriving characteristics. There is a risk of anaccident.Avoid tire pressures that are too high in all thetires, including the spare wheel.

Overinflated tires may:Rincrease the braking distanceRadversely affect handling

Tire pressure 293

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 296: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Rwear excessively and/or unevenlyRhave an adverse effect on ride comfortRbe more susceptible to damage

Maximum tire pressures

: Example: maximum permissible tire pres-sure

Never exceed the maximum permissible tireinflation pressure. Always observe the rec-ommended tire pressure for your vehiclewhen adjusting the tire pressure(Y page 291).

i The actual values for tires are vehicle-specific and may deviate from the values inthe illustration.

Checking the tire pressures

Important safety notesObserve the notes on tire pressure(Y page 291).Information on air pressure for the tires onyour vehicle can be found:Ron the vehicle's Tire and Loading Informa-tion placard on the B-pillarRon the tire pressure label on the fuel fillerflapRin the "Tire pressure" section

Checking tire pressures manuallyTo determine and set the correct tire pres-sure, proceed as follows:X Remove the valve cap of the tire that is tobe checked.

X Press the tire pressure gauge securely ontothe valve.

X Read the tire pressure and compare it tothe recommended value on the Tire andLoading Information placard or the tirepressure table (Y page 291).

X If the tire pressure is too low, increase thetire pressure to the recommended value.

X If the tire pressure is too high, release air.To do so, press down the metal pin in thevalve, using the tip of a pen for example.Then check the tire pressure again usingthe tire pressure checker.

X Screw the valve cap onto the valve.X Repeat these steps for the other tires.

Tire pressure monitor

General notesIf a tire pressuremonitor is installed, the vehi-cle's wheels have sensors that monitor thetire pressures in all four tires. The tire pres-sure monitor warns you if the pressure dropsin one or more of the tires. The tire pressuremonitor only functions if the correspondingsensors are installed in all wheels.Information on tire pressures is displayed inthe multifunction display. After a fewminutesof driving, the current tire pressure of eachtire is shown in the Servicemenu of the mul-tifunction display, see illustration (example).

Example: Sedan, current tire pressure display

294 Tire pressureWheelsandtires

Page 297: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

For information on the message display, referto the "Checking the tire pressure electroni-cally" section (Y page 296).

Important safety notes

G WARNINGEach tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked at least once every twoweeks when cold and inflated to the pressurerecommended by the vehicle manufactureron the Tire and Loading Information placardon the driver's door B-pillar or the tire pres-sure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap. Ifyour vehicle has tires of a different size thanthe size indicated on the Tire and LoadingInformation placard or, if available, the tirepressure label, you should determine theproper tire pressure for those tires.As an added safety feature, your vehicle hasbeen equippedwith a tire pressuremonitoringsystem (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pres-sure telltale when one or more of your tiresare significantly underinflated. Accordingly,when the low tire pressure telltale lights up,you should stop and check your tires as soonas possible, and inflate them to the properpressure. Driving on a significantly underin-flated tire causes the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure.Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiencyand tire tread life, andmay affect the vehicle'shandling and stopping ability. Please note thatthe TPMS is not a substitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver's responsi-bility to maintain correct tire pressure, even ifunderinflation has not reached the level totrigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pres-sure telltale.Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicate whenthe system is not operating properly. TheTPMS malfunction indicator is combined withthe low tire pressure telltale. When the sys-tem detects a malfunction, the warning lampwill flash for approximately a minute and thenremain continuously illuminated. This

sequencewill be repeated every time the vehi-cle is started as long as the malfunctionexists. When the malfunction indicator is illu-minated, the systemmay not be able to detector signal low tire pressure as intended.TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety ofreasons, including the installation of incom-patible replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMSfrom functioning properly. Always check theTPMS malfunction telltale after replacing oneor more tires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or alternate Tiresand wheels allow the TPMS to continue tofunction properly.

It is the driver's responsibility to set the tirepressure to that recommended for cold tireswhich is suitable for the operating situation(Y page 291). Note that the correct tire pres-sure for the current operating situation mustfirst be taught-in to the tire pressure monitor.If there is a substantial loss of pressure, thewarning threshold for the warning message isaligned to the reference values taught-in.Restart the tire pressuremonitor after adjust-ing the pressure of the cold tires(Y page 297). The current pressures aresaved as new reference values. As a result, awarning message will appear if the tire pres-sure drops significantly.The tire pressure monitor does not warn youof an incorrectly set tire pressure. Observethe notes on the recommended tire pressure(Y page 291).The tire pressure monitor is not able to warnyou of a sudden loss of pressure, e.g. if thetire is penetrated by a foreign object. In theevent of a sudden loss of pressure, bring thevehicle to a halt by braking carefully. Avoidabrupt steering maneuvers.

Tire pressure 295

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 298: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

The tire pressure monitor has a yellow warn-ing lamp in the instrument cluster for indicat-ing a pressure loss or malfunction. Whetherthe warning lamp flashes or lights up indi-cates whether a tire pressure is too low or thetire pressure monitor is malfunctioning:Rif the warning lamp is lit continuously, thetire pressure on one or more tires is signif-icantly too low. The tire pressure monitor isnot malfunctioning.Rif the warning lamp flashes for around aminute and then remains lit constantly, thetire pressure monitor is malfunctioning.

In addition to the warning lamp, a messageappears in the multifunction display. Observethe information on display messages(Y page 200).It may take up to ten minutes for a malfunc-tion of the tire pressure monitor to be indica-ted. Amalfunction will be indicated by the tirepressure warning lamp flashing for approx-imately one minute and then remaining lit.When the malfunction has been rectified, thetire pressure warning lamp goes out after afew minutes of driving.The tire pressure values indicated by the on-board computer may differ from those meas-ured at a gas station with a pressure gauge.The tire pressures shown by the on-boardcomputer refer to those measured at sealevel. At high altitudes, the tire pressure val-ues indicated by a pressure gauge are higherthan those shown by the on-board computer.In this case, do not reduce the tire pressures.The operation of the tire pressuremonitor canbe affected by interference from radio trans-mitting equipment (e.g. radio headphones,two-way radios) that may be being operatedin or near the vehicle.

Checking the tire pressure electroni-callyX Make sure that the SmartKey is in position2 in the ignition lock (Y page 137).

X Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the Service menu.

X Press the9 or: button to selectTire Pressure.

X Press thea button.The current tire pressure of each tire isshown in the multifunction display.

If the vehicle has been parked for over20 minutes, the Tire pressure will bedisplayed after driving a fewminutes message appears.After a teach-in process, the tire pressuremonitor automatically detects new wheels ornew sensors. As long as a clear allocation ofthe tire pressure value to the individualwheels is not possible, the Tire PressureMonitor Active display message is showninstead of the tire pressure display. The tirepressures are already being monitored.If an emergency spare wheel is mounted, thesystem may continue to show the tire pres-sure of the wheel that has been removed for afewminutes. If this occurs, note that the valuedisplayed for the position where the sparewheel is mounted is not the same as the cur-rent tire pressure of the emergency sparewheel.

Tire pressure monitor warning mes-sagesIf the tire pressuremonitor detects a pressureloss in one or more tires, a warning messageis shown in the multifunction display and theyellow tire pressure monitor warning lampcomes on.RIf the Correct Tire Pressure messageappears in the multifunction display, thetire pressure in at least one tire is too low

296 Tire pressureWheelsandtires

Page 299: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

and must be corrected at the next oppor-tunity.RIf the Check Tiresmessage appears in themultifunction display, the tire pressure inone or more tires has dropped significantlyand the tires must be checked.RIf the Warning Tire Malfunction mes-sage appears in the multifunction display,the tire pressure in one or more tires hasdropped suddenly and the tires must bechecked.

Observe the instructions and safety notes inthe display messages in the "Tires" section(Y page 200).If the wheel positions on the vehicle are rota-ted, the tire pressures may be displayed forthe wrong positions for a short time. This isrectified after a few minutes of driving, andthe tire pressures are displayed for the cor-rect positions.

Restarting the tire pressure monitorWhen you restart the tire pressuremonitor, allexisting warning messages are deleted andthe warning lamps go out. The monitor usesthe currently set tire pressures as the refer-ence values formonitoring. Inmost cases, thetire pressure monitor will automaticallydetect the new reference values after youhave changed the tire pressure. However, youcan also define reference values manually asdescribed here. The tire pressure monitorthen monitors the new tire pressure values.X Set the tire pressure to the value recom-mended for the corresponding driving sit-uation on the Tire and Loading Informationplacard on the driver's sideB-pillar (Y page 291).Additional tire pressure values for differentloads can also be found on the tire pressuretable on the inside of the fuel filler flap(Y page 291).

X Make sure that the tire pressure is correcton all four wheels.

X Make sure that the SmartKey is in position2 in the ignition lock.

X Press the=or;button on the steer-ing wheel to select the Service menu.

X Press the9 or: button to selectTire Pressure.

X Press thea button.The multifunction display shows the cur-rent tire pressure for the individual tires orthe Tire pressure will be displayedafter driving a few minutes mes-sage.

X Press the: button.The Use Current Pressures as NewReference Values message appears inthe multifunction display.

If you wish to confirm the restart:X Press thea button.The Tire Press. Monitor Restartedmessage appears in the multifunction dis-play.After driving for a few minutes, the systemchecks whether the current tire pressuresare within the specified range. The new tirepressures are then accepted as referencevalues and monitored.

If you wish to cancel the restart:X Press the% button.The tire pressure values stored at the lastrestart will continue to be monitored.

Radio type approval for the tire pres-sure monitorIn certain countries, a radio type approval forthe tire pressure monitor may be required.The radio type approval number for the tirepressuremonitor can be found in the "Wheelsand tires" section of the Digital Operator'sManual.

Tire pressure 297

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 300: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Loading the vehicle

Instruction labels for tires and loads

G WARNINGOverloaded tires can overheat, causing ablowout. Overloaded tires can also impair thesteering and driving characteristics and leadto brake failure. There is a risk of accident.Observe the load rating of the tires. The loadrating must be at least half of the GAWR ofyour vehicle. Never overload the tires byexceeding the maximum load.

Two instruction labels on your vehicle showthe maximum possible load.(1) The Tire and Loading Information placard

is on the B-pillar on the driver's side. TheTire and Loading Information placardshows themaximum permissible numberof occupants and the maximum permis-sible vehicle load. It also contains detailsof the tire sizes and corresponding pres-sures for tires mounted at the factory.

(2) The vehicle identification plate is on theB-pillar on the driver's side. The vehicleidentification plate informs you of thegross vehicle weight rating. It is made upof the vehicle weight, all vehicle occu-pants, the fuel and the cargo. You canalso find information about themaximumgross axle weight rating on the front andrear axle.The maximum gross axle weight rating isthe maximum weight that can be carriedby one axle (front or rear axle). Neverexceed the maximum load or the maxi-mum gross axle weight rating for thefront or rear axle.

B-pillar (example: Sedan): B-pillar, driver's side

Maximum permissible gross vehicleweight rating

X Specification for maximum gross vehicleweight: is listed in the Tire and LoadingInformation placard: "The combined weightof occupants and cargo should neverexceed XXX kilograms or XXX lbs."

The gross weight of all vehicle occupants,load and luggage must not exceed the speci-fied value.

i The specifications shown on the Tire andLoading Information placard in the illustra-tion are examples. The maximum permis-sible gross vehicle weight rating is vehicle-specific and may differ from that in theillustration. You can find the validmaximumpermissible gross vehicle weight rating foryour vehicle on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation placard.

298 Loading the vehicleWheelsandtires

Page 301: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Number of seats

Maximum number of seats: indicates themaximum number of occupants allowed totravel in the vehicle. This information can befound on the Tire and Loading Informationplacard.

i The specifications shown on the Tire andLoading Information placard in the illustra-tion are examples. The number of seats isvehicle-specific and can differ from thedetails shown. The number of seats in yourvehicle can be found on the Tire and Load-ing Information placard.

Determining the correct load limit

Step-by-step instructionsThe following steps have been developed asrequired of all manufacturers under Title 49,Code of U.S. Federal Regulations, Part 575pursuant to the "National Traffic and MotorVehicle Safety Act of 1966".X Step 1: Locate the statement "The com-bined weight of occupants and cargoshould never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs." onyour vehicle’s Tire and Loading Informationplacard.

X Step 2: Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that will be ridingin your vehicle.

X Step 3: Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers from XXX kilo-grams or XXX lbs.

X Step 4: The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the "XXX" amountequals 1400 lbs and there will be five150-lb passengers in your vehicle, theamount of available cargo and luggage loadcapacity is 650 lbs (1400 - 750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs).

X Step 5:Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded on thevehicle. That weight may not safely exceedthe available cargo and luggage load capa-city calculated in step 4.

Loading the vehicle 299

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 302: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Example: steps 1 to 3The following table shows examples on how to calculate total and cargo load capacities withvarying seating configurations and number and size of occupants. The following examples usea load limit of 1500 lbs (680 kg). This is for illustration purposes only. Make sure you areusing the actual load limit for your vehicle stated on your vehicle's Tire and Loading Informationplacard (Y page 298).The greater the combined weight of the occupants, the lower the maximum luggage load.Step 1

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3

Combined maximumweight of occupantsand cargo (data fromthe Tire and LoadingInformation placard)

1500 lbs (680 kg) 1500 lbs (680 kg) 1500 lbs (680 kg)

Step 2

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3

Number of people inthe vehicle (driverand occupants)

5 3 1

Distribution of theoccupants

Front: 2Rear: 3

Front: 1Rear: 2

Front: 1

Weight of the occu-pants

Occupant 1: 150 lbs(68 kg)Occupant 2: 180 lbs(82 kg)Occupant 3: 160 lbs(73 kg)Occupant 4: 140 lbs(63 kg)Occupant 5: 120 lbs(54 kg)

Occupant 1: 200 lbs(91 kg)Occupant 2: 190 lbs(86 kg)Occupant 3: 150 lbs(68 kg)

Occupant 1: 150 lbs(68 kg)

Gross weight of alloccupants

750 lbs (340 kg) 540 lbs (245 kg) 150 lbs (68 kg)

300 Loading the vehicleWheelsandtires

Page 303: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Step 3

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3

Permissible load(maximum gross vehi-cleweight rating fromthe Tire and LoadingInformation placardminus the grossweight of all occu-pants)

1500 lbs (680 kg) Ò750 lbs (340 kg) =750 lbs (340 kg)

1500 lbs (680 kg) Ò540 lbs (245 kg)=960 lbs (435 kg)

1500 lbs (680 kg) Ò150 lbs (68 kg) =1350 lbs (612 kg)

Vehicle identification plateEven if you have calculated the total cargocarefully, you should still make sure that thegross vehicle weight rating and the gross axleweight rating are not exceeded. Details canbe found on the vehicle identification plate onthe B-pillar on the driver's side of the vehicle(Y page 298).Permissible Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR): the gross weight of the vehicle, allpassengers, load and trailer load/noseweight(if applicable) must not exceed the permissi-ble gross vehicle weight.Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR): themaximum permissible weight that can be car-ried by one axle (front or rear axle).To ensure that your vehicle does not exceedthe maximum permissible values (gross vehi-cle weight and maximum gross axle weightrating), have your loaded vehicle (includingdriver, occupants, cargo, and full trailer load ifapplicable) weighed on a suitable vehicleweighbridge.

All about wheels and tires

Uniform Tire Quality Grading Stand-ards

Overview of Tire Quality Grading Stand-ards

Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards areU.S. government specifications. Their pur-pose is to provide drivers with uniform relia-ble information on tire performance data. Tiremanufacturers have to grade tires using threeperformance factors:: treadwear grade,;traction grade and= temperature grade.These regulations do not apply to Canada.Nevertheless, all tires sold in North Americaare provided with the corresponding qualitygrading markings on the sidewall of the tire.Quality grades can be found, where applica-ble, on the tire sidewall between tread shoul-der and maximum section width.

All about wheels and tires 301

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 304: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Example:RTread wear grade: 200RTraction grade: AARTemperature grade: AAll passenger car tires must conform to thestatutory safety requirements in addition tothese grades.

i The actual values for tires are vehicle-specific and may deviate from the values inthe illustration.

TreadwearThe tread wear grade is a comparative ratingbased on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a specifiedU.S. government course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one and one-halftimes as well on the government course as atire graded 100.The relative performance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions of their use, how-ever, and may depart significantly from thenorm due to variations in driving habits, ser-vice practices and differences in road char-acteristics and climate.

Traction

G WARNINGThe traction grade assigned to this tire isbased on straight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not include acceleration, cor-nering, hydroplaning, or peak traction char-acteristics.

! Avoid wheelspin. This can lead to damageto the drive train.

The traction grades – from highest to lowest –are AA, A, B and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlled conditions onspecified government test surfaces of asphaltand concrete. A tire marked C may have poortraction performance.

The safe speed on a wet, snow covered or icyroad is always lower than on dry road surfa-ces.You should pay special attention to road con-ditions when temperatures are around freez-ing point.Mercedes-Benz recommends a minimumtread depth ofã in (4 mm) on all four wintertires. Observe the legally required minimumtire tread depth (Y page 289).Winter tires canreduce the braking distance on snow-coveredsurfaces in comparison with summer tires.The braking distance is still much further thanon surfaces that are not icy or covered withsnow. Take appropriate care when driving.Further information on winter tires (M+Stires) can be found in the Digital Operator'sManual.

Temperature

G WARNINGThe temperature grade for this tire is estab-lished for a tire that is properly inflated andnot overloaded. Excessive speed, underinfla-tion, or excessive loading, either separately orin combination, can cause excessive heatbuild-up and possible tire failure.

The temperature grades are A (the highest), B,and C, representing the tire's resistance tothe generation of heat and its ability to dissi-pate heat when tested under controlled con-ditions on a specified indoor laboratory testwheel. Sustained high temperature can causethe material of the tire to degenerate andreduce tire life, and excessive temperaturecan lead to sudden tire failure. The grade Ccorresponds to a level of performance whichall passenger car tires must meet under theFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No.109. Grades B and A represent higher levelsof performance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by law.

302 All about wheels and tiresWheelsandtires

Page 305: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Tire labeling

Overview

: Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards(Y page 307)

; Department of Transportation, Tire Iden-tification Number (Y page 306)

= Maximum load rating (Y page 305)? Maximum tire pressures (Y page 294)A ManufacturerB Tire material (Y page 306)C Tire size designation, load-bearing capa-

city and speed rating (Y page 303)D Load index (Y page 305)E Tire nameThe markings described above are on the tirein addition to the tire name (sales designa-tion) and the manufacturer's name.

i Tire data is vehicle-specific and may devi-ate from the data in the example.

Tire size designation, load-bearingcapacity and speed rating

G WARNINGExceeding the stated tire load-bearing capa-city and the approved maximum speed couldlead to tire damage or the tire bursting. Thereis a risk of accident.

Therefore, only use tire types and sizesapproved for your vehicle model. Observe thetire load rating and speed rating required foryour vehicle.

: Tire width; Nominal aspect ratio in %= Tire code? Rim diameterA Load bearing indexB Speed ratingGeneral: depending on the manufacturer'sstandards, the size imprinted in the tire wallmay not contain any letters or may containone letter that precedes the size description.If there is no letter preceding the size descrip-tion (as shown above): these are passengervehicle tires according to European manufac-turing standards.If "P" precedes the size description: these arepassenger vehicle tires according to U.S.manufacturing standards.If "LT" precedes the size description: theseare light truck tires according to U.S. manu-facturing standards.If "T" precedes the size description: compactemergency wheels with high tire pressurethat are only designed for temporary use in anemergency.Tire width: tire width: shows the nominaltire width in millimeters.Aspect ratio: aspect ratio; is the size ratiobetween the tire height and tire width and isshown in percent. The aspect ratio is calcu-

All about wheels and tires 303

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 306: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

lated by dividing the tire width by the tireheight.Tire code: tire code= specifies the tire type."R" represents radial tires; "D" representsdiagonal tires; "B" represents diagonal radialtires.Rim diameter: rim diameter? is the diam-eter of the bead seat, not the diameter of therim flange. The rim diameter is specified ininches (in).Load-bearing index: load-bearing indexAis a numerical code that specifies the maxi-mum load-bearing capacity of a tire.Do not overload the tires by exceeding thespecified load limit. The maximum permissi-ble load can be found on the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information placard on the B-pillar onthe driver's side (Y page 298).Example:Load-bearing index 91 indicates a maximumload of 1,356 lb (615 kg) that the tires canbear. For further information on themaximumtire load in kilograms and lbs, see(Y page 305).For further information on the load bearingindex, see "Load index" (Y page 305).Speed rating: speed ratingB specifies theapproved maximum speed of the tire.

i Tire data is vehicle-specific and may devi-ate from the data in the example.

Regardless of the speed rating, alwaysobserve the speed limits. Drive carefully andadapt your driving style to the traffic condi-tions.Summer tires

Index Speed rating

Q up to 100 mph (160 km/h)

R up to 106 mph (170 km/h)

S up to 112 mph (180 km/h)

T up to 118 mph (190 km/h)

Index Speed rating

H up to 130 mph (210 km/h)

V up to 149 mph (240 km/h)

W up to 168 mph (270 km/h)

Y up to 186 mph (300 km/h)

ZR...Y up to 186 mph (300 km/h)

ZR...(..Y) over 186 mph (300 km/h)

ZR over 149 mph (240 km/h)

ROptionally, tires with a maximum speed ofover 149mph (240 km/h)may have "ZR" inthe size description, depending on themanufacturer (e.g. 245/40 ZR 18).RIf a service specification is available, themaximum speed is limited according to thespeed rating in the service specification.Example: 245/40 ZR18 97 Y. In this exam-ple, "97 Y" is the service specification. Theletter "Y" represents the speed rating. Themaximum speed of the tire is limited to186 mph (300 km/h).If the size description of your tire includes"ZR" and there are no service specifica-tions, ask the tire manufacturer in order tofind out the maximum speed.RThe size description for all tires with maxi-mum speeds of over 186 mph (300 km/h)must include "ZR", and the service specifi-cationmust be given in parentheses. Exam-ple: 275/40 ZR 18 (99 Y). Speed rating"(Y)" indicates that the maximum speed ofthe tire is over 186 mph (300 km/h). Askthe tire manufacturer about the maximumspeed.

All-weather tires and winter tires

Index Speed rating

Q M+S1 up to 100 mph (160 km/h)

T M+S1 up to 118 mph (190 km/h)

1 Or M+Si for winter tires.

304 All about wheels and tiresWheelsandtires

Page 307: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Index Speed rating

H M+S1 up to 130 mph (210 km/h)

V M+S1 up to 149 mph (240 km/h)

i Not all tires with theM+Smarking providethe driving characteristics of winter tires. Inaddition to the M+S marking, winter tiresalso have thei snowflake symbol onthe tire wall. Tires with this marking fulfillthe requirements of the Rubber Manufac-turers Association (RMA) and the RubberAssociation of Canada (RAC) regarding thetire traction on snow. They have been espe-cially developed for driving on snow.

An electronic speed limiter prevents yourvehicle from exceeding the following speeds:Rall vehicles (except AMG vehicles):130 mph (210 km/h)RAMG vehicles: 155 mph (250 km/h)RAMG vehicles with Performance Package(Wagon): 174 mph (280 km/h)RAMG vehicles with Performance Package(Sedan): 186 mph (300 km/h)

The speed rating of tires mounted at the fac-tory may be higher than the maximum speedthat the electronic speed limiter permits.Make sure that your tires have the requiredspeed rating, e.g. when buying new tires. Therequired speed rating for your vehicle can befound in the "Tires" section (Y page 314).Further information about reading tire datacan be obtained from any qualified specialistworkshop.

Load index

In addition to the load bearing index, loadindex: may be imprinted after the lettersthat identify speed indexB on the sidewall ofthe tire (Y page 303).RIf no specification is given: no text (as in theexample above), represents a standardload (SL) tireRXL or Extra Load: represents a reinforcedtireRLight Load: represents a light load tireRC, D, E: represents a load range thatdepends on the maximum load that the tirecan carry at a certain pressure

i Tire data is vehicle-specific and may devi-ate from the data in the example.

Maximum load rating

Maximum tire load: is the maximum per-missible weight for which the tire is approved.Do not overload the tires by exceeding thespecified load limit. The maximum permissi-

1 Or M+Si for winter tires.

All about wheels and tires 305

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 308: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

ble load can be found on the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information placard on the B-pillar onthe driver's side (Y page 298).

i The actual values for tires are vehicle-specific and may deviate from the values inthe illustration.

DOT, Tire Identification Number (TIN)US tire regulations stipulate that every tiremanufacturer or retreader must imprint a TINin or on the sidewall of each tire produced.

The TIN is a unique identification number. TheTIN enables the tiremanufacturers or retread-ers to inform purchasers of recalls and othersafety-relevant matters. It makes it possiblefor the purchaser to easily identify the affec-ted tires.The TIN is made up of manufacturer identifi-cation code;, tire size=, tire type code?and manufacturing dateA.DOT (Department of Transportation): tiresymbol: marks that the tire complies withthe requirements of the U.S. Department ofTransportation.Manufacturer identification code: manu-facturer identification code; providesdetails on the tire manufacturer. New tireshave a code with two symbols. Retreadedtires have a code with four symbols.For further information about retreaded tires,see (Y page 288).Tire size: identifier= describes the tire size.

Tire type code: tire type code? can be usedby the manufacturer as a code to describespecific characteristics of the tire.Date of manufacture: date of manufactureA provides information about the age of atire. The first and second positions representthe week of manufacture, starting with "01"for the first calendar week. Positions threeand four represent the year of manufacture.For example, a tire that is marked "2614" wasmanufactured in week 26 in 2014.

i Tire data is vehicle-specific and may devi-ate from the data in the example.

Tire characteristics

This information describes the type of tirecord and the number of layers in sidewall:and under tire tread;.

i Tire data is vehicle-specific and may devi-ate from the data in the example.

Definition of terms for tires and loading

Tire ply composition and material usedDescribes the number of plies or the numberof layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tiretread and sidewall. These are made of steel,nylon, polyester and other materials.

BarMetric unit for tire pressure. 14.5038 poundsper square inch (psi) and 100 kilopascals(kPa) are the equivalent of 1 bar.

306 All about wheels and tiresWheelsandtires

Page 309: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

DOT (Department of Transportation)DOT-marked tires fulfill the requirements ofthe U S Department of Transportation.

Normal occupant weightThe number of occupants for which the vehi-cle is designed multiplied by 68 kilograms(150 lbs).

Uniform Tire Quality Grading StandardsA uniform standard to grade the quality oftireswith regards to tread quality, tire tractionand temperature characteristics. The qualitygrading assessment is made by the manufac-turer following specifications from the U.S.government. The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire.

Recommended tire pressuresThe recommended tire pressure applies tothe tires mounted at the factory.The Tire and Loading Information placard con-tains the recommended tire pressures forcold tires on a fully loaded vehicle and for themaximum permissible vehicle speed.The tire pressure table contains the recom-mended pressures for cold tires for variousoperating conditions, i.e. differing load andspeed conditions.

Increased vehicle weight due to optionalequipmentThe combined weight of all standard andoptional equipment available for the vehicle,regardless of whether it is actually installedon the vehicle or not.

RimThis is the part of the wheel on which the tireis mounted.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)The GAWR is the maximum gross axle weightrating. The actual load on an axle must neverexceed the gross axle weight rating. Thegross axle weight rating can be found on thevehicle identification plate on the B-pillar onthe driver's side.

Speed ratingThe speed rating is part of the tire identifica-tion. It specifies the speed range forwhich thetire is approved.

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)The gross vehicle weight includes the weightof the vehicle including fuel, tools, the sparewheel, accessories installed, occupants, lug-gage and the drawbar noseweight, if applica-ble. The gross vehicleweightmust not exceedthe gross vehicle weight rating GVWR asspecified on the vehicle identification plate onthe B-pillar on the driver's side.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)The GVWR is the maximum permissible grossweight of a fully loaded vehicle (the weight ofthe vehicle including all accessories, occu-pants, fuel, luggage and the drawbar nose-weight, if applicable). The gross vehicleweight rating is specified on the vehicle iden-tification plate on the B-pillar on the driver'sside.

Maximum loaded vehicle weightThe maximum weight is the sum of:Rthe curb weight of the vehicleRthe weight of the accessoriesRthe load limitRthe weight of the factory installed optionalequipment

Kilopascal (kPa)Metric unit for tire pressure. 6.9 kPa corre-sponds to 1 psi. Another unit for tire pressureis bar. 100 kilopascals (kPa) are the equiva-lent of 1 bar.

Load indexIn addition to the load-bearing index, the loadindexmay also be imprinted on the sidewall ofthe tire. This specifies the load-bearing capa-city more precisely.

All about wheels and tires 307

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 310: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Curb weightThe weight of a vehicle with standard equip-ment including themaximum capacity of fuel,oil and coolant. It also includes the air-condi-tioning system and optional equipment ifthese are installed in the vehicle, but does notinclude passengers or luggage.

Maximum load ratingThe maximum load rating is the maximumpermissible weight in kilograms or lbs forwhich a tire is approved.

Maximum permissible tire pressureMaximum permissible tire pressure for onetire.

Maximum load on one tireMaximum load on one tire. This is calculatedby dividing themaximum axle load of one axleby two.

PSI (pounds per square inch)A standard unit of measure for tire pressure.

Aspect ratioRelationship between tire height and tirewidth in percent.

Tire pressurePressure inside the tire applying an outwardforce to every square inch of the tire's sur-face. The tire pressure is specified in poundsper square inch (psi), in kilopascal (kPa) or inbar. The tire pressure should only be correc-ted when the tires are cold.

Cold tire pressureThe tires are cold:Rif the vehicle has been parked withoutdirect sunlight on the tires for at least threehours andRif the vehicle has not been driven furtherthan 1 mile (1.6 km)

TreadThe part of the tire that comes into contactwith the road.

BeadThe tire bead ensures that the tire sitssecurely on the wheel. There are several steelwires in the bead to prevent the tire fromcoming loose from the wheel rim.

SidewallThe part of the tire between the tread and thebead.

Weight of optional extrasThe combined weight of those optional extrasthat weigh more than the replaced standardparts and more than 2.3 kg (5 lbs). Theseoptional extras, such as high-performancebrakes, level control, a roof rack or a high-performance battery, are not included in thecurb weight and the weight of the accesso-ries.

TIN (Tire Identification Number)This is a unique identifier which can be usedby a tire manufacturer to identify tires, forexample for a product recall, and thus identifythe purchasers. The TIN is made up of themanufacturer's identity code, tire size, tiretype code and the manufacturing date.

Load bearing indexThe load bearing index (also load index) is acode that contains themaximum load bearingcapacity of a tire.

TractionTraction is the result of friction between thetires and the road surface.

Tread wear indicatorsNarrow bars (tread wear bars) that are dis-tributed over the tire tread. If the tire tread islevel with the bars, the wear limit ofá in(1.6 mm) has been reached.

308 All about wheels and tiresWheelsandtires

Page 311: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Occupant distributionThe distribution of occupants in a vehicle attheir designated seating positions.

Total load limitNominal load and luggage load plus 68 kg(150 lbs) multiplied by the number of seats inthe vehicle.

Changing a wheel

Flat tireThe "Breakdown assistance" section(Y page 271) contains information and noteson how to deal with a flat tire. Information ondriving with MOExtended tires in the event ofa flat tire can be found under "MOExtendedtires (tires with run-flat characteristics"(Y page 272).Vehicle with emergency spare wheel: inthe event of a flat tire, the emergency sparewheel ismounted as described under "Mount-ing a wheel" (Y page 309).

Rotating the wheels

G WARNINGInterchanging the front and rear wheels mayseverely impair the driving characteristics ifthe wheels or tires have different dimensions.The wheel brakes or suspension componentsmay also be damaged. There is a risk of acci-dent.Rotate front and rearwheels only if thewheelsand tires are of the same dimensions.

! On vehicles equipped with a tire pressuremonitor, electronic components are loca-ted in the wheel.Tire-mounting tools should not be usednear the valve. This could damage the elec-tronic components.Only have tires changed at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Always observe the instructions and safetynotes in the "Mounting a wheel" section(Y page 309).The wear patterns on the front and rear tiresdiffer, depending on the operating conditions.Rotate the wheels before a clear wear patternhas formed on the tires. Front tires typicallywear more on the shoulders and the rear tiresin the center.If your vehicle's tire configuration allows, youcan rotate the wheels according to the inter-vals in the tire manufacturer's warranty bookin your vehicle documents. If no warrantybook is available, the tires should be rotatedevery 3,000 to 6,000 miles (5,000 to10,000 km), or earlier if tire wear requires. Donot change the direction of wheel rotation.Clean the contact surfaces of the wheel andthe brake disc thoroughly every time a wheelis rotated. Check the tire pressure and reac-tivate the tire pressure monitor if necessary(Y page 297).

Direction of rotationTires with a specified direction of rotationhave additional benefits, e.g. if there is a riskof hydroplaning. These advantages can onlybe gained if the tires are installed correspond-ing to the direction of rotation.An arrow on the sidewall of the tire indicatesits correct direction of rotation.

Storing wheelsStorewheels that are not being used in a cool,dry and preferably dark place. Protect thetires from oil, grease, gasoline and diesel.

Mounting a wheel

Preparing the vehicleX Stop the vehicle on solid, non-slippery andlevel ground.

X Apply the parking brake.

Changing a wheel 309

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 312: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

X Bring the front wheels into the straight-ahead position.

X Shift the transmission to position P.X Vehicles with AIRMATIC: make sure that"normal" level is selected (Y page 166).

X Switch off the engine.X Remove the SmartKey from the ignitionlock.

or, on vehicles with KEYLESS‑GO:X Open the driver's door.The on-board electronics now have status0. This is the same as the SmartKey havingbeen removed.

X Remove the Start/Stop button from theignition lock (Y page 138).

X If included in the vehicle equipment,remove the tire-change tool kit from thevehicle (Y page 270).

X Safeguard the vehicle against rolling away.

Securing the vehicle to prevent it fromrolling away

If your vehicle is equippedwith awheel chock,it can be found in the tire-change tool kit(Y page 270).The folding wheel chock is an additionalsafety measure to prevent the vehicle fromrolling away, for example when changing awheel.X Fold both plates upwards:.X Fold out lower plate;.X Guide the lugs on the lower plate fully intothe openings in base plate=.

Securing the vehicle on level ground (example:Sedan)X On level ground: place chocks or othersuitable items under the front and rear ofthe wheel that is diagonally opposite thewheel you wish to change.

Securing the vehicle on slight downhill gradients(example: Sedan)X On light downhill gradients: placechocks or other suitable items in front ofthe wheels of the front and rear axle.

Raising the vehicle

G WARNINGIf you do not position the jack correctly at theappropriate jacking point of the vehicle, thejack could tip over with the vehicle raised.There is a risk of injury.Only position the jack at the appropriate jack-ing point of the vehicle. The base of the jackmust be positioned vertically, directly underthe jacking point of the vehicle.

310 Changing a wheelWheelsandtires

Page 313: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

! The jack is designed exclusively for jack-ing up the vehicle at the jacking points.Otherwise, your vehicle could be damaged.

Observe the following when raising the vehi-cle:RTo raise the vehicle, only use the vehicle-specific jack that has been tested andapproved by Mercedes-Benz. If used incor-rectly, the jack could tip over with the vehi-cle raised.RThe jack is designed only to raise and holdthe vehicle for a short time while a wheelis being changed. It is not suited for per-forming maintenance work under the vehi-cle.RAvoid changing the wheel on uphill anddownhill slopes.RBefore raising the vehicle, secure it fromrolling away by applying the parking brakeand inserting wheel chocks. Never disen-gage the parking brake while the vehicle israised.RThe jack must be placed on a firm, flat andnon-slip surface. On a loose surface, alarge, flat, load-bearing underlay must beused. On a slippery surface, a non-slipunderlay must be used, e.g. rubber mats.RDo not use wooden blocks or similarobjects as a jack underlay. Otherwise, thejack will not be able to achieve its load-bearing capacity due to the restrictedheight.RMake sure that the distance between theunderside of the tires and the ground doesnot exceed 1.2 in (3 cm).RNever place your hands and feet under theraised vehicle.RDo not lie under the vehicle.RDo not start the engine when the vehicle israised.RDonot open or close a door or the trunk lid/tailgate when the vehicle is raised.RMake sure that no persons are present inthe vehicle when the vehicle is raised.

AMG vehicles with Performance Studioequipment: the wheel bolts are covered by ahub cap. Before you can unscrew the wheelbolts, you must remove the hub cap.

X To remove: turn the center cover of hubcap: counter-clockwise and remove.

X To install: before installing, ensure thathub cap: is in the open position. To dothis, turn the center cover counter-clock-wise.

X Position hub cap: and turn the centercover clockwise until hub cap: engagesphysically and audibly.

X Make sure that hub cap: is installedsecurely.

X Using lug wrench;, loosen the bolts onthe wheel you wish to change by about onefull turn. Do not unscrew the bolts com-pletely.

Changing a wheel 311

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 314: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Jacking points (example: Sedan)

The jacking points are located just behind thefront wheel housings and just in front of therear wheel housings (arrows).AMG vehicles and vehicles with AMGequipment: to protect the vehicle body, thevehicle has covers next to the jacking pointson the outer sills.

Cover, front (example: vehicles with AMG Sportspackage)X AMG vehicles and vehicles with AMGequipment: fold cover= upwards.

X Position jackA at jacking point?.

X Make sure the foot of the jack is directlybeneath the jacking point.

X Turn crankB clockwise until jackA sitscompletely on jacking point?. The base ofthe jack must lie evenly on the ground.

X Turn crankB until the tire is raised a max-imum of 1.2 in (3 cm) from the ground.

Removing a wheel

! AMG vehicles: during removal and repo-sitioning of the wheel, the wheel rim canstrike the ceramic-brake disc and damageit. Therefore, you should proceed carefullyand get a second person assist to you.Alternatively, you can use a second align-ment bolt.

! Do not place wheel bolts in sand or on adirty surface. The bolt and wheel hubthreads could otherwise be damaged whenyou screw them in.

312 Changing a wheelWheelsandtires

Page 315: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

X Unscrew the uppermost wheel bolt com-pletely.

X Screw alignment bolt: into the threadinstead of the wheel bolt.

X Unscrew the remaining wheel bolts fully.X Remove the wheel.

Mounting a new wheel

G WARNINGOiled or greased wheel bolts or damagedwheel bolts/hub threads can cause the wheelbolts to come loose. As a result, you couldlose a wheel while driving. There is a risk ofaccident.Never oil or greasewheel bolts. In the event ofdamage to the threads, contact a qualifiedspecialist workshop immediately. Have thedamaged wheel bolts or hub threadsreplaced/renewed. Do not continue driving.

G WARNINGIf you tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nutswhen the vehicle is raised, the jack could tipover. There is a risk of injury.Only tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nutswhen the vehicle is on the ground.

Always pay attention to the instructions andsafety notes in the "Changing a wheel" sec-tion (Y page 309).Only use wheel bolts that have been designedfor the wheel and the vehicle. For safety rea-sons, Mercedes-Benz recommends that youonly use wheel bolts which have beenapproved forMercedes-Benz vehicles and therespective wheel.

! AMG vehicles: during removal and repo-sitioning of the wheel, the wheel rim canstrike the ceramic-brake disc and damageit. Therefore, you should proceed carefullyand get a second person assist to you.Alternatively, you can use a second align-ment bolt.

! To prevent damage to the paintwork, holdthe wheel securely against the wheel hubwhile screwing in the first wheel bolt.

X Clean the wheel and wheel hub contactsurfaces.

X Slide the wheel to be mounted onto thealignment bolt and push it on.

X Tighten the wheel bolts until they are fin-ger-tight.

X Unscrew the alignment bolt.X Tighten the last wheel bolt until it is finger-tight.

X Vehicles with a collapsible sparewheel:inflate the collapsible spare wheel(Y page 331).Only then lower the vehicle.

Lowering the vehicle

G WARNINGThe wheels could work loose if the wheel nutsand bolts are not tightened to the specifiedtightening torque. There is a risk of accident.Have the tightening torque immediatelychecked at a qualified specialist workshopafter a wheel is changed.

! Vehicles with a collapsible sparewheel: before lowering the vehicle, inflatethe collapsible spare wheel with the tireinflation compressor. The wheel rim couldotherwise be damaged.

Changing a wheel 313

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 316: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

X Turn the crank of the jack counter-clock-wise until the vehicle is once again standingfirmly on the ground.

X Place the jack to one side.

X Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a cross-wise pattern in the sequence indicated (:toA). The specified tightening torque is96 lb-ft (130 Nm).

X Turn the jack back to its initial position.X Stow the jack and the rest of the vehicletools in the trunk/cargo compartmentagain.

X AMG vehicles and vehicles with AMGequipment: insert the cover into the outersill.

X Check the tire pressure of the newly moun-ted wheel and adjust it if necessary.Observe the recommended tire pressure(Y page 291).

i All wheels mounted must be equippedwith functioning sensors.

Wheel and tire combinations

General notes! For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz rec-ommends that you only use tires andwheels which have been approved byMercedes-Benz specifically for your vehi-cle.

These tires have been specially adapted foruse with the control systems, such as ABSor ESP®, and are marked as follows:RMO = Mercedes-Benz OriginalRMOE=Mercedes-BenzOriginal Extended(tires featuring run-flat characteristics)RMO1=Mercedes-Benz Original (only cer-tain AMG tires)

Mercedes-Benz Original Extended tiresmay only be used on wheels that have beenspecifically approved by Mercedes-Benz.Only use tires, wheels or accessories tes-ted and approved by Mercedes-Benz. Cer-tain characteristics, e.g. handling, vehiclenoise emissions or fuel consumption, mayotherwise be adversely affected. In addi-tion, when driving with a load, tire dimen-sion variations could cause the tires tocome into contact with the bodywork andaxle components. This could result in dam-age to the tires or the vehicle.Mercedes-Benz accepts no liability fordamage resulting from the use of tires,wheels or accessories other than those tes-ted and approved.Information on tires, wheels and approvedcombinations can be obtained from anyqualified specialist workshop.

Overview of abbreviations used in the follow-ing tire tables:RBA: both axlesRFA: front axleRRA: rear axleThe recommended pressures for variousoperating conditions can be found:Ron the Tire and Loading Information placardwith the recommended tire pressures onthe B-pillar on the driver's sideRin the tire pressure table on the inside of thefuel filler flap

Observe the notes on recommended tirepressures under various operating conditions(Y page 291).

314 Wheel and tire combinationsWheelsandtires

Page 317: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Check tire pressures regularly, and only whenthe tires are cold. Comply with the mainte-nance recommendations of the tire manufac-turer in the vehicle document wallet.Notes on the vehicle equipment – alwaysequip the vehicle with:Rtires of the same size on a given axle (left/right)Rthe same type of tires at a given time (sum-mer tires, winter tires, MOExtended tires)Exception: it is permissible to install a dif-ferent type or make in the event of a flattire. Observe the "MOExtended tires (tireswith run-flat characteristics" section(Y page 272).

Vehicles equippedwithMOExtended tires arenot equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory.It is therefore recommended that you addi-tionally equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit ifyou mount tires that do not feature run-flatproperties, e.g. winter tires. A TIREFIT kit maybe obtained from a qualified specialist work-shop.

i Not all wheel and tire combinations areavailable at the factory for all countries.

i On the following pages, you can find infor-mation on approved wheel rims and tiresizes for equipping your vehicle with wintertires. Winter tires are not available at thefactory as standard equipment or optionalextras.If you would like to equip your vehicle withapproved winter tires, you may also, in cer-tain circumstances, require rims of theappropriate size. The size of the approvedwinter tires may deviate from that of thestandard tires. This is dependent on themodel and the equipment installed at thefactory.The tires and wheel rims, as well as furtherinformation, can be obtained at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

Wheel and tire combinations 315

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 318: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Tires

E 250 BlueTEC

Summer tiresR18

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/40 R18 97 Y XL BA: 8.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

FA: 245/40 R18 97 Y XLRA: 265/35 R18 97 Y XL2

FA: 8.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)RA: 9.0 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 2.13 in (54 mm)

All-weather tiresR17

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/45 R17 99 H XL M+S BA: 8.0 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 95 H XL M+S3 BA: 8.0 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 99 H XL M+S BA: 8.5 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 95 H XL M+S3 BA: 8.5 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

R18

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/40 R18 97 V XL M+S BA: 8.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

FA: 245/40 R18 97 V XL M+SRA: 265/40 R18 97 V XL M+S

FA: 8.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)RA: 9.0 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 2.13 in (54 mm)

2 Use of snow chains not permitted. Observe the notes in the "Snow chains" section.3 Available as MOExtended tires.

316 Wheel and tire combinationsWheelsandtires

Page 319: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Winter tiresR17

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/45 R17 99 H XL M+Si3 BA: 8.0 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 99 H XL M+Si3 BA: 8.5 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

R18

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/40 R18 97 H XL M+Si BA: 8.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

E 250 BlueTEC 4MATIC

Summer tiresR18

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/40 R18 97 Y XL BA: 8.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

All-weather tiresR17

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/45 R17 99 H XL M+S BA: 8.0 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 95 H M+S3 BA: 8.0 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 99 H XL M+S BA: 8.5 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 95 H M+S3 BA: 8.5 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

3 Available as MOExtended tires.

Wheel and tire combinations 317

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 320: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

R18

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/40 R18 97 V XL M+S BA: 8.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

Winter tiresR17

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/45 R17 99 H XL M+Si3 BA: 8.0 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 99 H XL M+Si3 BA: 8.5 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

R18

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/40 R18 97 H XL M+Si BA: 8.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

E 300 4MATIC

Summer tiresR18

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/40 R18 97 Y XL BA: 8.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

All-weather tiresR17

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/45 R17 99 H XL M+S BA: 8.0 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 95 H XL M+S 3 BA: 8.0 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

3 Available as MOExtended tires.

318 Wheel and tire combinationsWheelsandtires

Page 321: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/45 R17 99 H XL M+S BA: 8.5 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 95 H XL M+S3 BA: 8.5 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

R18

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/40 R18 97 V XL M+S BA: 8.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

Winter tiresR17

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/45 R17 99 H XL M+Si3 BA: 8.0 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 99 H XL M+Si3 BA: 8.5 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

R18

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/40 R18 97 H XL M+Si BA: 8.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

E 350

Summer tiresR18

Tires Alloy wheels

FA: 245/40 R18 97 Y XLRA: 265/35 R18 97 Y XL

FA: 8.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)RA: 9.0 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 2.13 in (54 mm)

3 Available as MOExtended tires.

Wheel and tire combinations 319

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 322: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

All-weather tiresR17

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/45 R17 99 H XL M+S BA: 8.0 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 95 H XL M+S3 BA: 8.0 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 99 H XL M+S BA: 8.5 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 95 H XL M+S3 BA: 8.5 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

R18

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/40 R18 97 V XL M+S BA: 8.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

FA: 245/40 R18 97 V XL M+SRA: 265/40 R18 97 V XL M+S

FA: 8.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)RA: 9.0 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 2.13 in (54 mm)

Winter tiresR17

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/45 R17 99 H XL M+Si3 BA: 8.0 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 99 H XL M+Si3 BA: 8.5 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

R18

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/40 R18 97 H XL M+Si BA: 8.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

3 Available as MOExtended tires.

320 Wheel and tire combinationsWheelsandtires

Page 323: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

E 350 4MATIC

Summer tiresR18

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/40 R18 97 Y XL BA: 8.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

All-weather tiresR17

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/45 R17 99 H XL M+S BA: 8.0 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 95 H XL M+S3, 4 BA: 8.0 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 99 H XL M+S BA: 8.5 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 95 H M+S3, 4 BA: 8.5 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

R18

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/40 R18 97 V XL M+S BA: 8.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

Winter tiresR17

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/45 R17 99 H XL M+Si3 BA: 8.0 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 99 H XL M+Si3 BA: 8.5 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

3 Available as MOExtended tires.4 Only for Sedan.

Wheel and tire combinations 321

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 324: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

R18

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/40 R18 97 H XL M+Si4 BA: 8.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

E 400

Summer tiresR17

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/45 R17 95 W BA: 8.0 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 99 Y XL3 BA: 8.0 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 95 W BA: 8.5 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 99 Y XL3 BA: 8.5 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

R18

Tires Alloy wheels

FA: 245/40 R18 97 Y XLRA: 265/35 R18 97 Y XL2

FA: 8.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)RA: 9.0 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 2.13 in (54 mm)

All-weather tiresR17

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/45 R17 99 H XL M+S BA: 8.0 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 95 H XL M+S3 BA: 8.0 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

4 Only for Sedan.3 Available as MOExtended tires.2 Use of snow chains not permitted. Observe the notes in the "Snow chains" section.

322 Wheel and tire combinationsWheelsandtires

Page 325: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/45 R17 99 H XL M+S BA: 8.5 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 95 H XL M+S3 BA: 8.5 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

R18

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/40 R18 97 V XL M+S BA: 8.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

Winter tiresR17

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/45 R17 95 H M+Si BA: 8.0 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 99 H XL M+Si3 BA: 8.0 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 95 H M+Si BA: 8.5 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 99 H XL M+Si3 BA: 8.5 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

R18

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/40 R18 97 H XL M+Si BA: 8.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

3 Available as MOExtended tires.

Wheel and tire combinations 323

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 326: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

E 400 4MATIC

Summer tiresR17

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/45 R17 95 W5 BA: 8.0 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 99 Y XL3 BA: 8.0 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 95 W5 BA: 8.5 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 99 Y XL3 BA: 8.5 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

R18

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/40 R18 97 Y XL BA: 8.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

All-weather tiresR17

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/45 R17 99 H XL M+S BA: 8.0 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 95 H XL M+S3, 4 BA: 8.0 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 99 H XL M+S BA: 8.5 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 95 H XL M+S3, 4 BA: 8.5 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

5 Estate only.3 Available as MOExtended tires.4 Only for Sedan.

324 Wheel and tire combinationsWheelsandtires

Page 327: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

R18

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/40 R18 97 V XL M+S BA: 8.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/40 R18 97 Y XL M+S BA: 8.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

Winter tiresR17

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/45 R17 95 H M+Si4 BA: 8.0 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 99 H XL M+Si3 BA: 8.0 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 95 H M+Si4 BA: 8.5 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

BA: 245/45 R17 99 H XL M+Si3 BA: 8.5 J x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

R18

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/40 R18 97 H XL M+Si BA: 8.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

E 550 4MATIC

Summer tiresR18

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/40 R18 97 Y XL BA: 8.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

4 Only for Sedan.3 Available as MOExtended tires.

Wheel and tire combinations 325

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 328: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

All-weather tiresR18

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/40 R18 97 V XL M+S BA: 8.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

Winter tiresR18

Tires Alloy wheels

BA: 245/40 R18 97 V XL M+Si BA: 8.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.89 in (48 mm)

E 63 AMG

Summer tiresR18

Tires Alloy wheels

FA: 255/40 ZR18 (99 Y) XL MO16

RA: 285/35 ZR18 (101 Y) XL MO12, 6FA: 9.0 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.46 in (37 mm)RA: 9.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 2.05 in (52 mm)

R19

Tires Alloy wheels

FA: 255/35 ZR19 (96 Y) XL7

RA: 285/30 ZR19 (98 Y) XL2, 7FA: 9.0 J x 19 H2Wheel offset: 1.46 in (37 mm)RA: 9.5 J x 19 H2Wheel offset: 2.05 in (52 mm)

6 Not in connection with a ceramic brake system.2 Use of snow chains not permitted. Observe the notes in the "Snow chains" section.7 Observe notes on "Large wheels" under "General notes" in "Wheel/tire combinations".

326 Wheel and tire combinationsWheelsandtires

Page 329: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Winter tiresR18

Tires Alloy wheels

FA: 255/40 R18 99 V XL M+Si6

RA: 255/40 R18 99 V XL M+Si6

FA: 9.0 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.46 in (37 mm)RA: 9.5 J x 18 H2Wheel offset: 2.05 in (52 mm)

R19

Tires Alloy wheels

FA: 255/35 R19 96 V XL M+Si7

RA: 255/35 R19 96 V XL M+Si7, 8

FA: 9.0 J x 19 H2Wheel offset: 1.46 in (37 mm)RA: 9.5 J x 19 H2Wheel offset: 2.05 in (52 mm)

FA: 255/35 R19 96 V XL M+Si7

RA: 285/30 R19 98 V XL M+Si2, 7

FA: 9.0 J x 19 H2Wheel offset: 1.46 in (37 mm)RA: 9.5 J x 19 H2Wheel offset: 2.05 in (52 mm)

E 63 AMG S-MODEL 4MATIC

Summer tiresR19

Tires Alloy wheels

FA: 255/35 ZR19 (96 Y) XL7

RA: 285/30 ZR19 (98 Y) XL2, 7FA: 9.0 J x 19 H2Wheel offset: 1.46 in (37 mm)RA: 9.5 J x 19 H2Wheel offset: 2.05 in (52 mm)

6 Not in connection with a ceramic brake system.7 Observe notes on "Large wheels" under "General notes" in "Wheel/tire combinations".8 Only fine-link snow chains are permitted.2 Use of snow chains not permitted. Observe the notes in the "Snow chains" section.

Wheel and tire combinations 327

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 330: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Winter tiresR19

Tires Alloy wheels

FA: 255/35 R19 96 V XL M+Si7, 9

RA: 255/35 R19 96 V XL M+Si7, 8, 9

FA: 9.0 J x 19 H2Wheel offset: 1.46 in (37 mm)RA: 9.5 J x 19 H2Wheel offset: 2.05 in (52 mm)

FA: 255/35 R19 96 V XL M+Si7

RA: 285/30 R19 98 V XL M+Si2, 7

FA: 9.0 J x 19 H2Wheel offset: 1.46 in (37 mm)RA: 9.5 J x 19 H2Wheel offset: 2.05 in (52 mm)

E 63 AMG 4MATIC

Summer tiresR19

Tires Alloy wheels

FA: 255/35 ZR19 (96 Y) XL7

RA: 285/30 ZR19 (98 Y) XL2, 7FA: 9.0 J x 19 H2Wheel offset: 1.46 in (37 mm)RA: 9.5 J x 19 H2Wheel offset: 2.05 in (52 mm)

Winter tiresR19

Tires Alloy wheels

FA: 255/35 R19 96 V XL M+Si7, 9

RA: 255/35 R19 96 V XL M+Si7, 8, 9

FA: 9.0 J x 19 H2Wheel offset: 1.46 in (37 mm)RA: 9.5 J x 19 H2Wheel offset: 2.05 in (52 mm)

FA: 255/35 R19 96 V XL M+Si7

RA: 285/30 R19 98 V XL M+Si2, 7

FA: 9.0 J x 19 H2Wheel offset: 1.46 in (37 mm)RA: 9.5 J x 19 H2Wheel offset: 2.05 in (52 mm)

7 Observe notes on "Large wheels" under "General notes" in "Wheel/tire combinations".9 Wagon: maximum permissible speed 220 km/h.8 Only fine-link snow chains are permitted.2 Use of snow chains not permitted. Observe the notes in the "Snow chains" section.

328 Wheel and tire combinationsWheelsandtires

Page 331: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Emergency spare wheel

Important safety notes

G WARNINGThe wheel or tire size as well as the tire type ofthe spare wheel or emergency spare wheeland the wheel to be replaced may differ.Mounting an emergency spare wheel mayseverely impair the driving characteristics.There is a risk of an accident.To avoid hazardous situations:Radapt your driving style accordingly anddrive carefully.Rnever mount more than one spare wheel oremergency spare wheel that differs in size.Ronly use a spare wheel or emergency sparewheel of a different size briefly.Rdo not switch ESP® off.Rhave a spare wheel or emergency sparewheel of a different size replaced at thenearest qualified specialist workshop.Observe that the wheel and tire dimensionsas well as the tire type must be correct.

When using an emergency spare wheel orspare wheel of a different size, you must notexceed the maximum speed of 50 mph(80 km/h).Snow chains must not be mounted on emer-gency spare wheels.

General notesYou should regularly check the pressure ofthe emergency spare wheel, particularly priorto long trips, and correct the pressure as nec-essary (Y page 291). The value on thewheel isvalid. In addition, the emergency spare wheeltire pressure can be found under "Technicaldata" (Y page 332).An emergency spare wheel may also bemounted against the direction of rotation.Observe the time restriction on use as well asthe speed limitation specified on the emer-gency spare wheel.

Replace the tires after six years at the latest,regardless of wear. This also applies to theemergency spare wheel.

i When you are driving with the emergencyspare wheel mounted, the tire pressuremonitor cannot function reliably. Onlyrestart the tire pressure monitor when thedefective wheel has been replaced with anew wheel.If an emergency spare wheel is mounted,the system may continue to show the tirepressure of the wheel that has beenremoved for a few minutes. The value dis-played for the mounted emergency sparewheel is not the same as the current tirepressure of the emergency spare wheel.

"Minispare" emergency sparewheel/collapsible spare wheel

Opening the stowage wellSedan: the emergency spare wheel can befound in the stowage well under the trunkfloor.X Lift the trunk floor upwards (Y page 248).Wagon: the emergency spare wheel is loca-ted in the stowage well under the cargo com-partment floor.X Remove the seat cushions of the foldingbench seat; see the Digital Operator'sMan-ual, keyword "Folding bench seat (cargocompartment)".

X Lift the cargo compartment floor up.

Emergency spare wheel 329

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 332: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Removing the emergency spare wheel(Sedan)

(Example: equipment and country-specific varia-tions possible)X Remove vehicle tool kit tray:.X Turn stowage well; counter-clockwiseand remove it.

X Remove "Minispare" emergency sparewheel=.

Removing the emergency spare wheel(Wagon)

Example: emergency spare wheelX Remove vehicle tool kit tray: byrecess;.

X Remove "Minispare" emergency sparewheel=.

Removing the emergency spare wheel(AMG vehicles)

X Reach into cutout: in the tool holder andlift it up.

X Remove collapsible spare wheel;.Always observe the instructions and safetynotes in the "Mounting a wheel" section(Y page 309).

Stowing a used collapsible sparewheel! Only place the collapsible spare wheel inthe vehicle when it is dry. Otherwise, mois-ture may get into the vehicle.

Take the following steps to stow a used col-lapsible spare wheel. It will not otherwise fitinto the spare wheel well. Mercedes-Benzrecommends that you have this work per-formed at a qualified specialist workshop, e.g.at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.X Unscrew the valve cap from the valve.X Use the back of the valve cap to unscrewthe valve insert from the valve and releasethe air.i Fully deflating the tires can take a fewminutes.

X Screw the valve insert back into the valve.X Screw the valve cap back on.

330 Emergency spare wheelWheelsandtires

Page 333: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

X Remove the protective sheet from the vehi-cle tool kit and pull it over the collapsiblespare wheel.

X Stow the collapsible spare wheel in theemergency spare wheel well under thetrunk/cargo compartment.

Inflating the collapsible spare wheel! Inflate the collapsible spare wheel usingthe tire inflation compressor before lower-ing the vehicle. The wheel rim could other-wise be damaged.

! Do not operate the tire inflation compres-sor for longer than eight minutes at a timewithout a break. It may otherwise overheat.The tire inflation compressor can be oper-ated again once it has cooled down.

X Mount the collapsible spare wheel asdescribed (Y page 309).The collapsible spare wheel must be moun-ted before it is inflated.

X Pull connector? and the hose out of thehousing.

X Remove the cap from the valve on the col-lapsible spare wheel.

X Screw union nut: of the hose onto thevalve.

X Make sure on/off switchA of the tireinflation compressor is set to 0.

X Insert connector? into a 12 V socket(Y page 251) in your vehicle.

X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 137).

X Press on/off switchA on the tire inflationcompressor to I.The tire inflation compressor is switchedon. The tire is inflated. The tire pressure isshown on pressure gauge=.

X Inflate the tire to the specified tire pres-sure.The specified tire pressure is printed on theyellow label of the emergency spare wheel.

X When the specified tire pressure has beenreached, press on/off switchA on theelectric air pump to 0.The tire inflation compressor is switchedoff.

X Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni-tion lock.

X If the tire pressure is higher than the speci-fied pressure, press pressure release valvebutton; until the correct tire pressure hasbeen reached.

X Unscrew air hose union nut: from thevalve.

X Screw the cap onto the valve of the col-lapsible spare wheel again.

X Stow connector? and the hose in thelower section of the tire inflation compres-sor.

X Stow the tire inflation compressor in thevehicle.

Emergency spare wheel 331

Wheelsandtires

Z

Page 334: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Technical data

All vehicles (except AMG vehicles)

"Minispare" emergency spare wheelModels with 4-cylinder engine

Tires Alloy wheels

T 155/70 R17 110 MTire pressure: 420 kPa (4.2 bar/61 psi)

4.0 B x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.54 in (39 mm)

Models with 6-cylinder engine

Tires Alloy wheels

T 155/70 R17 110 MTire pressure: 420 kPa (4.2 bar/61 psi)

4.0 B x 17 H2Wheel offset: 1.34 in (34 mm)

Models with 8-cylinder engine

Tires Alloy wheels

T 155/60 R18 107 MTire pressure: 420 kPa (4.2 bar/61 psi)

4.5 B x 18 H2Wheel offset: 1.42 in (36 mm)

AMG vehicles

Collapsible spare wheel

Tires Alloy wheels

175/50 – 19 97 PTire pressure: 350 kPa (3.5 bar/51 psi)

6.5 B x 19 H2Wheel offset: 0.55 in (14 mm)

332 Emergency spare wheelWheelsandtires

Page 335: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Useful information ............................ 334Information regarding technicaldata .................................................... 334Vehicle electronics ........................... 334Identification plates ......................... 336Service products and filling capaci-ties ..................................................... 337Vehicle data ....................................... 344

333

Technicaldata

Page 336: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Useful information

i This Operator's Manual describes allmodels and all standard andoptional equip-ment of your vehicle available at the time ofpublication of the Operator's Manual.Country-specific differences are possible.Please note that your vehicle may not beequipped with all features described. Thisalso applies to safety-related systems andfunctions.

i Read the information on qualified special-ist workshops (Y page 31).

Information regarding technical data

G WARNINGHYBRID vehicles: It is imperative that you readthe HYBRID Supplemental Operating Instruc-tions included in your vehicle literature port-folio. You may otherwise not receive all nec-essary safety information and warning for theoperation of your vehicle.

i The data stated here specifically refers toa vehicle with standard equipment. Consultan authorized Mercedes-Benz Center forthe data for all vehicle variants and trimlevels.

Vehicle electronics

Retrofitting two-way radios andmobile phones (RF transmitters)

G WARNINGThe electromagnetic radiation from modifiedor incorrectly retrofitted RF-transmitters caninterfere with the vehicle electronics. This cancompromise the operational safety of thevehicle. There is a risk of an accident.You should have all work to electrical andelectronic equipment carried out at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

G WARNINGThe electromagnetic radiation from incor-rectly operated RF transmitters can interferewith the vehicle electronics, for example:Rif the RF transmitter is not connected withan exterior antennaRthe exterior antenna has been installedincorrectly or is not a low-reflection type

This can compromise the operational safetyof the vehicle. There is a risk of an accident.Have the low-reflection exterior antennamounted at a qualified specialist workshop.When operating RF transmitters in the vehi-cle, always connect them with the low-reflec-tion exterior antenna.

! The operating permitmay be invalidated ifthe instructions for installation and use ofRF transmitters are not observed.In particular, the following conditions mustbe complied with:Ronly approved wavebands may be used.Rcompliance with the maximum permissi-ble output in these wavebands isrequired.Ronly approved antenna positions may beused.

Excessive levels of electromagnetic radiationmay cause damage to your health and thehealth of others. Using an exterior antennatakes into account current scientific discus-sions relating to the possible health hazardsthat may result from electromagnetic fields.The following antenna positions may be usedif RF transmitters have been properly instal-led:

334 Vehicle electronicsTechnicaldata

Page 337: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Sedan: approved antenna positions: Front roof area; Rear roof area= Rear fender? Trunk lid

Wagon: approved antenna positions: Front roof area; Rear roof area= Rear fender

i When installing an antenna on the frontroof area of vehicles with a sliding sunroof,observe the sweeping range of the roof.On vehicles with panorama roof with powertilt/sliding panel, installing an antenna tothe front or rear roof area is not permitted.On the rear fenders, it is recommended toposition the antenna on the side of thevehicle closest to the center of the road.

Use the Technical Specification ISO/TS21609 when retrofitting RF transmitters(Road Vehicles - EMC guidelines for installa-tion of aftermarket radio frequency transmit-ting equipment). Observe the legal require-ments for retrofittings.

If your vehicle has installations for two-wayradio equipment, use the power supply orantenna connections intended for use withthe basic wiring. Be sure to observe the man-ufacturer's additional instructions wheninstalling.Deviations with respect to wavebands, maxi-mum transmission outputs or antenna posi-tions must be approved by Mercedes-Benz.The maximum transmission output (PEAK) atthe base of the antenna must not exceed thefollowing values:

Waveband Maximumtransmission

output

Short wave3 - 54 MHz

100 W

4 m waveband74 - 88 MHz

30 W

2 m waveband144 - 174 MHz

50 W

Trunked radio/Tetra380 - 460 MHz

10 W

70 cm waveband400 - 460 MHz

35 W

Mobile communications(2G/3G/4G)

10 W

The following can be used in the vehicle with-out restrictions:RRF transmitters with a maximum transmis-sion output of up to 100 mWRRF transmitters with transmission frequen-cies in the range 380-410 MHz and a max-imum transmission output of 2 W (Tetra)RMobile telephones (2G/3G/4G)

Vehicle electronics 335

Technicaldata

Z

Page 338: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

There is no restriction for antenna positionson the outside of the vehicle for the followingwavebands:RTrunked radio/TetraR70 cm wavebandRMobile communications (2G/3G/4G)

Identification plates

Vehicle identification plate with vehi-cle identification number (VIN)

X Open the front left-hand door.You will see vehicle identification plate:.

Example: vehicle identification plate (USA only); VIN= Vehicle model

Example: vehicle identification plate (Canada only); VIN= Paint code

i The data shown on the vehicle identifica-tion plate is used only as an example. Thisdata is different for every vehicle and candeviate from the data shown here. You canfind the data applicable to your vehicle onthe vehicle identification plate.

Vehicle identification plate with vehi-cle identification number (VIN)

X Slide the right-hand front seat to its rear-most position.

X Fold floor covering: upwards.You will see VIN;.

336 Identification platesTechnicaldata

Page 339: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Engine number

: Emission control information plate,including the certification of both federaland Californian emissions standards

; Engine number (stamped into the crank-case)

= VIN (on the lower edge of the windshield)

Service products and filling capaci-ties

Important safety notes

G WARNINGService products may be poisonous and haz-ardous to health. There is a risk of injury.Comply with instructions on the use, storageand disposal of service products on the labelsof the respective original containers. Alwaysstore service products sealed in their originalcontainers. Always keep service products outof the reach of children.

H Environmental noteDispose of service products in an environ-mentally responsible manner.

Service products include the following:RFuelsRExhaust gas aftertreatment additives, e.g.DEFRLubricants (e.g. engine oil, transmission oil)RCoolantRBrake fluid

RWindshield washer fluidRClimate control system refrigerantComponents and service products must bematched. Only use products recommendedby Mercedes-Benz. Damage which is causedby the use of products which have not beenrecommended is not covered by theMercedes-Benz warranty or goodwill ges-tures. They are listed in this Mercedes-BenzOperator'sManual in the appropriate section.Information on tested and approved productscan be obtained at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center or on the Internet athttp://bevo.mercedes-benz.com.You can recognize service products approvedby Mercedes-Benz by the following inscrip-tion on the containers:RMB-Freigabe (e.g. MB-Freigabe 229.51)RMB Approval (e.g. MB Approval 229.51)Other designations or recommendations indi-cate a level of quality or a specification inaccordance with an MB Sheet Number (e.g.MB 229.5). They have not necessarily beenapproved by Mercedes-Benz.Other identifications, for example:R0 W-30R5 W-30R5 W-40

Fuel

Important safety notes

G WARNINGFuel is highly flammable. If you handle fuelincorrectly, there is a risk of fire and explo-sion.You must avoid fire, open flames, creatingsparks and smoking. Switch off the engineand, if applicable, the auxiliary heating beforerefueling.

Service products and filling capacities 337

Technicaldata

Z

Page 340: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

G WARNINGFuel is poisonous and hazardous to health.There is a risk of injury.You must make sure that fuel does not comeinto contact with your skin, eyes or clothingand that it is not swallowed. Do not inhale fuelvapors. Keep fuel away from children.If you or others come into contact with fuel,observe the following:RWash away fuel from skin immediatelyusing soap and water.RIf fuel comes into contact with your eyes,immediately rinse them thoroughly withclean water. Seek medical assistance with-out delay.RIf fuel is swallowed, seek medical assis-tance without delay. Do not induce vomit-ing.RImmediately change out of clothing whichhas come into contact with fuel.

Tank capacityThe total capacity of the fuel tank may varydepending on the equipment in the vehicle.

Model Total capacity

AMG vehicles 17.4 US gal (66.0 l)or

21.1 US gal (80.0 l)

All other models 21.1 US gal (80.0 l)

Model Of which reserve

AMG vehicles Approx. 3.7 US gal(14.0 l)

All other models Approx. 2.4 US gal(9.0 l)

Gasoline

Fuel grade! Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with agasoline engine. Do not switch on the igni-tion if you accidentally refuel with thewrong fuel. Otherwise, the fuel will enterthe fuel system. Even small amounts of thewrong fuel could result in damage to thefuel system and the engine. Notify a quali-fied specialist workshop and have the fueltank and fuel lines drained completely.

! Only refuel using unleaded premiumgrade gasoline with at least 91 AKI/95 RON.

! Only use the fuel recommended. Operat-ing the vehicle with other fuels can lead toengine failure.

! Do not use the following:RE85 (gasoline with 85% ethanol)RE100 (100% ethanol)RM15 (gasoline with 15% methanol)RM30 (gasoline with 30% methanol)RM85 (gasoline with 85% methanol)RM100 (100% methanol)RGasoline with metalliferous additivesRDieselDo not mix such fuels with the fuel recom-mended for your vehicle. Do not use addi-tives. Otherwise, engine damage mayoccur. This does not include cleaning addi-tives for the removal and prevention of res-idue build-up. Gasoline may only be mixedwith cleaning additives recommended byMercedes-Benz; see "Additives". You canobtain further information from any author-ized Mercedes-Benz Center.

! To ensure the longevity and full perform-ance of the engine, only premium-gradeunleaded gasoline must be used.

338 Service products and filling capacitiesTechnicaldata

Page 341: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

If standard unleaded gasoline is unavaila-ble and you have to refuel with unleadedgasoline of a lower grade, observe the fol-lowing precautions:ROnly fill the fuel tank to half full with reg-ular unleaded gasoline and fill the restwith premium-grade unleaded gasolineas soon as possible.RDo not drive at the maximum speed.RAvoid sudden acceleration and enginespeeds over 3,000 rpm.

Youwill usually find information about the fuelgrade on the pump. If you cannot find thelabel on the pump, ask the staff for assis-tance.

i For further information, consult a quali-fied specialist workshop or visithttp://www.mbusa.com (USA only).

i E10 fuel contains up to 10% bioethanol.Your vehicle is E10-compatible. You canrefuel your vehicle using E10 fuel.

As a temporarymeasure, if the recommendedfuel is not available, you may also use regularunleaded gasoline with an octane rating of87 AKI/91 RON. This may reduce engine per-formance and increase fuel consumption.Avoid driving at full throttle and sudden accel-eration. Never refuel using fuel with a lowerAKI.Information on refueling (Y page 146).

Additives! Operating the engine with fuel additivesadded later can lead to engine failure. Donot mix fuel additives with fuel. This doesnot include additives for the removal andprevention of residue buildup. gasolinemust only be mixed with additives recom-mended by Mercedes-Benz. Comply withthe instructions for use on the productlabel. More information about recommen-ded additives can be obtained from anyauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Mercedes-Benz recommends that you usebranded fuels that have additives.

The quality of the fuel available in some coun-tries may not be sufficient. Residue couldbuild up in the injection system as a result. Insuch cases, and in consultation with anauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center, the gaso-line may be mixed with the cleaning additiverecommended by Mercedes-Benz. You mustobserve the notes and mixing ratios specifiedon the container.

Diesel

Fuel gradeG WARNINGIf you mix diesel fuel with gasoline, the flashpoint is lower than that of pure diesel fuel.When the engine is running, exhaust systemcomponents could overheat without beingnoticed. There is a risk of fire.Never refuel with gasoline. Nevermix gasolinewith diesel fuel.

! Only use commercially available vehicularULTRA-LOW SULFUR DIESEL FUEL (ULSD,15 ppm maximum sulfur content) thatmeets the ASTM D975 standard. If you donot refuel with ULSD, you may damage theBlueTEC exhaust gas aftertreatment sys-tem of the vehicle.

! Do not use gasoline to refuel vehicles witha diesel engine. Do not mix diesel fuel withgasoline, kerosene or paraffin. This mayotherwise result in damage to the fuel sys-tem and engine.

Youwill usually find information about the fuelgrade on the pump. If you cannot find thelabel on the pump, ask the staff for assis-tance.

i For further information, consult a quali-fied specialist workshop or visithttp://www.mbusa.com (USA only).

Information on refueling (Y page 146).

Service products and filling capacities 339

Technicaldata

Z

Page 342: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Low outside temperaturesi Diesel fuel with improved cold flow prop-erties is available during thewintermonths.Further information about fuel propertiescan be obtained from oil companies, e.g. atgas stations.

Bio-diesel – FAME (fatty acidmethyl ester)Mercedes-Benz USA approves the use of bio-diesel B5 for all BlueTEC diesel engines. Theconcentration of bio-diesel in the ULSD maynot exceed 5% by volume.Pure bio-diesel and diesel fuel with a higherpercentage of bio-diesel, such as B20, candamage the engine and the fuel system. Forthis reason, they are not approved.For more information, consult the gas stationstaff. The bio-diesel B5 label on the gasolinepumpmust clearly state that the standard forULSD has been fulfilled. If the label is notclear, do not refuel the vehicle.Do not refuel your vehicle with fuels unlessthey have been approved by Mercedes-Benz.Information on refueling (Y page 146).

Flexible Fuel vehicles

Important safety notesG WARNINGFuel is highly flammable. If you handle fuelincorrectly, there is a risk of fire and explo-sion.You must avoid fire, open flames, creatingsparks and smoking. Switch off the engineand, if applicable, the auxiliary heating beforerefueling.

G WARNINGFuel is poisonous and hazardous to health.There is a risk of injury.You must make sure that fuel does not comeinto contact with your skin, eyes or clothingand that it is not swallowed. Do not inhale fuelvapors. Keep fuel away from children.

If you or others come into contact with fuel,observe the following:RWash away fuel from skin immediatelyusing soap and water.RIf fuel comes into contact with your eyes,immediately rinse them thoroughly withclean water. Seek medical assistance with-out delay.RIf fuel is swallowed, seek medical assis-tance without delay. Do not induce vomit-ing.RImmediately change out of clothing whichhas come into contact with fuel.

Flexible Fuel vehicles can be refueledwith thefollowing fuel types:Rpremium-grade unleaded gasolineRE85 fuelRa mixture of E85 fuel and premium-gradeunleaded gasoline

i Flexible Fuel vehicles can be recognizedby the Ethanol up to E85 sticker on theinside of the fuel filler flap.

Fuel consumptionThe energy content of E85 fuel is less thanthat of the same amount of premium-gradegasoline. The amount of fuel consumed whenoperating the vehicle with E85 fuel is there-fore higher than with premium-grade gaso-line.

MaintenanceInform your authorized Mercedes-Benz Cen-ter that you are operating or have operatedthe vehicle with E85 fuel.

Low outside temperaturesIf the outside temperature is below 32 ‡(0†), the starting procedure can take notice-ably longer when operating with E85 fuel.E85 fuel is not suitable for use at outsidetemperatures under -4 ‡ (-20 †).

340 Service products and filling capacitiesTechnicaldata

Page 343: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

DEF

Important safety notesComply with the important safety notes forservice products when handling DEF(Y page 337).DEF is a water-soluble fluid for the exhaustgas aftertreatment of diesel engines. It is:Rnot poisonousRcolorless and odorlessRnot flammableWhen you open the DEF container, smallamounts of ammonia vapor may be released.Ammonia vapors have a pungent odor and areparticularly irritating to the skin, to mucousmembranes and to the eyes. You may expe-rience a burning sensation in your eyes, noseand throat. Coughing and watering of theeyes are possible.Do not inhale ammonia vapors. Fill the DEFtank only in well-ventilated areas.

Low outside temperaturesDEF freezes at a temperature of approx-imately 12‡ (-11†). The vehicle is deliveredfrom the factory equipped with a DEF pre-heating system. Winter operation can thus beguaranteed even at temperatures below 12‡(-11 †).

Additives

! Only use DEF in accordance with ISO22241. Do not use additives with DEF anddo not dilute DEF with water. This maydestroy the BlueTEC exhaust gas after-treatment system.

Purity

! Impurities in DEF (e.g. due to other ser-vice products, cleaning agents or dust) leadto:Rincreased emission valuesRdamage to the catalytic converter

Rengine damageRmalfunctions in the BlueTEC exhaust gasaftertreatment system

Assuring the purity of DEF is particularlyimportant with respect to avoiding malfunc-tions in the BlueTEC exhaust gas aftertreat-ment system.If DEF is pumped out of the DEF tank, e.g.during repair work, it must not be returned tothe tank. The purity of the fluid can no longerbe guaranteed.

Filling capacities

Model Total capacity

All models 6.7 US gal(25.5 l)

Engine oil

General notes

! Never use engine oil or an oil filter of aspecification other than is necessary to ful-fill the prescribed service intervals. Do notchange the engine oil or oil filter in order toachieve longer replacement intervals thanthose prescribed. You could otherwisecause engine damage or damage to theexhaust gas aftertreatment.Follow the instructions in the service inter-val display regarding the oil change. Other-wise, you may damage the engine and theexhaust gas aftertreatment.

When handling engine oil, observe the impor-tant safety notes on service products(Y page 337).The engine oils are matched to the perform-ance of Mercedes-Benz engines and serviceintervals. You should therefore only useengine oils and oil filters that are approved forvehicles with maintenance systems.For a list of approved engine oils and oil filters,consult an authorized Mercedes-Benz Cen-

Service products and filling capacities 341

Technicaldata

Z

Page 344: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

ter. Or visit the websitehttp://bevo.mercedes-benz.com.The table shows which engine oils have beenapproved for your vehicle.

Model MB Approval

All models 229.5

Use only SAE 0W-40 or SAE 5W-40 engine oilsfor AMG vehicles.

i MB approval is indicated on the oil con-tainers.

Filling capacitiesThe following values refer to an oil changeincluding the oil filter.

Model Capacity

AMG vehicles 9.0 US qt (8.5 l)

E 550 4MATIC 8.5 US qt (8.0 l)

All other models 6.9 US qt (6.5 l)

Brake fluid

G WARNINGThe brake fluid constantly absorbs moisturefrom the air. This lowers the boiling point ofthe brake fluid. If the boiling point of the brakefluid is too low, vapor pockets may form in thebrake system when the brakes are appliedhard. This would impair braking efficiency.There is a risk of an accident.You should have the brake fluid renewed atthe specified intervals.

Comply with the important safety notes forservice products when handling brake fluid(Y page 337).The brake fluid change intervals can be foundin the Maintenance Booklet.Only use brake fluid approved by Mercedes-Benz according to MB Approval 331.0.

Information about approved brake fluid canbe obtained at any qualified specialist work-shop or on the Internet athttp://bevo.mercedes-benz.com.

i Have the brake fluid regularly replaced ata qualified specialist workshop and thereplacement confirmed in theMaintenanceBooklet.

Coolant

Important safety notes

G WARNINGIf antifreeze comes into contact with hot com-ponents in the engine compartment, it mayignite. There is a risk of fire and injury.Let the engine cool down before you add anti-freeze.Make sure that antifreeze is not spillednext to the filler neck. Thoroughly clean theantifreeze from components before startingthe engine.

! Only add coolant that has been premixedwith the desired antifreeze protection. Youcould otherwise damage the engine.Further information on coolants can befound in the Mercedes-Benz Specificationsfor Service Products, MB BeVo 310.1, e.g.on the Internet athttp://bevo.mercedes-benz.com. Or con-tact a qualified specialist workshop.

! Always use a suitable coolant mixture,even in countries where high temperaturesprevail.Otherwise, the engine cooling system is notsufficiently protected from corrosion andoverheating.

i Have the coolant regularly replaced at aqualified specialist workshop and thereplacement confirmed in theMaintenanceBooklet.

Complywith the important safety precautionsfor service products when handling coolant(Y page 337).

342 Service products and filling capacitiesTechnicaldata

Page 345: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

The coolant is a mixture of water and anti-freeze/corrosion inhibitor. It performs thefollowing tasks:Rcorrosion protectionRantifreeze protectionRraising the boiling pointIf the coolant has antifreeze protection downto -35‡ (-37†), the boiling point of the cool-ant during operation is approximately 266 ‡(130 †).The antifreeze/corrosion inhibitor concentra-tion in the engine cooling system should:Rbe at least 50%. This will protect the enginecooling system against freezing down toapproximately -35 ‡ (-37 †).Rnot exceed 55% (antifreeze protectiondown to -49 ‡ [-45 †]). Otherwise, heatwill not be dissipated as effectively.

Mercedes-Benz recommends an antifreeze/corrosion inhibitor concentrate in accord-ance with MB Specifications for Service Prod-ucts 310.1.

i When the vehicle is first delivered, it is fil-led with a coolant mixture that ensuresadequate antifreeze and corrosion protec-tion.

i The coolant is checked with every main-tenance interval at a qualified specialistworkshop.

Filling capacities

Model Capacity

E 400E 400 4MATIC

Approx. 10.9 US qt(10.3 l)

E 250 BlueTECE 250 BlueTEC4MATIC

Approx. 11.0 US qt(10.4 l)

E 63 AMGE 63 AMG 4MATIC

Approx. 11.4 US qt(10.8 l)

Model Capacity

E 550 4MATICE 63 AMG S-MODEL 4MATIC

Approx. 11.5 US qt(10.9 l)

All other models Approx. 10.1 US qt(9.6 l)

Windshield washer system

Important safety notes

G WARNINGWindshield washer concentrate could ignite ifit comes into contact with hot engine compo-nents or the exhaust system. There is a risk offire and injury.Make sure that no windshield washer con-centrate is spilled next to the filler neck.

! Do not add distilled or de-ionized water tothe washer fluid container. Otherwise, thelevel sensor may be damaged.

! Only MB SummerFit and MB WinterFitwasher fluid should be mixed together. Thespray nozzles may otherwise becomeblocked.

Comply with the important safety notes forservice products when handling washer fluid(Y page 337).At temperatures above freezing:X Fill the washer fluid reservoir with amixtureof water and windshield washer fluid, e.g.MB SummerFit.

Add 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts water.At temperatures below freezing:X Fill the washer fluid reservoir with amixtureof water and washer fluid, e.g. MB Winter-Fit.For the correct mixing ratio refer to theinformation on the antifreeze reservoir.

Service products and filling capacities 343

Technicaldata

Z

Page 346: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

i Add windshield washer fluid, e.g. MBSummerFit or MB WinterFit, to the washerfluid all year round.

Climate control system refrigerant

Important safety notesThe climate control system of your vehicle isfilled with refrigerant R‑134a.The instruction label regarding the refrigeranttype used can be found on the radiator crossmember.

! Only the refrigerant R‑134a and the PAGoil approved by Mercedes-Benz may beused. The approved PAG oil may not bemixed with any other PAG oil that is notapproved for R-134a refrigerant. Other-wise, the climate control system may bedamaged.

Service work, such as topping up refrigerantor replacing components, may only be carriedout by a qualified specialist workshop. Allapplicable regulations must be adhered to,SAE standard J639 included.Always have work on the climate control sys-tem carried out at a qualified specialist work-shop.

Refrigerant instruction label

Example: refrigerant instruction label: Warning symbol; Refrigerant filling capacity= Applicable standards

? PAG oil part numberA Type of refrigerantWarning symbol: advises you about:Rpossible dangersRhaving service work carried out at a quali-fied specialist workshop

Filling capacitiesMissing values were not available at time ofgoing to print.

AMG vehicles Capacity

Refrigerant 22.6 ± 0.4 oz(640 ± 10 g)

PAG oil

All other models Capacity

Refrigerant 20.8 ± 0.4 oz(590 ± 10 g)

PAG oil 4.2 oz(120 g)

Vehicle data

General notesPlease note that for the specified vehicledata:Rthe heights specified may vary as a resultof:- tires- load- condition of the suspension- optional equipmentRoptional equipment reduces the maximumpayload.

344 Vehicle dataTechnicaldata

Page 347: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Dimensions and weights

Missing values were not available at time ofgoing to print.

Model, Sedan :

Opening height

AMG vehicles 68.7 in - 69.4 in(1744 mm -1764 mm)

E 550 4MATIC

All other models 69.4 in(1763 mm)

Missing values were not available at time ofgoing to print.

Model, Wagon :

Max.headroom

;

Openingheight

AMG vehicles 82.1 in -82.9 in

(2086mm -2106 mm)

All other mod-els

75.8 in(1925 mm)

80.6 in(2048 mm)

Missing values were not available at time ofgoing to print.

All models (exceptAMG vehicles)

Vehicle length,Sedan

192.1 in (4879mm)

Vehicle length,Wagon

193.1 in (4905mm)

Vehicle widthincluding exteriormirrors

81.5 in (2071 mm)

Wheelbase 113.1 in (2874mm)

Maximum roof load 220 lbs (100 kg)

Maximum trunkload, Sedan

220 lbs (100 kg)

Maximum trunkload, Wagon

Model, Sedan(except AMG vehi-cles)

Vehicle height

E 550 4MATIC

All other models 58.1 in (1477 mm)

Vehicle data 345

Technicaldata

Z

Page 348: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

Model, Wagon(except AMG vehi-cles)

Vehicle height

All models 59.4 in (1509 mm)

Model (except AMGvehicles)

Turning radius

E 350E 400E 250 BlueTEC

37.0 ft (11.28 m)

All other models 37.7 ft (11.50 m)

Missing values were not available at time ofgoing to print.

AMG vehicles

Vehicle length,Sedan

192.6 in (4892mm)

Vehicle length,Wagon

193.1 in (4904mm)

Vehicle widthincluding exteriormirrors

81.5 in (2071 mm)

Wheelbase 113.1 in (2874mm)

Maximum roof load 220 lbs (100 kg)

Maximum trunkload, Sedan

Maximum trunkload, Wagon

E 63 AMGE 63 AMG S-MODEL

Vehicleheight

Sedan 57.1 in(1450 mm)

Wagon 59.1 in(1502 mm)

E 63 AMG 4MATICE 63 AMG S-MODEL4MATIC

Vehicleheight

Sedan 57.7 in(1466 mm)

Wagon 59.9 in(1522 mm)

346 Vehicle dataTechnicaldata

Page 349: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

347

Page 350: E-Class · 2020-03-25 · E-Class SedanandWagon Operator'sManual Orderno.6515365513 Partno.2125847502 EditionA-2016 É2125847502VËÍ 2125847502 E-ClassSedanandWagonOperator'sManual

348